Home

on Garmin Web Site

1. 3500 3000 2500 2000 Height Above Terrain Feet 1500 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 Descent Rate Figure 10 12 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria 10 3 8 3 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance Reduced Required Terrain Clearance RTC and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance ROC alerts are issued when the aircratt flight path is above terrain yet is projected to come within the minimum clearance values in the FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values table When an RTC alert and or a ROC is issued a potential impact point is displayed on the TAWS Page Imminent Terrain Impact ITI and Imminent Obstacle Impact IOI alerts are issued when the aircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircrafts projected path ITI and IOI alerts are accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the TAWS Page The alert is annunciated when the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in the following table 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 15 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index A GARMIN Minimum Clearance Altitude feet Flight Ph 3 a Level Flight Descending Approach Table 10 4 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance
2. 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 19 A GARMIN 4 3 5 5 Catalog Route Option Copy 1 While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page touch the desired flight plan to select it The Route Options menu will be displayed Per 2 Touch the Copy key You will be prompted to copy the selected flight plan Touch OK to create the flight plan copy Copy Flight Plan KNOX KBFM OK Figure 4 41 Flight Plan Catalog Route Copy Option 3 A copy of the selected flight plan will now be listed If any changes are required for the copy it can be used as a Starting point for a similar flight plan Use the Edit Route option to make the desired changes Com Wid gi Flight Plan Catalog F M TET KNOX KBFM Duplicate Copy Of KNOX KBFM Selected Flight Plan LE KNOX KFLL Hari FOR f EFL Figure 4 42 Copied Flight Plan 4 Touch the Back key to return to the Active Flight Plan 4 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 4 3 5 6 Catalog Route Option Delete 1 While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page touch the desired flight plan to select it The Route Options menu will be displayed irule Optians Selected Waypoint m KSEA i Touch To Delete Flight Plan Figure 4 43 Select Flight Plan from the Catalog to Delete 2 Touch the Delete key and then touch OK Delete Flight Plan KNQX KBPM OR Figure 4 44 Delete the Selec
3. 2 Touch the desired Call Suppression type select Ca SMS Suppression Off Services Music On Touch To Select The Desired Suppression On During APR MAPR TERM Figure 13 19 Select Call SMS Suppression 3 Or press Back to return to the Phone page without making a selection 13 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 13 5 5 Phone Volume Use the Phone Volume controls to adjust the loudness of the phone calls you hear Volume controls will only be available when the Idle Connected or Changing Volume states are displayed Adjusting the Phone Volume with the Soft Keys 1 While viewing the Iridium Phone page touch the VOL keys to adjust the phone volume Volume Touch To GI 40 i gt Touch To Reduce Volume Increase Volume ii Phone Volume Level Bar Graph Figure 13 20 Select Soft Keys for Phone Volume Adjustment 2 The phone volume level is shown as a bar graph 13 5 6 SMS Text Operation Send and receive text messages through the GSR 56 phone connection 1 While viewing the Services page touch the SMS Text key Touch To View i d vo m Tip Services SMS Teri Ho Meas PA New SMS Text Menu m Message Touch To Received Messages Touch To View Draft Messages Touch To View Sent Messages Figure 13 21 SMS Text Page 2 Select Compose Inbox Drafts or Outbox 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 15 Services M
4. 11 3 4 Register With Connext It is necessary to register the GIN with Connext to utilize the weather products 1 Current Registration Info Phone and Datalink Status Me lalal iy 4 Weather Registration Call Garmin Customer Service to create a Connext account Provide the GTN System ID and airframe into model tail number etc Customer Service will issue an access code to enter on the Connext Registration page While viewing Connext Settings Menu touch the Datalink Status key GSR 56 Status heiwork Megimtiration Iridium Signal ee ae Iridium Ri tered CESS Signal Level Version Serial Number SIMOOI ge Phone Status Connext Touch To lale Registration Register i bij Datalink Vi E statuis Idle Figure 11 54 GSR 56 Status Touch the Connext Registration key to display the Connext Registration display Connext Registration Status Registered Touch To Enter Reese Cod Touch To Access Code Register Current Registration Info 11 38 Figure 11 55 Connext Registration Page Touch the Access Code key to enter the appropriate code and then touch the Enter key Touch the Register key to complete the process The GTN will contact the Connext servers using the GSR 56 transceiver If the access code and system ID are correct it will download and display the airframe info Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Deactivate Unit Registration With Connext
5. 4 While pressing your finger gently against the display drag your finger across the display to scroll the display in the direction of your tinger movement The Map Pointer cross hair location is based on where your finger touches the display but after dragging your finger the Map Pointer will be centered on the map when your finger is lifted from the display Pan Mode Annunciation Coordinates Of Map Pointer Map Pointer Figure 8 33 Map Panning With Map Pointer NOTE Pressing the Direct To key will use the Map Pointer location as the destination 5 Touch the Back key to return to the normal map display 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 25 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index A GARMIN 8 3 Map Controls While in the Map page function several controls are available to manage the view and display of information The In and Out keys at the lower right corner of the page control the map range Touching the display momentarily switches the display to Map Pan Mode While in any of the Map function pages touching the display starts Pan Mode Options are available to Create a waypoint at the Map Pointer position and to Graphically Edit Flight Plan 8 3 1 Pan Map Mode The Pan Map mode allows you
6. 4 22 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 4 3 7 Preview Flight Plan The Preview Flight Plan function provides a summary of a flight plan A preview of the Active Flight Plan can be selected trom the Flight Plan Menu s Getting Preview Flight Plan key or selecting a flight plan from the catalog and choosing gt Preview from the Route Options menu Xpdr Ct 4 3 7 1 Previewing the Active Flight Plan 1 While viewing the Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the Preview key A preview of the Active Flight Plan gm will be shown Com Nav Current Ownship Flight Plan a ee Position On Dro Waypoint List Current Leg of Currene Dect Active Flight Plan Waypoint Map View g of Flight Plan Legs Figure 4 48 Active Flight Plan Preview 2 Touch the Back key to return to the Active Flight Plan page Previewing a Flight Plan in the Catalog 1 While viewing the Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the Catalog key The list of currently stored flight plans will be displayed 2 Touch the desired flight plan The Route Options will now be displayed Utilities 3 Touch the Preview key to display a preview of the selected flight plan 4 Touch the Back key to return to the Flight Plan Catalog 4 4 Graphically Editing a Flight Plan The Active Flight Plan may be edited graphically on the Map page See Section 8 3 3 for details 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilo
7. A NOTE Certain leg types such as approach or leg geometries changes in desire track greater than 120 degrees combined with large offset values do not support parallel track Default direction and offset values may result in the status indicating that parallel track is not supported The user must enter the desired parallel track offset and distance to determine whether that flight plan combined with the offset and distance support parallel track 1 While viewing the Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the Parallel Track key Touch Te Touch To Set PTK Set PTK Direction Distance PTK Status Touch To Activate PTK Settings Figure 4 30 Parallel Track Selection Touch the Direction key to toggle the Parallel Track to be Left or Right of the current Flight Plan Touch the Offset key to select the Parallel Offset from the current Flight Plan Select the desired distance on the numeric keypad Touch Enter when finished Touch the Activate key A magenta P indication will appear to the right of the waypoint name on the Active Flight Plan page Active FPL Leg PTK Active Symbol Figure 4 31 Parallel Track Shown in the Active Flight Plan Page 5 To deactivate Parallel Track while viewing the Active Flight Plan touch the Menu key With the Flight Plan Menu displayed touch the Deactivate PTK key 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 15 A GARMIN 4 3 4 Edit Data Fie
8. Colorization Overlay Figure 10 2 Terrain HTAWS Page Nearest Terrain information aircraft ground track and GPS derived MSL altitude are displayed on the page The GSL above altitude display in the top right corner of the display reminds the pilot that altitude is GPS derived nie 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 21 A GARMIN 10 4 4 Terrain Page Menu The HTAWS page menu provides options to acknowledge caution alerts reduce protection or inhibit alerting Terrain Menu pene Flight Plan Arc Legend RP HTAWS Mode inhibit Figure 10 3 HTAWS Terrain Menu 10 4 4 1 View Selection The HTAWS Page has two selectable view settings Relative Terrain Elevation depiction 360 View am e001 AEE Rotorcraft Ownship Terrain Legend S Figure 10 4 Terrain Page with HTAWS 120 View e 360 View View from above aircraft depicting surrounding terrain on all sides e Arc 120 View View of terrain ahead of and 60 to either side of the aircratt flight path NOTE If a heading source is available the HTAWS page will be oriented heading up If no heading source is available the HTAWS page will be oriented track up 1 While viewing the Terrain HTAWS Page touch MENU Touch Arc or 360 2 Touch Back to return to the Terrain HTAWS display The HTAWS Page displays the selected view Repeat step 1 to select the alternate view and press Back 10 22 Garmin GTN 625 635 650
9. Contents Product Registration and SUPPO ceszcncesedesicadicaniestieasiendicastesidoassentocateheueccettoe vi NST E EE OES EE E O AEE EEEN XXi eo TMS GQUICE T XXi COMETON aaa a E EE XXII E Geng SUA Css cscs teeter erie eee 1 1 1 1 Model Descriptions ccccccsccscscsccsccsecsrsssessecsessessescsessessessesseesaeseasens 1 1 RA CIU EE e E N A ne A A eee 1 1 ll 2 E e EE EEEE 1 2 1 1 3 IN eg ene A AE E E A eeeee ge erase 1 2 1 2 OUI This Pilot s GUJE cc caaesesee cscs eoneeees ces tees bese arenes a 1 2 1 2 1 OPI NON e seen senscehesadeecad stacveheseeceadseneveeesaeceadsnsrehezeeces 1 2 142 2 Una ME WO UGS CL CG eses 1 2 l3 Product ID OSORIO WON sssrini anis uinna n nEn gene Gade EE EREN 1 3 1 3 1 Secure Data Card cnciepsseteac cate nciean sche vetesendiessactescsesene eassesecee set 1 3 1 3 2 PIOC COMOL enaacssesste arenas narasi rner insiens ENEE AENEASE ERONAT 1 4 1 3 2 1 Volume Squelch KO Diweacces ccsaueosteacusssscsauedsteitnadenesauedsted cedeues 1 4 1 3 2 2 Large Small Concentric KNODS ccccceesecsesssessesseceeseeseeeeees 1 4 MD HOME Kyosen Earns EEEE AEA EESE cutedeberaeceveast 1 4 13 24 Dred To Oa ac ccuccancarsescaratecotac scsoccusatacsesncasec asateaasoaspecsetines es 13 25 Touchscreen IO So scce crores sete vepeteee sere ses aeaee KR EE EENren 1 5 MA MUNI OU CU UDs oo ndee ri a Ee e si E oian 1 6 1 4 1 Start Up SCP CCI S cosa svencnssavceases soaeneateecasiecntancteatecuesscdeocetadcne 1 6 1 4 2 Database Verification
10. aii tiie Trig Panag aed Nas a 027 Le wi123 00 15 P RURE Xodr Ctr aia ess eer Trip Statistics Olaoof 23 010 j Com Nav i p i bunner Eh A Edit Input Touch lo Toggle Com Nav alee 14 08 in ONSI Data Between Statistics and Data Input FPL Figure 14 21 Utility Trip Planning Page With Computed Data Point To Point Mode Direct To A NOTE When Local Time is selected in the Setup Date Time feature Sunrise Sunset calculations in the Trip Planning feature are based on the From waypoint time zone For instance a flight plan originating in the Pacific time zone and ending in the Central time zone would show Sunset Sunrise times at the destination in Pacific time This potential offset does not occur when UTC time is used 14 4 2 Flight Plan Mode 1 Touch the Mode key to select Flight Plan mode if required Touch To Select Flight Plan Leg lerain Touch To Select SE Flight Plan From rian ea Catalog EIKT KSLE KEK Touch To Select Touch To Toggle P to P or Flight g Sensor Data Use F Plan Mode Touch To Select i a A OU To Toggle Services and Data Input Music Toud To Select Touch To Select J Departure Date Expected Average Utilities Ground Speed Figure 14 22 Utility Trip Planning Page Edit Input Data View Flight Plan Mode Ees 2 Touch the Flight Plan key to select the flight plan System Select Flight Plan Touch To Select Flight Plan Active FPL Shown i Touch To Scroll List Figure 14 23 Se
11. A GARMIN 4 Touch the Frequency key on this page or from the Nearest VOR List page to place the selected trequency into the Nav Standby window Touch the Preview key to view map detail VOR Frequency Inserted Into Standby Window Touch To Flip Flop Freqs VOR Map Preview Figure 12 10 Nearest VOR Frequency Entry 12 5 Nearest NDB The Nearest NDB Page displays the identifier symbol bearing distance and frequency to the 25 nearest NDBs within 200 NM of your present position EJ 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the NDB key A list of the nearest 25 NDBs within 200 NM will be listed vaic NDB Identifier NDB Touch For Information More Detail BDG 1HS oe Ce v Arrows Indicate More pala Items On The List Figure 12 11 Nearest NDB Soy ak Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list Touch the NDB Identifier key to show the Waypoint Into page for the selected NDB system Touch To Select Em ee NDB Information New Waypoint itt tet cs oP ts ae Referenced To Additional NDB Carbondale CO O M Information Gag TT gt Wa LI a A mos Touch To View NDB Map Detail Figure 12 12 Nearest NDB Waypoint Information 12 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 12 6 Nearest User Waypoint The Nearest User Waypoint Page displays the name bearing and distance to the 25 nearest user waypoints within 200 NM of your present position e 1 Whil
12. Map Menu groups include choices for Map Aviation Land Airspace Traffic and Weather groups depending on the installed equipment of a given aircraft Each group has a list of options that vary with the group 8 8 1 While viewing the Map page touch the Menu key Then touch the Map Setup key The Map Setup page will be displayed Map Group Setup Options Group Group Option Details Figure 8 11 Map Setup Page 2 Touch the desired Map Setup Group tab Map Aviation Land Airspace Traffic or Weather to display the set of group options 3 Touch the desired group key A list of options for the selected group will be shown i e Map Orientation North Up Above Auto Zoom etc Touch the Up or Down keys as needed to scroll through the list 4 Touch the key for the selected option 5 Touch the Restore Defaults key to return to the original default values for the selected option Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 8 1 2 1 Map The Map option defines the behavior and display of information on the Map page such as Orientation North Up Above Auto Zoom Nav Range Ring Topo Scale Obstacle Range and Restore Defaults The default values are shown in bold type Feature Selection North Up Track Up Heading Up P Off 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 NM P 100 NM 150 NM 250 NM Off On 250 ft 400 ft 500 ft 750 ft 1000 ft 1500 ft 2500 ft Auto Z
13. Registration of the GTN unit with Connext can be deactivated so that the unit can no longer make requests to Connext This does not cancel the subscription 1 While viewing the Connext Registration display touch the Access Code field and press CLR to remove the access code 2 Any weather requests will now fail and the system will no longer be linked to the Connext account 11 3 5 Connext Weather Product Age The weather product expiration time and the refresh rate are shown in the following table The refresh rate represents the interval at which Connext Satellites broadcast new signals that may or may not contain new weather data It does not represent the rate at which weather data is updated or new content is received by the Data Link Receiver Weather data is refreshed at intervals that are defined and controlled by Connext and its data vendors Weather Product Expiration Time Minutes R Satelite o O SIGMETS AIRMETS o 0 METARS O D Winds Alof ee Pilot Weather Report PIREP Blue Regular Yellow Urgent Temporary Flight Restriction TFR o Table 11 5 Connext Weather Products and Aging Times WARNING Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather product Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather data for data link transmission the weather information shown by the data link weather product may be significantl
14. The Nearest WX FREQ function displays facility name bearing to distance and frequency for the nearest 25 Automatic Terminal Information Service ATIS Automated Service Observing System ASOS and Automated Weather Observing Station AWOS weather reporting stations within 200 NM EG 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the WX FREQ key A list of the nearest 25 Weather stations within 200 NM will be listed Reporting Weather AWOS Frequenc Waypoint ei Identifier aa EH ATIS Frequency Distance and US 1200 maa a Arrows Indicate nfo bearing fr A Y More Items On Current Position to Te M The List User Wpt Figure 12 22 Nearest Weather Station 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list as needed 3 Touch the key for the desired frequency to place the selected frequency into the Com Standby window n Woi P Nearest Weather PEIE haea Tl con Selected Weather KOPF s mE Frequency Key ee L r attutne i ete t y Selected Weather Frequency Inserted Into Standby Window KLNA Pain Geach Co Part h 20 a J Figure 12 23 Nearest Weather Station Selected Frequency 4 Touch the Weather Station Identifier key to show the Waypoint Into page for the selected Weather station 1272 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 13 SERVICES MUSIC ry The Services function is available when certain optional features are installed and enabled The key will be
15. ka 3 Touch the P POS key to toggle between using your present position as the From waypoint when selected or a waypoint selected trom the database when P POS is deselected If P POS is selected the Lat Lon of the present position will be shown in the From position Touch To Select Touch To Select From Waypoint To Waypoint Touch To Use _ Present Position pies As Departure Point Touch To Select P to P or Flight Plan Mode Touch To Select Compute Fuel Touch To Toggle Sensor Data Use sin Statistics Touch To Select Touch To Select Touch To Select Fuel on Board Fuel Flow Expected Average Ground Speed Figure 14 27 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Edit Input Data Point to Point Mode 14 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Remaining Fuel At Destination Selected Distance ii iced orig che Measured KRKE l KPUC Flight Time Available With Fuel Required For St oe pee Or AE Remaining Fuel v the Flight Plan EL A h octination Range With see aeaa ight Time Existing Fuel Data Available With Existing Fuel Fuel Usage Rate Figure 14 28 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Computed Data Point to Point Mode 4 If P POS is not selected tor the From point touch the From key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint from the database and touch Enter Selected From Waypoint Touch For Waypoint Search Touch To Select From Waypoint Figure 14 29 Selecting a From
16. 2 Touch the Up and Down Arrow keys to view the features weather available in the System function 3 Touch the desired key to reach that function To return to the System page touch the Back key 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 1 A GARMIN Serial No amp Sys ID SW HW Version Info Database Info SBAS WAAS CDI Date Time Com Chnl Spacing Nearest Airport Crossfill Arrival Destination Proximity Class B TMA Class C TCA Class D Restricted MOA Military Other Airspace Altitude Buffer Nav Angle Mag Var Temp Fuel Position Format Low Wing Prop High Wing Prop Kit Plane Turboprop Twin Engine Prop Single Engine Jet Business Jet 2 Blade Rotorcraft 3 Blade Rotorcraft 4 Blade Rotorcraft Volume TAWS Alert Voice Manual Offset Figure 15 2 System Function Summary 15 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 15 1 System Status The System status page of the System function provides information about _ the GIN unit and the equipment attached to it This information is useful if it Sre is necessary to contact Customer Service The System Status page shows the System ID and serial number for the GTN unit hardware and software versions as well as a list of the installed databases Sywaitem Sytem Statues Serial No And System ID List of Databases with Version and Expiration Date Internal Software Versions Figure 15 3 Syst
17. 9 5 1 ADS B Traffic Menu The Traffic Menu allows control of the traffic information display Select TCAS Status Operate and Standby Select ADS B Status icon Touch To Perform Off Surface or Traffic Test Airborne Select Altitude Filter Normal Above Below Unrestricted Select Motion Vector Absolute Relative Off Select Vector Duration 30 sec 1 min 2 min 5 min Figure 9 11 ADS B Traffic Menu E Description B Non Directional paneer oo eatin aii farsa E E O N EE Directional Surface Vehicle Table 9 12 ADS B Traffic Symbols 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 19 A GARMIN NOTE Color of basic and proximate traffic is dependent on configuration cyan or white and airborne on ground status of target target is brown Getting when on the ground see the surface vehicles 9 5 1 1 ADS B Status ADS B Status displays the current status of traffic application Off Surface or Airborne ce Touch the ADS B Status key to toggle the ADS B Status Com Na 9 5 1 2 TCAS Status This shows the current status of the TCAS system The modes reported by the traffic device are Operate while in the air and Standby while on the ground This control allows the pilot to manually select the TCAS Status Touch the TCAS Status key to toggle the TCAS Status a 9 5 1 3 Test The Tratfic Test function is only available on some TAS tratfic systems The aircra
18. Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Figure 8 30 Map Detail Declutter Levels Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 8 22 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 1 While viewing the Map page touch the Menu key and slide your finger to adjust the level Features marked with a are shown at the indicated Map Detail Declutter Level Feature Feature Class D Airspace River Lake Names Tower TRSA ADIZ Alert Areas Caution Areas Land Country Text Large City Medium City Small City Small Town Danger Areas 0 Ee EX ES EZ EH ee Freeways ee Warning Areas Highways ee Large Airports Roads Le ce ES EE ES EA EA Railroads Medium Airports Prohibited Areas MOAS Runway Labels Lightning Strike Data NEXRAD Data Traffic Symbols Traffic Labels Political Boundaries User Waypoints Lat Lon Grids VORS NDBs rH rs ce asea veero Class CAirspace e e Active FPLlegs e eje l ANM Mi a rir a CEM Ee Table 8 10 Features Shown at Each Map Detail Level Intersections 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 23 2 While viewing the Map Menu touch the Map Detail scale B A GARMIN rorword 8 2 Map Panning a In the Map Page function panning allows you to move the map beyond its dered Current limits wi
19. Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index A GARMIN 8 1 1 5 StormScope Optional The WX 500 StormScope Weather Mapping Sensor is a passive weather avoidance system that detects electrical discharges associated with thunderstorms within a 200 NM radius of the aircraft The StormScope measures relative bearing and distance of thunderstorm related electrical activity and reports the information to the display Stormscope and XM Lightning are mutually exclusive NOTE Refer to the WX 500 Pilot s Guide for a detailed description of the WX 500 StormScope 1 While viewing the Map Menu touch the StormScope Map Overlay key to show the menu for selecting the StormScope radar weather data display mode Cell Strike Off or Clear Strikes Touch the desired function 2 StormScope data will be overlayed on the Map page See the Weather section for more details Icon Shows StormScope Overlay Is Active Figure 8 8 Map Menu StormScope Map Overlay On Selection 8 1 1 6 Traffic Optional The Traffic Map Overlay option selects whether Traffic data is shown on the Map page A Traffic icon will indicate that the Traffic overla
20. Map fied i gt Traffic Terrain GTN 625 635 650 Weather Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Flight Plan Procedures Utilities System 2013 Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries All rights reserved This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 4 10 or later Some differences in operation may be observed when comparing the information in this manual to later software versions Garmin International Inc 1200 East 151st Street Olathe KS 66062 U S A Tel 913 397 8200 Fax 913 397 8282 Garmin AT Inc 2345 Turner Road SE Salem OR 97302 U S A Tel 503 391 3411 Fax 503 364 2138 Garmin Europe Ltd Liberty House Bulls Copse Road Hounsdown Business Park Southampton 040 OLR U K Tel 44 0 23 8052 4000 Fax 44 0 23 8052 4004 Garmin Corporation No 68 Zhangshu 2nd Road Xizhi Dist New Taipei City 221 Taiwan R 0 C Tel 886 02 2642 9199 Fax 886 02 2642 9099 Garmin Singapore Pte Ltd 46 East Coast Road 05 06 Eastgate Singapore 428766 Tel 65 63480378 Fax 65 63480278 At Garmin we value your opinion For comments about this guide please e mail Techpubs Salem Garmin com www garmin com Except as expressly provided herein no part of this manual may be reproduced copied transmitted disseminated downloaded or stored in any storage medium for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin Garmin hereby grants permission to download a single copy of this
21. may take longer than normal This message normally occurs after initial installation or if the unit has not been powered for several weeks The GTN has lost Contact dealer for service calibration data that was set by Garmin during manufacturing The terrain database is Load HTAWS specific terrain of insufficient resolution database on the external SD card for use with HTAWS GAD 42 indicates a Verity all input output data trom configuration error to the GAD 42 Interface Adapter Contact dealer for service Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Message Description Action INTERFACE GAD 42 indicates it Verity all input output data from ADAPTER needs service The GAD to the GAD 42 Interface Adapter GAD 42 needs 42 may continue to Contact dealer for service service function INTERNAL SD Internal SD card has an Contact dealer for service CARD ERROR error or has failed This GTN needs service card is not accessible by the user INTERNAL SD Internal SD card was Contact dealer for service CARD REMOVED removed This card is GTN needs service not accessible by the user KEY STUCK The HOME key has been Verify the HOME key is not HOME key is stuck in pressed position for pressed Press the Home key again at least 30 seconds This to cycle its operation Contact key will now be ignored dealer for service if this message persists KEY STUCK The
22. 3 Touch the corner data field key you want to select A list of information types will be displayed 8 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Lebert Field Type Field Type List Touch To Fu l to Dest Fuel to Destinatian Select Data Field Selected Field et GRE Atude Slider Indicates More started lype icc ids E Selections Available Press Finger and Slide To View v GPS VS GPS Vertical Speed More Selections baii Figure 8 29 Map Data Field Type Selections 4 Touch the Up or Down keys or touch the display and drag your finger to scroll through the list Touch the desired item to select it or touch the Back key to cancel selection Map Data Field Type OAT static Static Air Temperature OAT total Total Air Temperature Table 8 9 Map Data Field Types of Information NOTE Map Data Field Types that use the term Destination refer to the final destination in the flight plan A NOTE ETE to Destination is not available when a procedure is loaded and there are waypoints in the Enroute section of the flightplan 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 21 A GARMIN 8 1 4 Map Detail The Map Detail feature allows four levels of decluttering to remove map 09 information The declutter level is displayed in the DCLTR key There are four levels of decluttering Level 0 shows the most detail and level 3 shows the least Xpdr Ctrl detail Foreword
23. Automatic Reporting Period Figure 13 28 Services Position Reporting 2 Touch the Automatic Reporting key to enable Automatic Reporting Services eros 3 After Automatic Reporting is enabled touch the Report Period key to set the Reporting Period 4 Select the Report Period with the keypad and press Enter 5 When Automatic Reporting is disabled touch the Send Report key to manually send a report 13 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 13 5 7 1 Status The Status window shows the time until the next data transmission and the status of the reporting system NOTE The GSR 56 does not report its serial number until 90 seconds after power up of the GIN As a result for that period the product info for the GSR 56 will show Waiting 13 5 7 2 Position Reporting Status The Time Until Transmit field is a countdown timer that shows the time until the next data transmission This field is blank when the aircraft is on the ground Position Reporting will be enabled when the aircraft is in the air Status Description The reporting system is not using the GSR 56 for reporting at this time The GSR 56 and its driver are currently initializing A position report is currently being transmitted Unavailable The GSR 56 is currently not usable by the reporting system Table 13 3 Position Reporting Status Status Tire Until Tranarett Countdown Time Until Transmit Reporting S
24. Continue adding waypoints as needed 7 Touch Menu and then touch Store to store the flight plan in the Catalog The screen will now display the Flight Plan Catalog and show the new flight plan Flight plans are listed by the Departure and Destination waypoints 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 3 A GARMIN 4 2 Active Flight Plan Page The Active Flight Plan Page provides information and editing functions for the flight plan currently in use for navigation Once you have activated a flight plan the Active Flight Plan Page shows each waypoint for the flight plan along with the Desired Track DTK Distance DIST for each leg and Cumulative Distance CUM The data fields are user selectable and may be changed to display Cumulative Distance CUM Distance DIST Desired Track DTK En Route Safe Altitude ESA or Estimated Time of Arrival ETA DIK Between Legs DIST Between Legs Origin and Destination Waypoints S ii fwe KSLE KPUC Flight Plan Menu Options Active Leg Navigation Parallel Track Active Up Down Keys to Scroll FPL Figure 4 7 Active Flight Plan Page The field types may be changed using the Edit Fields function in the Flight Plan page Menu 4 2 1 Waypoint Options 1 While viewing the Active Flight Plan page touch the desired a flight plan waypoint The Waypoint Options window will be shown Waypoint Options Waypoint Options List insert Activate Before Let
25. Nane GPS Status e External LRUs e Setup i 4 Alerts Settings e Units Settings Utilities e Audio e Ownship Symbol baa e Backlight Nearest Messages Symbols Appendix Index 1 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN GPS Status Page amp Information on SBAS Providers External LRUs z a Getting pe SySDEM View System EY t E i Sala syi Status Values and di E el pdr Ct SW Versions GPS d PI ym N Set Alert Values Select Ownship Symbol ee System Set System Units Pa Mean ee Select Audio Of Measurement Sei A AY Settings R Select Backlight Setting Figure 1 18 System Page 1 5 2 1 System Setup Values 1 From the Home page touch System and then Setup Select CDI and ILS CDI Capture Set Date Time with Local Offset amp Time Format Set Nearest Airport Runway Nearest Surface amp Min Runway Length Select Crossfill uuu E CoM Channel Spacing Figure 1 19 System Setup Page System Touch the Date Time key Then select the desired Time Format and Local Offset by touching the Time Format 12 Hour 24 Hour and or UTC keys and selecting the appropriate Local Time Offset after touching the Local Offset key Touch the Com Channel Spacing key to toggle between 8 33 and 25 0 kHz channel spacing 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 11 A GARMIN wm 4 For Nearest Airport filtering touch the Runway Surface key and select the desired
26. Product Registration link on the Home page The display surface is coated with a special anti reflective coating which is very sensitive to skin oils waxes and abrasive cleaners It is very important to clean the lens using an eyeglass lens cleaner which is specified as sate for anti reflective coatings and a clean lint free cloth AC 90 100A Statement of Compliance The Garmin navigational unit meets the performance and functional requirements of AC 90 100A Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Foreword Foreword A a LLULUMUGARMIN Product Registration and Support Help us better support you by completing your online registration today Have the serial number of your product handy and connect to the Garmin web site www garmin com Look for the Product Registration link on the Home page Also be sure to record your serial number in the space provided If you have any questions the Garmin Product Support department may be reached Monday through Friday 7 00 AM to 7 00 PM Central Time US 913 397 8200 US Toll Free 1 866 739 5687 Canada Toll Free 1 866 429 9296 Record of Revisions Part Number Revision Date Description 1 Initial release 1 Update information 2 Updates for software version 3 0 3 Updates for software version 4 0 3 Updates for software version 4 10 190 01004 03 02 04 1 03 16 1 11 29 1 02 28 1 03 25 1 vi Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN
27. Reter to the legend for a description of the color code Wpt Info The NEXRAD option has selections of Regional CONUS or Combined NEXRAD CONUS NEXRAD includes a composite of available NEXRAD radar imagery across the 48 states Regional NEXRAD is a composite of available NEXRAD radar imagery in a local area showing a more detailed image than CONUS NEXRAD Continental US NEXRAD CONUS The Display CONUS NEXRAD selection shows NEXRAD radar information for the entire continental United States CONUS NEXRAD data is updated every 15 minutes Nearest CONUS NEXRAD Coverage SROWN jilitjes Out Of CONUS CONUS Selected Pal EXRAD System On NEXRAD Key Ml Coverage Figure 11 71 Weather Page With CONUS Displayed 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 53 Regional NEXRAD Foreword A GARMIN The Regional NEXRAD selection shows regional NEXRAD radar information se within 500 miles of the aircraft location arteq Out Of Regional Xodr Ctr NEXRAD Coverage Within Regional NEXRAD Area But Com Nav Coverage Not Available Regional Selected ia On NEXRAD Key m Figure 11 72 Weather Page With Regional NEXRAD Displayed lrect 10 Combined NEXRAD i Regional NEXRAD data within 150 nm of the aircraft location and CONUS wno NEXRAD data everywhere else The two types of NEXRAD are separated by a white stippled border This boundary is updated whenever new Regional or yan CONUS NEXRAD data is received
28. Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide ee A GARMIN 7 2 3 Procedures 1 Touch the Procedures key to view details about procedures atl for the selected airport Airport HU adaa Identifier lt Touch Hold L5 25 _ amp Drag Up Or eee Down To Scroll RANAY 07s LFV ADPT Approach Touch To Return i tree LG Ral Name amp Type To Previous Page Figure 7 7 Waypoint Info Airport Procedures Page 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to view additional procedures as needed 3 Touch one of the procedure keys to select it for the Procedures function a PROC Approach Airport Identifier Touch To Change Approach Name t aoe I sesi1 wzsa i Channel And i Touch To Cancel Approach Selection Lood AcE vote Approach Approach Touch To Preview Touch To Load Touch To Activate Approach Approach Approach Figure 7 8 Waypoint Info Airport Arrival Information 7 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 7 2 4 Runways Foreword Airport Identifier Getting Started Runway Number ais puna ERAF Aenways Touch To Select Bi A Xpdr Ctr Runway Detail ttre Runway Map Com Nav 118 20 FPL Pilot Controlled Lighting Freg Touch Direct To To Place In Standby Figure 7 9 Waypoint Info Airport Runway Information Page Proc 1 Touch the Runways tab to view information about the un available runways for the selected airport The runway ident
29. The top left area of the page displays the VOR Getting identifier name city and state and region The top center area shows the B lat lon coordinates of the VOR and the bearing with direction arrow and distance Xpdr Ctr to the VOR from your present position The top right area shows the frequency in a key Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key Com Nav entering the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad and then touching the Enter key You may also search through the list by touching the Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching the desired waypoint from the list The center area of the page shows a map with the VOR in the center Proc bi 1 While viewing the Waypoint Info page touch the VOR key VOR Identifier Distance amp Bearing To VOR Symbol amp Name From Current Position c m ve pie WORTAC VOR Location Sant ee a a aa amp Region seusa N 2734 47 VOR Lat Lon VOR Class WOH Class High Altitude WO2241 05 Station Decimation T E Nearnst Arpon Magnetic KPE Nearest Airport fa Variation hl Information o Touch To View VOR Area Map VOR Frequency Touch To earest Insert Into Nav Standby Figure 7 16 Waypoint Info VORs 2 Touch Preview and then use the In and Out keys to zoom in and out on the map You may touch the map window and while lightly pressing the display drag your finger to move the map view 3 Touch the Frequency key ne
30. bars not using the satellite in the position solution Solid green signal strength bars satellite is being used in the position solution The D character inside the bars indicates differential corrections e g WAAS are being used for that satellite Table 15 2 Signal Strength Bar Graph Description The Time and other data may not be displayed until the unit has acquired enough satellites for a fix The sky view display at the lett of the page shows the satellites currently in view as well as their respective positions The outer circle of the sky view represents the horizon with north at the top of the circle the inner circle represents 45 WA above the horizon and the center point shows the position directly overhead Each satellite has a 30 second data transmission that must be collected hollow signal strength bar before the satellite may be used for navigation solid signal strength bar Once the GPS receiver has determined your position the GTN unit indicates your position altitude track and ground speed The GPS receiver status field also displays the following messages under the appropriate conditions 15 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN GPS Signal Message Description The GPS receiver is acquiring satellites tor navigation In this mode the receiver uses satellite orbital data Acquiring collected continuously trom the satellites and last known position to determin
31. performance of all GPS equipment Portions of the Garmin GTN 6XX utilize GPS as a precision electronic NAVigation AID NAVAID Therefore as with all NAVAIDs information presented by the GIN 6XX can be misused or misinterpreted and therefore become unsafe 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide lI Foreword A GARMIN CAUTION The Garmin GTN 6XX does not contain any user serviceable parts Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service center Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty and the pilot s authority to operate this device under FAA FCC regulations CAUTION The GTN displays use a lens coated with a special anti reflective coating that is very sensitive to skin oils waxes and abrasive cleaners CLEANERS CONTAINING AMMONIA WILL HARM THE ANTI REFLECTIVE COATING It is very important to clean the lens using a clean lint free cloth and an eyeglass lens cleaner that is specified as safe for anti reflective coatings NOTE Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight Restriction TFR information Always confirm TFR information through official sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control NOTE All visual depictions contained within this document including screen images of the GTN bezel and displays are subject to change and may not reflect the most current GTN software Depictions of equipment may differ sli
32. touch the HOME e key or Back key to get started with operating the GTN ANN inf Vint Inin Wot Into Nearest Canncaci Services Music Utilities System Appendix Index 18 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 18 4 Glove Qualification Procedure This procedure is used to quality a specific glove for use with the GTN system by guiding the user through a variety of tasks that use the touchscreen Due to differences in finger size glove size and touchscreens between the 6XX or 7XX unit the qualification granted by this procedure is specific to the pilot glove and 6XX or 7XX combination GIN 6XX and 7XX units must be evaluated separately The GTN touchscreen uses capacitive touch technology to sense the proximity of skin to the display A glove increases the distance between skin and the display glass and may reduce the ability of the GTN to detect touches Therefore when selecting a glove for use with the GTN thinner gloves tend to work better than thicker gloves Leather gloves and gloves designed to work specifically with capacitive touchscreen devices are often found to be acceptable Additionally altering your touch technique to use the pad of your finger to touch the unit rather than the tip will increase the touchscreen sensitivity while using gloves This qualification must be completed on the ground Performing this procedure in flight is not authorized Table 18 1 contain
33. 1 Traffic Advisory 8 19 9 3 9 4 Traffic audio 9 27 9 35 Traffic Pop Up 9 1 Traffic symbols 9 4 9 13 9 19 17 2 Traffic test 9 2 Transponder 2 1 9 3 9 7 9 9 9 10 9 13 Trip planning 14 12 Trip planning flight plan mode 14 16 Trip planning point to point mode 14 13 Turbulence 11 26 11 47 U Under construction 17 2 Units 1 12 15 26 Universal Transverse Mercator 15 28 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN User frequency 3 8 X User waypoint 7 13 7 15 8 26 12 7 XM channel categories 13 5 UIC 1 11 15 18 XM radio activation 13 3 Utilities 14 1 XM radio channel presets 13 8 UIM 15 28 XM radio channels 13 6 y XM radio volume 13 7 XM Satellite Radio 13 2 VCALC 14 3 14 4 Vector duration 9 23 Z Vector To Final 6 12 Julu 15 18 Version 1 6 8 34 10 1 10 8 Vertical Calculator 14 3 Vertical speed 14 6 VFOM 15 7 15 9 VFR 2 5 11 20 11 44 11 57 View catalog 4 17 VNV 18 7 Voice alert 9 9 Voice call out 10 33 Voice callout 15 31 Volume 1 4 3 2 13 2 13 7 VOR 3 13 7 11 8 15 8 23 10 10 12 5 17 1 VOR based approach 6 16 VORTAC 17 1 W WAAS 15 10 Warnings ii Warranty i Waypoint information 4 9 7 1 Waypoint options 4 4 Weather 7 9 8 19 11 1 11 32 Weather forecast 11 22 Weather legend 11 4 Weather product 11 39 13 3 Wind 8 1 11 7 11 8 11 39 11 43 11 46 11 47 11 50 Winds 14 23 Winds aloft 11 7 11 24 11 39 11 46 11 50 11 59 Winds aloft altitude 11 46 WX 500
34. 117 portion of the frequency 117 80 3 Turn the small right knob to select the desired kilohertz kHz value For example the 80 portion of the frequency 117 80 4 Touch the Nav active top frequency to make the standby frequency 5 The Active top and Standby frequencies will switch Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 3 5 3 Nav Frequency Finding The GTN 6505 frequency finding feature allows you to quickly select any displayed database Nav frequency as your standby frequency To select a Nav frequency for a User created frequency Recent selected frequency Nearest airport or from your Flight Plan 1 While viewing the numeric keypad touch the Find key at the bottom of the display Categories for User Recent Nearest and Flight Plan are available 2 Touch the User Recent Nearest or Flight Plan key A list of frequencies for the Nearest airports will be displayed Touch to Select Nearest Freg List Touch to Select Recent Freq List Touch to Select User Freq List Touch to Select Fpl Freq List Figure 3 24 Find Nav Frequency Group 3 Touch the desired Nav frequency to select it and place it into the Nav Standby window Active Nav Frequency Key Touch to Filter Touch Freq Key Nearest List To Select For Standby Nav Nearest Nav Frequency Frequency List Touch Up Down Keys OR Drag Slider To Scroll Frequency List Figure 3 25 Nearest Airport Nav F
35. 17 FDE 15 9 Field elevation 9 27 Find Com frequency 3 5 FIR 12 1 Five hundred aural alert 10 14 Flight phase 10 16 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Flight plan 1 17 4 1 8 10 14 21 Flight plan frequency 3 7 Flight plan menu 4 12 Flight timers 14 9 Flood 11 8 fly garmin 11 33 15 5 15 6 18 9 18 10 18 11 Fog 11 8 Forward looking terrain avoidance 10 15 10 32 Freezing level 11 7 11 18 Frequency Flight plan 3 7 Monitoring 3 12 Nearest 3 6 New user 3 8 Recent 3 5 Frequency finding 3 5 3 15 FSS 12 1 12 11 Fuel planning 14 18 Fuel settings 1 7 15 26 G GBT 11 41 11 48 GDC 74A ii GDL 69 69A 13 2 13 3 13 9 15 12 GDL 69 69A status 15 12 GDL 69 troubleshooting 13 9 GDL 88 2 7 15 13 Getting started 1 1 Glideslope 3 13 Glossary 18 1 GMT 15 18 GPS 18 15 GPS altitude ii 10 1 10 7 GPS status 15 7 Graphically editing flight plan 4 23 5 7 8 27 Graphical Weather 11 48 Ground 2 4 Ground speed 10 18 GSR 56 11 32 13 1 13 11 13 19 15 15 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide H Hail 11 10 11 11 Haze 11 8 HDOP 15 7 Heading 9 5 9 14 10 10 Helipad 17 2 7 9 Heliport 17 1 HFOM 15 7 15 9 Hold 6 11 Home page 1 4 Hot spots 8 33 8 34 HSI 8 30 HSI annunciation 6 14 HTAWS 10 19 17 5 17 6 Hurricanes 11 52 Icing 11 25 11 47 Ident 2 2 3 13 IFR 1 18 11 20 11 44 11 47 11 57 ILS 17 1 ILS Approach 6 13 ILS CDI Selection 6 16 Imminent
36. 2 2 XPDR Functional Diagram 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 2 1 Started Ale Xpdr Ctrl ny N lav a 2 1 2 2 ey Selected Transponder A GARMIN Select Transponder 1 Touch the XPDR window and then touch the XPDR key to select the desired transponder Select Active Transponder APDR 1 APOR 2 Figure 2 3 Select the Active Transponder 2 Touch the XPDR 2 selection to activate Transponder 2 Touch the XPDR 1 selection to activate Transponder 1 Active Transponder Active Transponder Figure 2 4 Active Transponder Indication IDENT Touch the IDENT key once to reply with an identifying squawk code The IDENT key will show a green ID in the bottom right corner of the key to indicate active Ident Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 2 3 Transponder Mode 1 Touch the Mode key to allow selection of the transponder mode Selected Transponder Xpdr Ctrl 118 00 a AM Touch To Select Transponder Mode Figure 2 5 Transponder Mode Selection 2 Touch the Up Down keys or touch the display and drag the display up or down to view the available selections Transponder Modes Selected Transponder Mode Touch The Up Down Be Keys Or Drag Display To View Modes ID E NT Standby Mode Selection Not Shown Figure 2 6 Transponder Mode Choices 3 Touch the desired Transponder mode to select it and then to
37. 8 6 11 28 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Index 7 FPL Terrain Winathar Weatner N nr earest Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index Index 8 This page intentionally left blank Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 2013 GARMIN Corporation GARMIN International Inc 1200 East 151 Street Olathe Kansas 66062 U S A Tel 913 397 8200 or 800 800 1020 Fax 913 397 8282 Garmin AT Inc 2345 Turner Rd S E Salem Oregon 97302 U S A Tel 503 581 8101 or 800 525 6726 Fax 503 364 2138 Garmin Europe Ltd Liberty House Bulls Copse Road Hounsdown Business Park Southampton SO40 9LR U K Tel 44 0 23 8052 4000 Fax 44 0 23 8052 4004 GARMIN Corporation No 68 Zhangshu 2 Road Xizhi Dist New Taipei City 221 Taiwan R O C Tel 886 2 2642 9199 Fax 886 2 2642 9099 Garmin Singapore Pte Ltd 46 East Coast Road 05 06 Eastgate Singapore 428766 Tel 65 63480378 Fax 65 63480278 www garmin com Part Number 190 01004 03 Rev E
38. 9 8 3 4 Ground Mode eee 1 While viewing the Traffic menu touch the Ground key to activate Ground Mode TCAD traffic 2 Touching the Ground key toggles Ground Mode between On and Off 9 36 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E Shield Setup Touch To Shield Range A GARMIN 10 TERRAIN A 10 1 Terrain Configurations During power up of the GTN 6XX the terrain obstacle database versions are displayed along with a disclaimer At the same time the Terrain system self test begins A failure message is issued if the terrain test fails Garmin provides the following terrain awareness solutions within the GIN 6XX environment e Terrain Proximity This is the standard Terrain function and refers to the display of the relative terrain elevations on the moving map No aural alerts of any type are provided by a Terrain configuration e TAWS B Optional A system developed to meet the terrain alerting and ground proximity requirements for Class B TAWS systems as defined in TSO C151b Garmins GTN 6XX Terrain Awareness and Warning System TAWS B is an optional feature and is intended to provide the flight crew with both aural and visual alerts to aid in preventing inadvertent Controlled Flight Into Terrain CFIT e HTerrain Proximity This is the standard Terrain function and refers to the display of the relative terrain elevations on the moving map No aural alerts of any type are provided by a Terrain Pro
39. Airspaces On Figure 8 23 Display of Smart Airspaces Airspace Borders Grayed To control the display of European airway airspaces iii 1 While viewing the Map Setup Airspaces option touch the Other ADIZ Range key and select a value 2 Select Off for the Other ADIZ Range to turn off the display of airway airspaces Airway Airspaces On By a Sp ato 296 NM Airway Airspaces Off Airway Alrspaces On Figure 8 24 Selecting the Display of European Airway Airspaces 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 17 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index A GARMIN 8 1 2 5 Airway Range Foreword The Airways viewing range option selects whether the Airways are shown on oing the Map and at and below the selected map ranges for Low and High Airways When Off is selected the information will not be shown Xpdr Ctrl Pa i While viewing the Map function touch the Menu key Com Nav m Touch the Map Setup key and then with the Aviation tab highlighted drag the list down or use the Down key to show rn the Airway Range flop Setup Proc Wot Info Touch To Select Airway Range Map Traffic Figure 8 25 Map Setup For Airway Range Terrain 3 Touch the Airway Range key and select a range teleri Ainaa D
40. Data Use Touch To Lici Compute Data And View mathe Statistics a Figure 14 37 Utility DALT TAS Winds Page Using Sensor Data and Pressure Altitude i Nearest CH lites DALT TAS Winds O DAL TAS and uc Touch To Toggle FERT Winds Statistics P Sensor Data Use Touch To k Compute Data Statistics Figure 14 38 Utility DALT TAS Winds Page Using Sensor Data and Indicated Altitude ee sym Append 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 23 GARMIN Touch To Select Touch To Select Indicated Altitude Calibrated Air Speed ey Hiie ee 7 Fp Touch To Select PUP POSES m Baro Pressure Touch To Select Total Air Temp Touch To Select Touch To Select Com Nav Track Value oa Ground Speed Touch To Select Touch To Compute Data Heading Value And View Statistics Figure 14 39 DALT TAS Winds Page Using Manually Entered Data ey Hiites DALT TAS A Winds amiy ALT mg ve ine E Computed Statistics Th w sbt 1 mim Ae Saami iata mae Touch To Return To Edit Data Input Data Page Figure 14 40 Utility DALT TAS Winds Page Computed Data 1 Touch the Indicated ALT key and then the keypad to select the Indicated Altitude and then touch Enter Touch To Select Above Or Below Sea Level Peh Sin Indicated ALT e cc Touch To Clear Selected E 7500F Values Indicated STE Altitude Value Touch To Select Indicated Altitude Value Figure 14 41 Select Indicated Altitude Val
41. Description al Severe Thunderstorm a gt Weather T a B O rr High Low Temp Table 11 2 Weather Symbols 11 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E GARMIN 11 1 5 NEXRAD WSR 88D or NEXRAD NEXt generation RADar is a network of 158 high resolution Doppler radar systems that are operated by the National Weather Service NWS NEXRAD data provides centralized meteorological information for the continental United States and selected overseas locations The maximum range of a single NEXRAD radar site is 250 NM The NEXRAD network provides important information about severe weather for air traffic safety NEXRAD data is not real time The lapsed time between collection processing and dissemination of NEXRAD images can be significant and may not reflect the current radar synopsis Due to the inherent delays and the relative age of the data it should be used for long range planning purposes only Never use NEXRAD data for maneuvering in near or around areas of hazardous Proc weather Instead use it in an early warning capacity of pre departure and en route evaluation mene Composite data from all the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is shown This data is composed of the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps The display of the information is color coded to indicate the weather severity level NOTE Due to similarities in color schemes the display of Echo Tops ca
42. Direct To key has Verify the Direct To key is not Direct To key is been in pressed position pressed Contact dealer for service stuck for at least 30 seconds if this message persists This key will now be ignored KNOB STUCK The Volume knob has Verity the volume knob is not Volume knob been in pressed position pressed Contact dealer for service is stuck in the for at least 30 seconds if this message persists pressed position This knob press will now be ignored KNOB STUCK The dual concentric Verity the dual concentric knob Dual concentric inner knob has been in is not pressed Contact dealer for inner knob is stuck pressed position for at service if this message persists oe in the pressed least 30 seconds This position knob press will now be ignored 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 13 A GARMIN Message Description Action LOCKED FLIGHT The user is trying to Unlock the flight plan by modifying PLAN activate a flight plan stored flight plans as necessary Cannot activate that contains a locked to include waypoints procedures a flight plan waypoint and airways that are in the current containing a locked navigation database waypoint LOSS OF Antenna may be shaded Make sure the aircraft is clear of INTEGRITY LOI trom satellites The GPS hangars buildings trees etc Use Verify GPS module has reported a__ a different GPS receiver or a non position wi
43. E E 8 32 T a ssae ste rctbentancceseieoacctertceasteaunesseraccneacbascrsicte 8 33 8 7 1 Using SAICQTANI scctstdetcpudadstcivencctenusadetasusacebdeoedateigensecetanntarets 8 33 8 7 2 Hot Spot Information cccsscsecsecsecsecsecsecsecsessessessessesseeeees 8 34 8 7 3 SafeTaxi Cycle Number and Revision sses 8 34 Ci Cee ee E re ee eee 9 1 cules i i a E TS 9 1 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide XI 1 Foreword A GARMIN Sa 2 ll o E a ne ee 9 2 9 3 Traffic Information Service TIS Optional ccccsecsecsesessecseeseteeeee 9 3 eee 9 3 1 TS SMG OI n E EES 9 4 9 3 2 Tratic Map PEGG eccsonscventsevnnrsenadsnssacsvatiendiaisussdinscvscatesduwacssesyse 9 5 9 3 3 Displaying Traffic on the Traffic PaQ ccccscscsecsecsecseeseeeeen 9 6 9 3 4 Altitude WIS AV cazecaetsecirnsacatacecacetanasacatdeeasetat weave teeocadetacmeaceter 9 6 9 3 5 TIS Limitations 9 7 9 3 6 Eee e e a N se te ec 9 9 9 3 7 TIS System OU AMUIG c xcaautcixcocetaumcanstceusacntaeeadsteeusacetauesacstecnecets 9 10 gA WE aie MO WA rest sivesreseanavatsauesenessareeotucdennteursent a onconseaeveutipeee 9 12 9 4 1 TAS SVM OO enra E 9 13 9 4 2 Displaying and Operating Traffic TAS Systems ccceee 9 14 9 4 2 1 Switching from Standby Mode to Operating Mode 9 14 ce RANOG RIN srncie ena RE EE EENE E EE 9 15 vpt Into 9 4 3 Altitude Display sorentseecacktesieseatseessettiasusentsensdesdintevene eecacteoeess
44. Flip Flop 2 Each touch of the Active window will tlip flop the Active and Standby frequencies Remote Frequency Selection Control On units configured for remote Com frequency Recall pressing the remote recall switch will load the next preset Com frequency into the units Standby frequency window The remote recall switch can be pressed multiple times to scroll the entire preset frequency list through the Standby frequency box the list will wrap from the bottom of the list back up to the top skipping any empty preset positions The standby frequency isn t activated until a Com FLIP FLOP switch either bezel mounted or remote COM RMT XFR is pressed Remote Frequency Selection only functions on units configured for a remote Com Frequency recall switch NOTE Frequencies must be stored in the User Frequency List prior to utilizing the remote channel select switch 1 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 1 8 Flight Planning 1 8 1 Creating a Flight Plan 1 190 01004 03 Rev E From the Home page touch the Flight Plan key The Active Flight Plan page will be displayed If there is already an Active Flight Plan touch Menu and then Getting Started the Delete and OK keys to clear the existing flight plan If there is not an Active Flight Plan continue to the next step Touch Add Waypoint Use the alphanumeric keypad to select the Waypoint Identifier for the firs
45. GIN 6XX automatically sequences through each leg of the approach unless SUSP appears at the annunciation bar at the bottom of the display SUSP indicates that automatic sequencing of approach waypoints is suspended on the current leg and normally appears at holding patterns and upon crossing the missed approach point MAP for Climb to Altitude legs and for Hold to Altitude legs For roll steering autopilots roll steering is terminated when approach mode is selected on the autopilot and is available once the missed approach is initiated If Vectors to Final is activated while on the FROM side of the FAF automatic waypoint sequencing is suspended and the SUSP annunciation will appear Automatic waypoint sequencing will resume once the aircraft is on the TO side of the FAF and within full scale deflection For all procedures make sure to check the runway transition and all waypoints A CAUTION Not all autopilots will follow guidance when on a heading leg using NAV GPSS or APR mode on the autopilot Heading legs for procedures can be identified by HDG XXX in white on the Flight Plan page as well as the procedure chart indicating that the aircraft must fly a particular heading Certain autopilots will revert to a Roll Only or Wings Level mode on these leg types and the pilot must engage the heading HDG mode of the autopilot and set the heading bug appropriately in order to use the autopilot
46. GPS to VLOC on an ILS approach See Procedures ILS Approaches Sise for more detail on ILS approaches 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 17 A GARMIN 15 4 3 Date Time The Date Time setting provides selection of time format local or UTC 12 0 or 24 hour UTC also called GMT or Zulu date and time are calculated directly from the GPS satellites signals and cannot be changed Sg System Setup Date Time 08 DEC 10 Current Selected Com Nav 21 53 59 1 Date and Time Touch To Select Local Time Offset Touch To Select Time Format Figure 15 24 System Date and Time Setup 1 While viewing the System Setup page touch the Date Time pt In key 2 While viewing the System Setup page touch Local Offset to set the time offset for local time Use the keypad to select the desired local offset and then touch Enter Hill Arrolr arra Cll dll While viewing the System Setup page touch the Time Format key to select local 12 hour local 24 hour or UTC time VVI VVR en At eal C Touch Key to Select Time Format Figure 15 25 Select System Time Format 5 Touch the key for the desired time format 15 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 15 4 4 Nearest Airport Criteria Nearest Airport Criteria defines the surface type and minimum runway length used when determining the 25 nearest airports to display on the Nearest Airport
47. GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 9 3 Traffic Information Service TIS Optional WARNING The Traffic Information Service TIS is intended for advisory use only TIS is intended to help the pilot locate traffic visually It is the responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver to avoid traffic A NOTE TIS is available only when the aircraft is within the service volume of conna a TIS capable terminal radar site Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to both Traffic Advisory Systems TAS and TIS Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent indication A NOTE TIS and Traffic Advisory System TAS may not both be configured at the same time Traffic Information Service TIS is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft TIS uses the Mode S transponder for the traffic data link TIS receives traffic information from ground stations and is updated every five seconds The GTN 6XX displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7 5 NM radius from 3000 feet below to 3500 feet above the requesting aircraft 3 500 ft 3 000 ft Figure 9 3 TIS Coverage Volume not to scale 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 3 Traffic A GARMIN 9 3 1 TIS Symbology Tratfic is displayed according to TCAS symbology using three different symbols TIS Symbol Description Non Threat T
48. Getting Page A minimum runway length and or surface type may be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that do not have an appropriate surface xpd ct from being displayed The default settings are O feet or meters for runway length and any for runway surtace type Com Nav 1 While viewing the System Setup page touch the Nearest Airport key Touch To Select Runway Surface Type Touch To Select Minimum Runway Length Figure 15 26 Select Nearest Airport Criteria aoa 2 Touch the Runway Surface key to display the options Touch the desired surface type Select Runway Sunare Touch to Select Any Any Runway Surface Weather Touch to Select Hard oe hard nly Runway Surfaces Only Nearest Touch to Select Hard or Services Soft Runway Surfaces Music Hard Soft Touch to Select Water Surfaces Only Not Shown Utilit Figure 15 27 Nearest Airport Runway Surface Type 3 Touch Minimum Runway Length to display the keypad for selecting the minimum runway length Select the desired minimum runway length with the numeric keypad A selection of 0 will allow any length 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 19 A GARMIN Touch Key to Delete Values Touch Key to Delete Values Touch Keys to Set Values Figure 15 28 Nearest Airport Minimum Runway Length 4 After selecting the minimum runway length touch the Enter key to save the entered values
49. Mag Var When User Is Selected Touch Key to Select Temp Format F or Fuel Selections and Position Formats Not Shown Figure 15 37 System Units Page 2 Touch the key for the desired units A window with a list of Utilities unit values will appear Touch the desired value on the list Figure 15 38 System Units Selection Windows 3 After making the desired selections touch the Back key to return to the Setup page 15 26 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN ___ SS 15 5 2 Setting a User Configured Manual Nav Angle There are three variation heading options Magnetic True and User If _ Magnetic is selected all track course and heading information is corrected to the magnetic variation computed by the GPS receiver The True setting references all information to true north The User selection allows the pilot to enter values between 0 and 179 E or W NOTE When changing the Nav angle the DTK on the Flight Plan page for an approach does not change until that approach is reloaded 1 While viewing the System page touch the Units key Gee 2 Touch the Nav Angle key and then the User key saanemme Select Aw G nigie Unis Magnetic True i Touch to select User User V manual mag var Figure 15 39 Nav Angle Selections Gee 3 After User is selected touch the Magnetic Variation key to set the value 48 syctom Unite A Age U
50. NEXRAD Limitations wietasenscesscnecdesasesstionsdeunGesasnanssnideGetsees 11 11 Ho ENG TODS aroen soncdcusoesuccaeceuesursesa asesssnsdesaneeoseseaee adeesita 11 13 Ar O TO E 11 14 111 8 Cell IMOVOMON oar nsacaechosavetdensieatcsveatetdensdeabdenseeataseeaeseccustas 11 15 Ves SIGMETs and AIRMETS sccinccueseucsdussesupdessasssdusacaeosuscace sdeeseie 11 16 ello CO N E eera seer eccease ss 11 17 11111 Freezing LEVE aectdensacoteeueadstaensacetecocadelecesacetceusetelaceeaenteeusea 11 18 T IEW a et Ses saueesaes ae Gene icueaue yecetenstcae aes eet 11 19 IARE SC VCIOMG sixecsas wecrseseycesnas A ures 11 20 e HONN a accesencted adheadaeesvetesundneessesees ERR 11 21 IS Weather FOECS s geor 11 22 PLIO Winds POM cesccst sexsteascustcedsceateaceesatcedscesateasvestes vueatseascesaees 11 24 I A e E E E 11 25 DAR E e e E E EE 11 26 Wedel AREPPIREP setvsdssestecgeteacuadsacsauedsdeatndoeecatuessdesecedseeneuedetentee 11 27 11 2 Stormscope Vy OAUIOlassiesccecatcas onaceneue aaaesteweceusacneentecee ant aiecesiacees 11 28 11 2 1 StormScope ODTION A osavienciewsnsasesavecstiosberawcaseaatonetincranss 11 28 11 2 2 Clearing the StormScope Page cccccscscseseeecssseteeeen 11 30 11 2 3 Changing the StormScope Display VieW ccceeceeeeee 11 30 11 2 4 Changing the StormScope Data Display Range 11 31 11 2 5 Displaying StormScope Data on the Map Page 0606 11 31 113 SOMO Weathe eesnimena nna E eree EER 11 32
51. Offset and then touch the Enter key 14 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 14 1 5 Before After Target Waypoint This setting designates whether the offset distance defines a point before you reach the target reference waypoint or after you reach the waypoint The After selection is not available for the last waypoint in a flight plan 1 While viewing the VCALC page touch the Before After key 2 Touching the Before After key will toggle between Before and After the Target Waypoint 14 1 6 Target Waypoint Select the waypoint in the flight plan that will be used for planning a descent When using a flight plan the target waypoint is a reference that can be specified from the waypoints contained in the flight plan By default the last waypoint in the flight plan is selected 1 While viewing the VCALC page touch Target Waypoint Select VNB Target KTWF Joslin Fld Magic Valley Re KCOD Yellowstone Regl Figure 14 9 Select VCALC Target Waypoint List 2 A list of the remaining waypoints in the flight plan will be shown Touch the desired waypoint to select it as the Target Waypoint 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 7 A GARMIN 14 1 7 Display VCALC Messages Selecting Display Messages will allow the display of messages about the VCALC function when they occur With Display Messages not selected VCALC messages will not be displayed
52. Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 4 4 2 HTAWS Inhibit HTAWS provides an inhibit mode This mode deactivates aural and visual alerts when they are deemed unnecessary by the aircrew Pilots should use discretion when inhibiting the HTAWS system and always remember to enable the system when appropriate VCO are not inhibited in Inhibit Mode See section 3 for more information on HTAWS alerts When alerting is inhibited all FLTA aural and visual alerting is suppressed HTAWS should only be inhibited when in visual contact with terrain and when the pilot can be assured of maintaining clearance from terrain and obstacles When conducting en route operations and operations trom published airports and heliports HTAWS should be operated in Normal mode HTAWS configured units will always start up with HTAWS alerts uninhibited To inhibit HTAWS alerts 1 While viewing the Terrain HTAWS page touch MENU HTAWS 2 Touch HTAWS Inhibit The green bar will show when HTAWS nhibit Inhibit is active 3 Touch Back to return to the Terrain HTAWS display The HTAWS alerts are inhibited The HTAWS INHB annunciation is displayed in the terrain annunciator field whenever HTAWS is inhibited A NOTE When the ground speed is less than 30 knots HTAWS will automatically display the HTAWS INHB annunciation This indicates that HTAWS is no longer providing protection This automatic HTAWS INHB cannot be removed by menu optio
53. Present Position Turbulence Line Figure 11 18 SIGMETs and AIRMETs 2 Touch the SIGMET AIRMET key again to turn it off SIGMET AIRMET SIGMET Localized SIGMET Icing Turbulence IFR Mountain Obser Surface Winds Figure 11 19 SIGMET AIRMET Legend 11 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 1 10 County Warnings County Warnings data provides specific public awareness and protection weather warnings from the National Weather Service This can include information on fires tornadoes severe thunderstorms flood conditions and other natural disasters ey 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the County Warnings key County Warning Symbol Touch To Display Detail County Warning Dallas County Warning Detail iW lt iui warm Cote Ai Figure 11 20 County Warnings Data 2 After viewing the County Warning detail touch the Back key to return to the Map view 3 Touch the County Warnings key again to turn it off County Warnings f Fi i i j Severe T storm Tornado i S E Flood Figure 11 21 County Warnings Legend 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 17 A GARMIN 11 1 11 Freezing Level Freezing Level data shows the color coded contour lines for the altitude and location at which the Freezing Level is found When no data is displayed for a given altitude the data for that altitude has not been
54. SD cards to load and store various types of data For basic flight operations SD cards are required for database storage as well as database updates Database Function Where UE Provider NETS Stored Cycle Navigation Airport NAVAID Internal 28 days on fly garmin com Updates installed via Waypoint and GTN Thursdays SD card and copied Airspace information memory into internal memory SafeTaxi Airport surface Internal 56 days on fly garmin com Updates installed via diagrams GTN Thursdays SD card and copied memory into internal memory Obstacle Obstacle information Internal 56 days on fly garmin com Updates installed via for map andTAWS GTN Thursdays SD card and copied memory into internal memory Basemap Boundary and road Internal As required fly garmin com Updates installed via information GTN SD card and copied memory into internal memory Table 18 1 Database List Terrain Topographic map SD card As required fly garmin com Terrain TAWS More information about databases and updates can be found at https fly garmin com fly garmin support Appendix 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 9 A GARMIN 18 2 1 Jeppesen Databases The navigation database is updated on a 28 day cycle Navigation database updates are provided by Garmin and may be downloaded from the Garmin web site fly garmin com onto a Garmin provided Supplemental Data card Contact Garmin at f
55. Shield Setup The Shield Setup function allows you to select the Shield Type mode of operation and the size of the shield volume that will provide alerts when entered by aircratt Approach Shield Type psy 1 While viewing the TCAD Control menu touch the Shield Type key and touch the Approach Shield Type Touch To Select shield Setup Shield Type hield Type Approach or Approa Standard Touch To Manually Set Field Elevation Touch To Automatically Select The Destination Airport Field Elevation Figure 9 28 TCAD 9900B Shield Setup for Approach 2 Touch the Field Elevation key 3 With the Use DEST APT key deactivated no green bar touch the Field Elevation key to manually select the Field Elevation for traffic reporting Use the keypad to select the elevation value 4 Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value The selected value will be shown in the Field Elevation key 5 Touch the Use DEST APT key to automatically use the field elevation of the destination airport of the active flight plan for traffic reporting A NOTE Activating the Use DEST APT feature automatically uses the elevation for the current destination airport for the TCAD If no destination airport is present in the GTN system the TCAD will not receive a field elevation and therefore not automatically enter approach mode 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 31 A GARMIN En Route Standard or Termin
56. Td Aemuny sAemuny p4 Aouanbary beara OWEN GN Peas YOA D295 IN Pees O U 319 9q Figure 7 2 Waypoint Info Functional Diagram 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide l 2 A GARMIN 7 1 Waypoint Selection 1 Touch the Waypoint Info key and then touch the desired waypoint type Airport INT VOR etc Touch the waypoint identitier The waypoint identifier selection page willbe shown andthe waypoint identifier field will be active for selection Touch the required keys on the alohanumeric keypad to select the desired waypoint identifier and then touch the Enter key 2 E Backspace Airport Identifier OKT WE ph tesnievh Key ite Find Key Displays ae Fig Magic VEET Aa Tey Wot Ident Waypoint Search AIC DIE meme Active Keypad Men I Range Touch Enter we After Selecting Ident Selected Keypad Range Figure 7 3 Waypoint Ident Selection 4 The selected waypoint will be the selected Airport Identifier Selected Airport REEMS ame tata o To Identifier Josiin Fid Magic Valley BHU Selected Wot From Present Nearest Position Bark Previev FREQ WX Cate WOTAMS Figure 7 4 Waypoint Ident Selection Result 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 3 A GARMIN 7 2 Airport The Airport page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed information about the airport 7 2 1 Info The upper part of the page shows the airport identif
57. Touch the desired key from the menu to make any settings 9 34 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 9 8 3 1 Traffic Audio Pete as 1 While viewing the TCAD Control menu touch the Traffic Audio key Trafic udi Touch To Lower The Volume Touch To Raise The Volume Bar Graph Showing Volume Level Figure 9 33 TCAD Traffic Audio gg 2 Touch the arrow keys to raise or lower the TCAD Traffic Audio level The selected volume will be shown as a percentage value and graphically with a bar graph 3 Touch the Back key to return to the TCAD Control menu Barci 9 8 3 2 Shield Setup The Shield Setup function allows you to select the Shield Type mode of operation and the size of the shield volume that will provide alerts when entered by aircratt Approach Shield Type psig 1 While viewing the TCAD Control menu touch the Shield Type key and touch the Approach Shield Type Touch To Select shield Setup Shield Type Shield Typi Approach or approdi Standard Touch To Manually Set Field Elevation Touch To Automatically Select The Destination Airport Field Elevation Figure 9 34 TCAD 9900BX Shield Setup for Approach Fiia tewten 2 Touch the Field Elevation key an 3 With the Use DEST APT key deactivated no green bar touch the Field Elevation key to manually select the Field Elevation for traffic reporting Use the keypad to select the elevation value 190 0100
58. While viewing the Weather Data Link menu touch the Turbulence key Product Age Turbulence Shading Present Position Selected Turbulence Altitude Touch To Select Turbulence Altitude Figure 11 38 Turbulence 2 Touch the WX Aloft ALT or keys to increase or decrease the reporting altitude for turbulence in 3 000 foot increments The selected altitude is shown in a window above the altitude keys 3 Touch the Turbulence key again to turn it off Turbulence Light Moderate Severe Extreme Figure 11 39 Turbulence Legend 11 26 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 1 19 AIREP PIREP Pilot Weather Reports PIREPs provide timely weather information for a particular route of flight When significant weather conditions are reported or forecast Air Traffic Control ATC facilities are required to solicit PIREPs A PIREP may contain non forecast adverse weather conditions such as low in flight visibility icing conditions wind shear and turbulence PIREPs are issued as either Routine UA or Urgent UUA 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the AIREP PIREP key Touch Weather Info Icon To Touch Weather M 7 Info Icon To View PIREP Details Touch TFR Icon To View TFR Details Figure 11 40 Weather Display With AIREP PIREP Information Active 2 Toucha weather information icon to view details for that item PIREP AIREP sition M 3 38 56 90 P
59. a wan a be E TFR Detail rial 6342 PAL SPECAL NOTICE SPORTING EVENTS CTIVE IMIMETHATELY UNTIL FURTHER HOTE THIS kOTCE REPLSOES FOC MOTAM Ee E fani ol oe T o EEF Aa N oa ia ia oa Figure 11 76 FIS B TFR Detail 2 Touch the Back key to return to the Weather display Back 11 56 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 4 4 FIS B METARs When enabled graphic METARs METeorological Aviation Reports are shown as colored flags at airports that provide METAR reports Press the METARs key to enable or disable METARs Refer to the Legend for a description of the color code The update rate is every five minutes METAR Description VER ceiling greater than 3000 ft AGL and visibility greater than five miles Marginal VFR ceiling 1000 3000 ft AGL and or visibility three to five miles IFR ceiling 500 to below 1000 ft AGL and or visibility one mile to less than three miles _ Low IFR ceiling below 500 ft AGL or visibility less than one mile OF unknown Table 11 8 METAR Symbols 1 While viewing the FIS B weather page touch the Menu key to select the METAR choice Touch an airport symbol for more METAR detail Weather Product Age vete Touch Airport For METAR Detail METAR Flags METAR Detail Figure 11 77 METARS Map Symbols and Detail 2 Touch the METAR key to toggle METARS on or off 3 Touch the Back key to return to the FIS B Weather pag
60. a quick method of selecting 121 50 MHz as the active frequency in the event of an in flight emergency The emergency frequency select is available whenever the unit is on regardless of GPS or cursor status or loss of the display To quickly tune and activate 121 50 press and hold volume knob or the external remote Com flip flop key for approximately two seconds NOTE Pressing and holding the remote Com FLIP FLOP key for approximately two seconds on units so configured will lock the COM board preventing further changes in Com frequency until the Com board is unlocked by pressing the remote Com FLIP FLOP key again for two seconds The following message will notify the pilot that the Com board has been locked COM LOCKED TO 121 5 MHZ HOLD REMOTE COM TRANSFER KEY TO EXIT A NOTE Under some circumstances if the Com system loses communication with the main system the radio will automatically tune to 121 50 MHz for transmit and receive regardless of the displayed frequency 3 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 3 3 4 Stuck Microphone Whenever the GIN 635 or 650 is transmitting a TX indication appears in the Com window If the push to talk key on the microphone is stuck or accidentally left in the keyed position or continues to transmit after the key is released the Com transmitter automatically times out or ceases to transmit X 4 after 30 seconds of continuous broadcasting Yo
61. and Fuel SettingS cccccscscsecseeeeen 1 7 15 System OCGA OU iecporsnneaeveonsanscenneet ssuntaieronnesisysaneayiyseunscnaecnsateraust sted 1 10 1 5 1 Using the Touchscreen Key Controls c cccccccececseeseeeeee 1 10 Ey DT a ee ee E E eee 1 10 Weak SV SUT CUD EE 1 11 We5aded Units Settings Valles sccceescecscuteracermeesvaneatscacenoenseasentstbeumenste 1 12 1523 Alet SCLUNGS VANES acs vestucsacesssits nxntuabsees nsa eenteabseestuedaeusts 1 12 1 5 3 DGG IN Instalados asen ES 1 13 16 DirectTo NavigatlON sassanidien i 1 14 1 6 1 Direct o a Waypoint sesssssessnessnesrnesrrnsrrserrsenrssersennsennsenae 1 14 1 6 2 Direct To a Flight Plan Waypoint c cccssssssssssseeeeee 1 14 1 6 3 Direct To a Nearest Airport sccccccsessesssessceessssesseseesenes 1 14 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide vil Foreword Foreword A GARMIN 1 7 Selecting Com FIEQUENCIGS a3 sssascb cestantsausescoscestncdersseweSanenseadenesieeseents l 3 ko PERNA eer e EEA R 1 17 1 8 1 Creating a Flight Plan icceucssuccanwtncaprascesidnedendgenienidesrGesadeostss 1 17 ES WER POCONOS coroin riesa arena r E E EEE E EATA REE E IE 1 18 110 Dead RECKONING ireira r E EE E Tr E 1 19 2 Transponder Controls Optional ccccsssssssssssssssssseesssesessseeseees 2 1 Dil SATT O a ETT 2 2 Ded IDENT copin E ES EE E S 2 2 DD E OCC E E E E ET 2 3 2 3 1 ET E E E EEEE 2 3 Vo OUI ceeses E E E EEEE 2 4 2 3 3 D E IE EE E E E E E E
62. and the aircraft is within reception range of the Ground Broadcast Transceiver GBT 11 48 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Foreword Getting Started me Xpdr Ctrl Menu Out NEXRAD Com Nav Off CONUS Regional Combined m METAR PIREP Wind Temp Aloft 1 000 ft 53 000 tt Proc SIGMET AIRMET Orientation Wot Info Track Up Heading Up North Up Direct To Map Legend Traffic Figure 11 68 FIS B Weather Functional Diagram Terrain Nearest SEIVICES MUSIC Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 49 A GARMIN Weather Product Expiration Transmission Update Interval Minutes Time Interval Minutes Minutes As Available Typically 20 minutes As Available Typically 20 minutes then at 15 minute intervals for 1 hour 1 minute where available As Available otherwise Typically lt 20 minutes Winds and 12 hours Temperatures Aloft Pilot Weather As available Typically 20 Report PIREP minutes Blue Regular Yellow Urgent 20 As available Typically 20 minutes Table 11 7 FIS B Weather Products and Aging WARNING Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather product Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather data for data link transmission t
63. be performed to find the possible cause of a failure Ensure the owner operator of the aircraft in which the Data Link Receiver is installed has subscribed to SiriusXM Satellite Radio e Ensure the SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription has been activated e Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied to the Data Link Receiver For troubleshooting purposes check the Menu on the Music Page or the GDL 69 Box on the System External LRUs Page for Data Link Receiver GDL 69 69A status serial number and software version number More information about GDL Status is available in Section 15 System Function External LRUs It may take several minutes for all subscribed data to become available after power up 1 Touch the Status key on the Music page to display the GDL 69 69A Status Data Radio ID amp Signal Level raat O o SONA Status Audio Radio ID Touch To View PET EMZ9AOHA amp Signal Level GDL Status Menu EE RENEE SW Version and Lal Serial Number WL Aviator ad Touch To View Weather Products Figure 13 11 GDL 69 69A Status Page 2 Touch the Menu key to display the GDL Status Menu GOL Stats Ment When actyation has baon completed press the button below te lack the ADANG Figure 13 12 GDL Status Menu 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 9 lAsarac loz esl Services Music Services Music 13 10 A GARMIN 3 To
64. course the aircraft will continue with the current heading M 1 Press the Direct To key to display the Direct To page Com Nav Touch To E ae 7 Remove The een os i Direct To Waypoint Direct To ses ae 3 Executive PER x Miami FL i i Course E E uca Proc Press Small Knob To Edit Direct To Wpt t Info Figure 5 8 Remove the Direct To Course 2 Touch the Remove key attic 3 Navigation will now return to the active flight plan learest Utili Syst 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 5 5 A GARMIN 5 5 Direct To Map Waypoint A Direct To course may be set to any waypoint selected on the Map page The waypoint is selected by touching an item such as an airport VOR or NDB or any other location Touching the map page at any place not having an existing location name will create a waypoint with the name MAPWPT Touching the Direct To key will automatically insert the selected waypoint as the Direct To waypoint The MAPWPT will be saved as a User Waypoint 1 On the Map page touch the map at the location intended to be the Direct To waypoint Direct T l 2 Press the Direct To key on the right side of the unit i Waypoint Tab Direct To Waypoint Name Npt Info Touch To EER Seo Direct To Waypoint Remove The MES j ee Map Symbol Direct To Course i Touch To ma Activate The ey Direct To Course Figure 5 9 Touch the Map to Create a MAPWPT as the Direct To Course Destination
65. determine MSL altitude Therefore GPS altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts HTAWS utilizes terrain and obstacle databases that are referenced to mean sea level MSL Using the GPS position and GSL altitude HTAWS displays a 2 D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and 10 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN altitude of the aircraft The GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate and predict the aircrafts flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and obstacles In this manner HTAWS can provide advanced alerts of predicted Getting dangerous terrain conditions Detailed alert modes are described later in this section Xpdr Ctr 10 4 2 2 Power Up During power up of the unit the terrain obstacle database versions are displayed along with a disclaimer to the pilot At the same time HTAWS seli test begins HTAWS gives the following aural messages upon test completion HTAWS System Test OK if the system passes the test HTAWS System Failure it the system fails the test A test failure is also annunciated visually for HTAWS as shown in the HTAWS Alert Summary table 10 4 3 HTAWS Page HTAWS is shown on the Terrain page when HTAWS is available HU p Traffic raTTiC 360 View Rotorcraft HTAWS Legend Whe HTAWS Terrain HTAWS Weather Annunciation
66. earth Latitudes N30 to 90 Longitudes W180 to W30 Latitudes 0 to N90 pains Noi Longitudes W30 to E90 Latitudes N30 to 90 CUu Longitudes W30 to E90 PA Latitudes 0 to N90 PACC A Longitudes E60 to E180 Pacific South Latitudes N30 to 90 Longitudes E60 to E180 NOTE Because of higher resolution helicopter terrain data the world wide data won t fit on the terrain database card Therefore data is regionalized If you have the wrong region database for your present position then you get the message that terrain is unavailable for the current location and a crosshatched pattern on the terrain display 10 4 10 Obstacle Database Areas of Coverage The following describes the area of coverage available in each database Regional definitions may change without notice Database Coverage Area Limited to the United States plus some areas of Canada EA IES Mexico Caribbean and the Pacific Alaska Austria Belgium Canada Caribbean Czech Republic Denmark Estonia Finland France Germany Greece US Europe Hawaii Iceland Ireland Italy Latvia Lithuania Mexico Netherlands Norway Poland Portugal Slovakia Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom United States Indicates partial coverage NOTE It is very important to note that not all obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not be contained in the Obstacle Database 10 30 Garmin GTN 625 6
67. features The GIN 6XX presents a full color moving map with navigation information to the pilot through a large format display Controls _ Xpdr Ctrl are a combination of rotary knobs and push keys on the bezel with the color display providing information as well as a touchscreen controls The GIN OXX coana has a 600 x 266 pixel 4 9 inch diagonal LCD display Active Com Nav Standby Com Nav i Frequency Frequency Volume Squelch On Function Direct To Off and Nav ID On Off Keys Home Page Proc HOME Key Photo Sensor Wpt Inio SD Card or Message ee Map Annunciation And K ae Large and Traffic Screw Annunciations Dual Rotary Knob Xpadr Panel Function Hints Controls opt Weather Figure 1 2 GTN 650 Front Panel 1 3 1 Secure Data Card Nearest The GTN 6XX uses a Secure Digital SD card to load and store various types of data For basic flight operations the SD card is required for Terrain Obstacle Vlusic and SafeTaxi database storage as well as Jeppesen aviation database updates Utilities NOTE Ensure the GTN 6XX is powered off before inserting or removing lt lt an SD card N MOSSES NOTE Refer to SD Card Use and Databases in the Appendix for instructions on updating databases ee y i 1 Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 3 A GARMIN Inserting an SD Card 1 Insert the SD card in the SD card slot the label side of the card should face the
68. frequency Add User Frequency User Frequency Name User Frequency Value Figure 3 16 Add New User Frequency Detail Window 3 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 5 Touch the lower part of the display to select the desired range of characters Select the characters trom the selected alohanumeric range for the desired name Touch the Enter key to accept the displayed Name User Frequenc one Backspace Alphanumeric Keypad Selected nange Alohanumeric Keypad Overview Figure 3 17 Select a Name for the New User Frequency 6 Touch the Frequency key and select the characters from the keypad for the desired frequency Touch the Enter key to accept the displayed trequency Figure 3 18 Select a Frequency Value for the New User Frequency 7 Touch the Enter key to accept the displayed name and frequency The new User Frequency will be added to the list User Frequency Name User Frequency Value Touch To Edit User Name and or Frequency Value Figure 3 19 Completed New User Frequency 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 9 A GARMIN 8 Touch the Name or Frequency keys to edit the displayed name or frequency if desired Touch To Edit User Touch To Edit User Frequency Name Frequency Value Touch To Delete User Frequency Figure 3 20 Edit The User Frequency 55 0 Emergency Frequency The GIN 635 or 650 emergency frequency select provides
69. labeled as Music when only the Music feature is enabled Music is provided through SiriusXM Satellite Radio The GSR 56 is an Iridium satellite transceiver that supports voice telephone calls aircratt position reporting and world wide weather products While viewing the Home page touch the Services key to view ae the Services page Touch To Use Text Messaging Touch To Use Phone Services Touch To Access SiriuSXM Music Touch To Setup Position Reporting Touch To Access Your Contact List 5 Aag ies Status ies Status Add Se Phone Number ile Automatic Reporting Name Music Call End Call g Time Period Phone Number Volume Email Address Volume Save Contact Suppression Existing Contact off ve On essage Edit On During APR MAPRI Delete TERM Figure 13 2 Services Functional Diagram 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 1 Services Music A GARMIN 13 1 Music NOTE Refer to the Weather Section for information about SiriusXM Weather products The optional SirtusXM Radio entertainment feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver is available for the pilots and passengers enjoyment The GDL 69A can receive SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment services at any altitude throughout the Continental United States Entertainment audio is not available on the GDL 69 Data Link Receiver SirtusXM Satellite Radio offers a variety of radio programming over long distances wit
70. manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for personal use provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited This part shall comply with Garmin Banned and Restricted Substances document 001 0021 1 00 Garmin FliteCharts and SateTaxi are registered trademarks of Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries Garmin SVT and Smart Airspace are trademarks of Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin NavData is a registered trademark of Jeppesen Inc StormScope and SkyWatch are registered trademarks of L 3 Communications Sirius and XM are trademarks of SiriusXM Radio Inc Iridium is a registered trademark of Iridium Communications Inc United States radar data provided by NOAA European radar data collected and provided by Meteo France SD and SDHC Logos are trademarks of SD 3C LLC P March 2013 Printed in the U S A A GARMIN LIMITED WARRANTY All Garmin avionics products are warranted to be free from defects in materials or workmanship for Naam two years from the date of purchase for new Remote Mount and Panel Mount products one year from the date of purchase for new portable products and an
71. me o Table 11 4 Stormscope Symbols Pn 1 From the Home page touch the Weather key and then the StormScope key if present to reach the StormScope function 11 28 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Orientation Annunciation HDG NIA Heading Is Not Available Range Ring Lightning Strikes Touch To Clear Lightning Display Mode Lightning Cell or Strike om Lightning Strike Rate Figure 11 42 StormScope Display 360 Display View Shown 2 Touch the Menu key to setup the StormScope display Weather Stormscope Menu Wei Moda Lig h tn ing o ene s Chrilen Display Mode areal 360 Arc Cell Strike oa Ait Figure 11 43 StormScope Menu 3 Touch the 360 or Arc to select the display view Menu View 360 Arc Mode Cell Strike Figure 11 44 StormScope Functional Diagram 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 29 A ee GARMIN 11 2 2 Clearing the StormScope Page Routinely clearing the StormScope Page of all discharge points is a good way to determine if a storm is building or dissipating In a building storm discharge points reappear faster and in larger numbers In a dissipating storm discharge points appear slower and in smaller numbers 1 While viewing the Weather StormScope page touch MENU 2 Touch the Clear Strikes key to clear lightning strikes NOTE When Heading is not available N A the pilot must clear the strikes a
72. obstacle impact 10 15 Imminent terrain impact 10 15 Infra Red 11 43 Insert after 4 7 Insert before 4 6 Intersection 7 10 8 15 8 23 12 4 17 1 Invert flight plan 4 13 4 18 Iridium 11 32 13 1 13 11 13 18 J Jeppesen 1 3 18 10 Jeppesen database 18 10 K King autopilot 6 17 Knobs 1 2 1 4 L Land data 8 4 8 16 Lat Lon 8 23 Legend 11 4 11 46 Index 3 Index Index Level 10 13 10 16 Lighting 15 32 Lightning 8 23 11 7 11 21 11 42 11 43 Limitations 9 7 10 6 11 11 11 52 15 6 LNAV 6 2 6 14 LNAV V 6 2 6 14 LNAV VNAV Approach 6 2 Load procedures in FPL 4 8 Localizer 3 13 6 16 Local offset 15 18 Lock activation 15 12 Locking screw 1 3 Low alt 6 2 LP approach 6 2 6 14 LPV Approach 6 2 6 14 LIVNAV 6 14 M Magnetic variation 15 26 15 27 Making a phone call 13 12 Manual mag var 15 27 Map 8 1 Symbols 8 32 Map controls 8 26 Map data fields 8 20 Map Detail 8 22 Map menu 8 2 Map orientation 8 10 11 37 Map overlay 8 3 Map panning 8 24 MAPR 6 2 Map range 8 10 8 33 9 15 10 10 Map setup 8 7 Map symbols 17 1 17 6 Map toolbar symbols 17 6 Mark on target 7 16 Mean Sea Level 10 1 Message 10 14 10 18 16 1 METARs 11 7 11 19 11 39 11 43 11 50 11 57 MGRS 15 28 Military grid reference system 15 28 Minimum runway length 1 12 Index 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Miscellaneous symbols 17 7 Missed Approach 6 10 MOA 8 23 17 8 Model descriptio
73. of Uncertainty Foreword The Circle of Uncertainty depicts an area where the ownship location is guaranteed to be when the aircraft location cannot be accurately determined 2 The area of the Circle of Uncertainty becomes larger as GPS horizontal accuracy degrades and smaller as it improves The Circle of Uncertainty is shown only when the aircraft is on the ground The Circle of Uncertainty area is transparent so that features within it may still be seen ne a FPL Area Within The g Circle Of Uncertainty eee Ownship Symbol Bigg en n Wot Info Figure 15 9 Circle of Uncertainty Map 15 3 External LRUs The External LRU page displays the external equipment connected to the GTN and their connection status ae errain 1 While viewing the System page touch the External LRUs key Weather LRU Available And e Communicating LRU Not Available Services Or Communicating Music Touch For More Utiliti BERA information Figure 15 10 External LRU Page System oe 2 When more information is available about the listed units touch the More Info key to view the information eat Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 11 Can sirac YPLIVICRS N AC A GARMIN 15 3 1 GDL 69 and GDL 69A Status The GDL 69 Status page displays the serial numbers for the Data Radio for the GDL 69 69A and the Audio Radio for the GDL 69A Subscription status displays t
74. on these legs 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 15 A GARMIN 6 13 Points to Remember for Localizer or 6 16 Proc O VOR based Approaches The default factory setting allows the CDI output to automatically switch from the GPS receiver to the LOC receiver This may be changed to manual in some installations If the ILS CDI Selection setting is changed to Manual you must determine when to select GPS or VLOC guidance during the approach Remember VLOC is required for the final course segment from Final Approach Fix FAF to MAP NOTE Installations with certain autopilots such as the KAP 140 and KFC225 do not allow automatic ILS CDI switching NOTE GPS phase of flight annunciations LPV ENR etc are not applicable to the external CDI or HSI when VLOC is active If the CDI output has not automatically switched from GPS to ILS upon reaching the FAF you must manually switch to the VLOC receiver by touching the CDI key Verify that VLOC is displayed Automatic switching of CDI output is available for ILS localizer SDF and LDA approaches Automatic CDI switching is not available for backcourse approaches or VOR approaches When flying an approach with the autopilot coupled you must monitor system functions at all times and verify that the autopilot and external CDI or HSI switch to the VLOC receiver with sufficient time to capture and track the approach cour
75. or touch the Back key to return to the System Setup page without saving a value 15 4 5 Com Channel Spacing Com transceiver channel spacing may be selected between 8 33 kHz and 25 0 kHz EzE While viewing the System Setup page touch Channel Spacing to toggle between 8 33 kHz and 25 0 kHz channel spacing 15 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 15 4 6 Crossfill Dual units may be interfaced to crossfill information between the two units This option will not be available unless dual units are configured When Crossfill is turned on with one GTN it is automatically turned on in the other GIN Some items are always crossfilled regardless of the crossfill setting others are dependent on the crossfill setting The GTN can be can also be interfaced with the GNS 400W 500W units The GTN can automatically send the Active Flight Plan and active Direct To course to the GNS unit The GIN User Waypoints can be manually sent to the GNS unit The GNS unit can manually send its User Waypoints to the GTN unit Waypoint names longer than six characters or duplicates sent from the GTN unit to the GNS unit will replace some characters with a sign while leaving significant characters to aid in identification such as USRO03 becomes US 003 A NOTE Upon crossfill being activated the GTNs may take up to 10 seconds to crossfill the flight plans The pilot must verify the flight plan in each unit prior
76. previously viewed page ten fol Psy Messages I h E Message List a AIRSPACE AHEAD Message Key Touch To Toggle Message Display Bune k Figure 16 1 Message Display Message Description Action ABORT This message is Initiate a climb to the MSA or APPROACH triggered outside other published safe altitude abort GPS approach no the MAP if the GTN the approach and execute a non longer available system can no longer GPS based approach provide approach level of service Vertical guidance will be removed trom the external CDI HSI display AIRSPACE ALERT The aircraft inside an No action is necessary message is Inside airspace airspace type for which informational only alerts are contigured AIRSPACE ALERT The aircraft is within 2 No action is necessary message is Airspace within nm and predicted to informational only 2 nm and entry enter an airspace type in less than 10 within 10 minutes minutes for which alerts are configured 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 1 A GARMIN Message Description Action AIRSPACE ALERT The aircraft is predicted No action is necessary message is Airspace entry to enter an airspace informational only in less than 10 type within 10 minutes minutes for which alerts are configured AIRSPACE ALERT The aircraft is within No action is necessary message is Within 2 nm of 2nm of an airspace type informationa
77. provides detailed information for the 25 nearest airports VORs NDBs Intersections and User waypoints within 200 NM of your current position In addition the Nearest pages include the five nearest Flight Service Station FSS and center ARTCC FIR points of communication and alert you to any Special Use SUA or Controlled Airspace you may be in or near Function Title Touch Slider And Drag To View More Waypoint Types Nearest Waypoint Types Use Up Down Keys To View More Waypoint Types Figure 12 1 Nearest Page List List List Wot Info Wot Info Frequency D A List List List Wot Info Wot Info Frequency List List List Wot Info Airspace Info Wot Info Freq Frequency Figure 12 2 Nearest Page Functional Map 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 12 1 Nearest A GARMIN 12 1 Select a Nearest Page The available waypoint types are shown on the Nearest page Touch the key to display the nearest 25 waypoint types FSS and ARTCC will display up to five items Not all 25 nearest waypoints can be displayed on the corresponding Nearest page at one time The Nearest page displays detailed information for five nearest items 1 On the Home page touch the Nearest key 2 Touch the desired waypoint type Airport VOR etc and then touch the Up and Down keys on the lower right of the display to navigate through the list of available items You can also touch an item on the list and drag your fi
78. rai MOA stricted military Airspace Altitude Huffer Altitude Buffer 200 FT Figure 15 35 Airspace Alert Selections 2 Touch the Airspace Altitude Buffer key to set the buffer altitude value A numeric keypad will appear Select the desired value and then touch Enter Selected Altitude Buffer Value Altitude Bugle ml oe Touch Key to He FT Delete Values Fit Ust Use the Numeric Keypad to Select Altitude Buffer Value Touch Enter Or Press Small Knob To Save Values Figure 15 36 Altitude Buffer Selection 3 Touch the Airspace type keys to toggle activation A green bar will appear when it is active System NOTE The Airspace Alert setting does not alter the depiction of airspace or change the Smart Airspace setting for the main map page 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 25 A GARMIN 15 5 Units Settings The Units Setup page allows you to select the conventions for the various units that are displayed Units Type Units Values Nav Angle Magnetic True T User u Com Nav Enter numeric value E or W Temperature Celsius C or Fahrenheit F Gallons GAL Kilograms KG Liters LT or Pounds LB LAT LON MGRS UTM Table 15 5 System Units Setup 15 5 1 Setup Units Use these settings to set the units for values displayed in the unit operation 1 While viewing the System page touch the Units key Touch Key to Select Nav Angle Touch Key to
79. second database Obstacle Obstacle information Internal 56 days fly garmin com Updates installed via for map and TAWS memory SD card and copied into internal memory For helicopter applications an Obstacle database that includes additional low height obstacles is available Basemap Boundary and road Internal As required fly garmin com Updates installed via information Memory SD card and copied into internal memory Table 15 1 Database List 15 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 15 2 GPS Status 15 2 1 GPS Status Page The GPS Status Page provides a visual reference of GPS receiver functions including current satellite coverage GPS receiver status position accuracy and Xpdr Ct displays your present position in latitude and longitude and altitude The Satellite Status Page is helpful in troubleshooting weak or missing signal levels due to poor satellite coverage or installation problems You may wish to refer to this page occasionally to monitor GPS receiver performance and establish a normal pattern for system operation Should problems occur at a later date you may find it helpful to have an established baseline trom which to compare oval 1 While viewing the System page touch GPS Status a Lat Lon Position eee osition Wot Into eae Horizontal Dilution of Precision Touch To Select aes SBAS Provider 1 2 ei Figure of Sy N 44 54 43 SAARA Horizontal Figure hn h
80. select the desired Target Altitude and then touch the Enter key 14 1 2 Altitude Type This value selects the altitude reference that will be used for VCALC calculations 1 While viewing the VCALC page touch Altitude Type 2 Touching the Altitude Type key will toggle between MSL and Above WPT Above WPT is only available for waypoints that are airports Utilities 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 5 A GARMIN 14 1 3 Vertical Speed VS Profile This value sets the vertical speed 1 While viewing the VCALC page touch the VS Profile key Selected Backspace Vertical Key Speed Numeric Keypad Touch Enter Or Press Small Knob To Save Value Figure 14 7 Select VCALC Vertical Speed 2 Use the numeric keypad to select the desired Vertical Speed and then touch the Enter key 14 1 4 Target Offset The Target Offset is a pilot selected distance value that represents the geographical location where you wish to arrive at the target altitude This distance is measured from the Target Waypoint and in a separate data field on the VCALC page designated as either before or after the Target Waypoint lt a 1 While viewing the VCALC page touch the Offset key Selected a Target Ditset Backspace Target pi Key Offset Numeric Touch Enter Or Press Small Knob To Save Number Figure 14 8 Select VCALC Target Offset 2 Use the numeric keypad to select the desired Target
81. such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control A NOTE In data link weather Temporary Flight Restrictions TFRs and Notices to Airmen NOTAMs that do not have geographical locations cannot be viewed on the GTN 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 1 A GARMIN ail A NOTE Stormscope and XM Lightning are mutually exclusive NEXRAD Off US Canada WX Forecast Current 12 Hour 24 Hour 36 Hour Lightning Echo Tops Cloud Tops METAR Cell Movement AIREP PIREP County Warnings Winds Aloft Surface 3000 ft 45 000 ft SIGMET AIRMET Freezing Level Icing Turbulence Cyclone Orientation Track Up Heading Up North Up Legend SiriusXM Weather Products Optional Menu 48 Hour Figure 11 3 SiriusXM Weather Page Functional Diagram Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 1 1 Displaying SiriusXM Weather To display SirtusXM weather touch the following sequence of keys starting from the Home page Genin 1 Touch the Weather key on the Home page and then touch the Data Link key i errs ym N E4 EIR Age Of Selected Selected Altitude Weather Products Touch or To Select Altitude Figure 11 4 Data Link Weather Page 2 While viewing the Data Link weather page touch the Menu key to configure the Data Link Weather page Weather Datalink Menu Touch Keys To Naather Lay Select Weather Weather Overlay Product Gre
82. the Traffic App Status key to view the Traffic Application information GOL 88 Traffic App Status ALR Unavailable to Run Traffic Status Figure 15 17 GDL 88 Traffic Information 15 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 15 3 3 GSR 56 Status The GSR 56 Status page displays information about the status of the GSR 56 Wore 1 While viewing the External LRUs page touch More Info for the GSR 56 LRU GSA 56 Status Ntiwork Regiiiration iridium Signa Iridium Com Nav Current f Registerec l Registration Info L i T Serial umben WAITING Learnt erea Connext Touch To Phone and lale Registration Register Datalink Status Datalink WX Stata idie Figure 15 18 GSR 56 Status 2 Touch the Connext Registration key to display the Connext Registration display Conmext Regtratian Status Hegistered Touch To Touch To Enter r Register Access Code Current Registration Info Figure 15 19 Connext Registration Page 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 15 A GARMIN 15 4 Setup System Setup allows setting the time convention Com channel spacing crosshiling to a second GTN or GNS unit and Nearest Airport search filtering Selected CDI ILS CDI Capture Date Time Local Offset Time Format Nearest Airport Runway Surface Min Rwy Length Com Channel Spacing 25 0 kHz 8 33 kHz Crossfill Figure 15 20 System Setup Functions 15 4 1 S
83. the aircrafts position is displayed in reference to taxiways runways and airport features The nose of the ownship symbol not the center depicts the current location of the aircraft A NOTE Do not use SafeTaxi or Chartview functions as the basis for ground maneuvering SafeTaxi and Chartview functions do not comply with the requirements of AC 20 159 and are not qualified to be used as an airport moving map display AMMD SafeTaxi and Chartview are to be used by the flight crew to orient themselves on the airport surface to improve pilot situational awareness during ground operations 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 33 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index A GARMIN 8 7 2 Hot Spot Information Hot Spots can contain more information about the area that can be displayed when shown Hot Spot Detail Hot Spot Outline Figure 8 43 SafeTaxi Hot Spot Detail and Outline 8 7 3 SatfeTaxi Cycle Number and Revision The SateTaxi database is revised every 56 days SateTaxi is always available fo
84. the full transition using any published feeder route or initial approach fix IAF or may be flown with a vectors to final transition Phase of flight annunciations are provided on the bottom of the display indi cating the current mode of flight Procedures are arranged around the existing flight plan in the following order Departure En Route Arrival and Approach For example Departure waypoints are inserted before the En Route waypoints in the flight plan and Arrival waypoints are inserted between the En Route waypoints and the approach waypoints Always verily that the transition waypoints between each phase are correct 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 1 A GARMIN Airport Airport Airport Departure Arrival Approach Runway Transition Transition Transition Runway Channel ID Preview Preview Preview Load Departure Load Arrival Load Approach Activate Approach Figure 6 1 Procedures Functional Diagram Annunciation Description LPV Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance LPV approach Fly to LPV minimums Localizer Performance with no vertical guidance Fly to LP minimums LIVNAV Lateral Navigation and Vertical Navigation LNAV VNAV approach Fly to LNAV VNAV minimums LNAV V GPS approach using published LNAV minima Advisory vertical guidance is provided Fly to LNAV minimums LNAV Lateral Navigation approach Fly to LNAV minimums MAPR Missed Approach indicates the sys
85. to move the map display to view the surrounding area 1 Touch the Map page display 2 See the description in the Map Panning section for details of using this feature Touch the Back key to return to the normal Map display 8 3 2 Create Waypoint The Create Waypoint function will create a User Waypoint at the Map Pointer location when that location is not an already named object such as an airport or airspace 1 In Pan Mode touch the Create Waypoint key 2 Follow the directions in the Waypoint Info section for Creating User Waypoints Create User Waypoint Figure 8 34 Create User Waypoint While Map Panning 8 26 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 8 3 3 Graphically Edit Flight Plan Mode The Edit Flight Plan Mode allows making quick changes to the active flight plan directly on the display The process is simply touching the display to start Getting Map Pan Mode touching the Graphically Edit FPL key dragging the desired ue leg to a new waypoint or airway and touching the Done key At any point a xodr cu step may be removed by touching the Undo key or the whole process ended by touching the Cancel key The Undo key will remove up to nine steps ComiNav Foreword NOTE It is not possible to graphically add an intermediate waypoint _ between the current position and a direct to waypoint unless that waypoint is in the flight plan Garmin recommends deleting any flight plan pr
86. touch BACK to return to the FIS B Weather page Back 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 51 A GARMIN 11 4 2 FIS B NEXRAD WSR 88D weather surveillance radar or NEXRAD NEXt generation RADar is a Doppler radar system that has greatly improved the detection of meteorological events such as thunderstorms tornadoes and hurricanes An extensive network of NEXRAD stations provides almost complete radar coverage of the continental United States Alaska and Hawaii The unobstructed range of each NEXRAD is 124 nautical miles 11 4 2 1 NEXRAD Abnormalities There are possible abnormalities regarding displayed NEXRAD images Some but not all causes of abnormal displayed information include Ground Clutter Strobes and spurious radar data e Sun strobes when the radar antenna points directly at the sun e Military aircraft deploy metallic dust which can cause alterations in radar scans Interference from buildings or mountains which may cause shadows e Scheduled maintenance may put a radar off line 11 4 2 2 NEXRAD Limitations a Certain limitations exist regarding the NEXRAD radar displays Some but not all are listed for the users awareness e NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation characteristics hail vs rain etc e NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle An individual NEXRAD s
87. viewing the Map Menu touch Map Overlays key and then the TOPO Map Overlay key to toggle the Topo setting Foreword So 7500 F b O72 500 b Ore FPL Direct To TRECEA E ie 2 ea td fan ieee Topo Map Overlay Off Topo Map Overlay On Proc Figure 8 4 Topo Map Overlay Selections 2 When the Topo Map Overlay is toggled off all topographic Mie color features are removed 8 1 1 2 Airways The Airways option allows you to select the airways that are shown on the tatic Map page All Low only and High only Airways may be selected When Off is selected airways will not be shown ean M 1 While viewing the Map Menu touch Map Overlays key and then the Airways Map Overlay key to select the Airways WEET viewed Selections are Off Low High and All iid Nearest Services Low Airway Music Utilities High Airway System Messages Figure 8 5 Map Menu Airways Map Overlay Selection 2 Low Airways are shown as grey lines High Airways are shown Symbols as green lines Appendix Index 8 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 8 1 1 3 Terrain The Terrain Data option selects whether Terrain Data is shown on the Map page Terrain and NEXRAD weather may not be displayed at the same time Selecting one will disable the other A Terrain icon will indicate that the Terrain overlay has been selected Terrain overlay colors may or may not be shown depending on the altitude of the aircra
88. well as mute the audio 1 While viewing the Music page touch the Volume key Bar Graph Showing Volume Level Touch Lower j i gt The Volume Touch Raise The Volume Touch To Toggle Mute Figure 13 9 Music Volume Control a gt 4 Touch the Up or Down Volume keys to adjust the radio volume ae 2 oe ai 3 Touch MUTE to mute the radio volume a Touch MUTE again or the Volume key to unmute the radio volume Services Music 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 7 A GARMIN 13 3 4 SiriusXM Satellite Radio Channel Presets The Music page allows you to store the Active Channel into a selected preset position for easy later recall A delay of several seconds can occur when setting or recalling a preset Touch To Recall o Selected Preset Touch To Select Bank of Presets XM 1 XM 2 or XM 3 Figure 13 10 Music Menu Presets w 13 3 4 1 Saving a Preset presets 1 While viewing the desired channel select the preset bank for saving the preset XM 1 XM 2 or XM 3 by touching the Presets key until the desire bank is shown e 2 Touch the desired preset key and hold it for three seconds 13 3 4 2 Recalling a Preset 1 Touch the Presets key to select the preset bank XM 1 XM 2 or XM 3 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E 13 8 A GARMIN 13 4 GDL 69 69A Data Link Receiver Troubleshooting Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can
89. will be shown and the key will return the timer to the Preset time value Start Stop Generic Timer Selected am W Utilities Counter EE Direction Elapsed Select Preset Time Time Reset or Touch To Preset Timer Toggle Timers Figure 14 11 Utility Flight Timers Page Generic Timer 3 Touch the Trip DEP Timers or Generic Timer keys to toggle between the timer types Wbilities Alig Timers Reset Timer EO tip Tm 2 Utilities __ Select r Timer 00 58 00 Departure Time Criteria For Local Time Timer Start na Reset ghana ml rower On 7 16 07 th Gener Touch To Toggle Timers Set Departure Time To Current Local Time Of Timer Start Figure 14 12 Utility Flight Timers Page Trip DEP Timers 4 Touch each key as desired to set up timer operation 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 9 Utilities A GARMIN 14 3 RAIM Prediction RAIM Prediction predicts if GPS coverage is available for your current location or at a specified waypoint at any time and date RAIM pertorms checks to ensure that the GTN unit has adequate satellite geometry during your flight RAIM availability is near 100 in Oceanic En Route and Terminal phases of flight Because the FAAS TSO requirements for non precision approaches specify significantly better satellite coverage than other flight phases RAIM may not be available when flying some approaches The GTN unit automatically monitors RAIM during approa
90. 000 ft Yellow below current aircraft altitude Kej a WW 2 1S ape N 1e Table 10 1 TAWS Terrain Obstacle Colors and Symbology 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 9 A GARMIN 10 3 7 TAWS Page TAWS information is displayed on the Map and Terrain pages The TAWS Page is specialized to show terrain obstacle and potential impact point data in relation to the aircrafts current altitude without clutter from the basemap Flight plan information airports VORs and other NAVAIDs can be displayed for reference If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect the display automatically zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the TAWS Page Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading If orientation is not heading up it will be track up Two views are available relative to the position of the aircraft the 360 default display and the radar like ARC 120 display Map range is adjustable with the In and Out keys from 1 to 200 NM as indicated by the map range rings or arcs 10 3 7 1 Terrain Page Layers 1 While viewing the Terrain page touch the Menu key Select Terrain View Select Displayed Layer Terrain Menu Layer Flight Plan Terrain Legend I A ia 5 TAWS Inhibit Select TAWS Function Figure 10 7 Terrain Page Menu 2 Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the display of t
91. 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 33 A GARMIN 11 3 2 Connext Weather Menu The Connext Weather page is customized by selecting options from the Connext Weather and the Connext Settings Menus The Connext Weather Menu options include choices for Weather Setup and displaying selected weather products The Connext Settings Menu makes settings for the Coverage Region and Data Request frequency 1 While viewing the Connext Weather page touch the MENU key to display the Connext Weather Menu Touch the desired keys to toggle the weather product Connerst heather Menu Connext PRECIP Lightning hint ptm VOT INTC Figure 11 47 Connext Weather Menu 2 Touch and slide the display to view the complete menu Connent Weather Menu Connext IR Satellite settings SIGMET A 3 ron Figure 11 48 More Connext Weather Menu 3 Touch the Connext Settings key to make detailed settings for the Connext Weather display 11 34 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 3 3 Connext Settings Connext Settings Menu Data K QUEST ah Request cai Auto Request Request Data Data mn pening l Coverade COV Diameter Datalink Coverage Region 7 _ _aeta SOO se betes Datalink Settings Region evn Status Status Coverage Diameter Figure 11 49 Connext Settings Menu 11 3 3 1 Connext Data Request It is necessary to request the downloading of weather products Requests can be sent m
92. 04 03 Rev E A GARMIN 2 6 GDL 88 ADS B Reporting The GDL 88 is a remote mount ADS B transceiver that sends ADS B out messages to ATC and other aircraft and communicates ADS B In data with panel mounted avionics for the display of traffic and weather Reference the GDL 88 Pilot Guide for a full description of GDL 88 functions When a GTN is interfaced to a GDL88 transceiver for ADS B Out functions the GTN can control some aspects of the ADS B Out message and the GIN may provide position information to the GDL88 The display and control of the information sent depends on the equipment installation and configuration by the installer Some installations allow control by the pilot of the information sent while others do not The Anonymous Mode when armed will replace the identitying information in the ADS B Out message with a temporary randomized number for privacy while the position information will still be provided The call sign will be sent as VFR To enable Anonymous Mode the Squawk Code must be set to the VFR code based on the GDL 88 configuration and the Anonymous key must be selected Viewing the ADS B Control Panel Without Integrated Transponder Control 1 Touch the Transponder window to view the ADS B control panel ADS B Control Panel Altitude Altitude Reporting Reporting Off Status Touch To View ADS B l Control Panel l Flight ID Current Flight ID Figure 2 13 ADS B Control Panel 2 Touch the ADS B window
93. 1 While viewing the VCALC page touch the Menu key and then Display Messages to toggle the display of VCALC messages in the Message function an fi Messages WE BTICAL CALCULATOR VCALC preaching target ataud Ter Message Touch To Toggle Messages Figure 14 10 VCALC Approaching Target Altitude Message w 2 Touch the MSG key to toggle the display of available messages 14 1 8 Restore VCALC Defaults While viewing the VCALC page menu touching the Restore Defaults key will reset all of the VCALC values back to their detault values The Target Waypoint will not be changed Utilities 14 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 14 2 Flight Timers The Flight Timers function provides count up down timers plus automatic recording of departure time and total trip time Departure and total trip time recording can be configured to run either any time unit power is on or only when your ground speed exceeds the in air threshold set by the installer for example 30 knots A flexible Generic Timer is available for general timing needs A NOTE When a count up timer is used the preset value has no function 1 While viewing the Utilities page touch the Flight Timers key pT 2 Ifthe Generic Timer Direction counter is set to Up the Reset Timer key will be shown and when touched will return the timer to 00 00 00 If the Direction counter is set to Down the Preset Timer key
94. 1 31 Select City Forecast Time 3 Touch a City Forecast symbol to show detailed information Touch the Back key to return to the Weather display F r cast CUR Partly Cloudy 76 H 5 IHR Parth Cloudy 42 r L 5 LAHR Partly Goudy 7O R H 5 Partly Goudy 49 r L 0 POH Party Cloudy 7E FH 5 Figure 11 32 Surface Conditions Detail 11 22 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 4 Touch the Wx Forecast key again to turn it off City Forecast Sunny Rainy Part Sun fag Snow Be Fronts amp Cold Warm Stationary Cloudy EEE y l Occluded T Storm Foggy A HATE Trough Windy 23 wa JF High H Low City Forecast Fronts Figure 11 33 Surface Legends 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 23 A GARMIN 11 1 16 Winds Aloft Winds Aloft data shows the forecast wind speed and direction at the surface and at selected altitudes Altitudes can be selected in 3000 foot increments from the surface up to 45 000 feet wa 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Winds Aloft key Selected Wind Wind Symbols Altitude Touch To Select Wind Altitude Figure 11 34 Winds Aloft 2 Touch the WX Aloft ALT or keys to increase or decrease the reporting altitude of the winds aloft in 3 000 foot increments The selected altitude is shown in a window above the altitude keys ica 3 Touch the Winds Aloft k
95. 11 3 1 Using Connext Satellite Weather Products c ccccceeeeeee 11 33 11 3 2 Conmext Weather M nu cccccscscscssecsscssssssssesesseeteeeen 11 34 11 3 3 Connext Settings eee ee ee ee ere 11 35 11 3 3 1 Connext Dalek COUCS Es scree ct acacnccecmeseceteoraans heasaesbnenncs cheers 11 35 11 3 3 2 Connext Data Request Coverage Region sssr 11 36 11 3 3 3 Connext Weather Map Orientation ccccceeeeseseseeen 11 37 Moa ARO GIGTOL VV ONEN arse EASE 11 38 11 3 5 Connext Weather Product AGG cccccscscsesseecteteteeee 11 39 IEO TING races semsecutseesssee E uence 11 40 113 7 Precipitation PRECIP Data acisicsrnsratsrtasniesnnseacarnareinsaneaiie 11 41 ES ON eiee E EE EESE ee 11 42 11 3 9 Infrared Satellite Data cc cccccsecsecsecsececsecsessessesseeseees 11 43 Tne NO AVI TAINS ra E E E E 11 43 Ho AREP enaA AAE AARAA 11 45 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide XV Foreword Foreword A GARMIN a2 Wod ENON ce cesses ws cs tveente aR EE 11 46 11 3 13 SIGMETs and AIRMETS secre cea ceisszsseceeorsascisaresacasortceesear secede 11 47 A SH WN COMMU ee E EE EEE E 11 48 11 4 1 FIS B Operation 0 0 eescecssecseeecsseeessressseeesseesseessresstess 11 51 42 Hoe NEXRAD eseese REEE aE ESEN 11 52 11 4 2 1 NEXRAD Abnormaliti s ccccccccesessecsscssssesssteseseeeeee 11 52 11 4 2 2 NEXRAD Limitati ONS cccteseasces saisartestasoras teieattedeesorteseicumsedite 11 52 11 4 2 3 NEXRAD ING NSItY ccscescnziiv
96. 13 12 RNAV 6 14 Phone volume 13 15 Roll steering 6 10 6 15 Photocell 15 32 Route options 4 17 Pilot controls 1 4 Runway 15 19 PIREP 11 27 11 45 11 58 Runway extension 8 15 Point to Point 14 13 14 18 Runway length 1 12 15 19 Position format 15 28 Runways 7 7 Position reporting 13 18 Runway surface 1 12 15 19 Position reporting status 13 19 Ryan TCAD 9 24 Power 11 53 Power up 8 34 9 10 10 1 10 8 10 18 S 18 10 18 13 SafeTaxi 1 3 8 10 8 15 8 33 8 34 Precipitation 11 11 11 41 11 43 oro 17 2 Premature descent alerting 10 16 SafeTaxi symbols 17 2 Preset 13 8 Satellite telephone 13 11 Preview flight plan 4 19 4 23 SBAS 15 10 Procedures 1 18 6 1 Scale 8 12 9 13 17 3 Procedure turn 6 10 SD card 1 3 Product age 11 6 11 39 Secure Digital SD card 1 3 1 4 18 9 Product description 1 3 Select approach 6 7 Product Support vi Select arrival 6 5 Proximity advisory 9 5 9 18 Select departure 6 3 Selected Altitude 11 46 R Self test 1 7 Radar 9 7 9 9 11 9 11 11 11 41 11 Sensor data 14 13 14 18 14 23 48 11 52 11 53 Serial numbers 13 9 15 4 RAIM 14 10 Service Class 13 3 Rain 11 41 11 48 11 52 Services 11 48 13 1 Rainy 11 8 Setup 1 10 15 16 ele Range ring 8 11 10 10 9 15 9 18 9 25 Shield setup 9 31 9 35 Recent frequency 3 5 SIDs 1 18 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Index 5 Index SIGMET 11 7 11 16 11 39 11 47 11 50 11 60 Smart Airspace 8 17 SMS 13 15 Snow 11 8 11 11 Softwa
97. 13 16 13 5 6 3 A Failed SMS Text Me SSaQ cccccccsecsecsecssssssssecesseeseeeee 13 17 UF Poston Repon encarar reenn er NEEE 13 18 oo es gt eee eee ene eee eer 13 19 S CON S e E ERENER 13 20 SeT Creating a Ge fc Gl een none aoe nee era nee nen oer 13 20 12302 USC a ONCE eeaeee ar EEn aai aN EESE EEG 13 20 A DUNGS oea 14 1 14 1 Vertical Calculator VCALC 00 ceccceccccecceceeseeeereeeeeeenneeeeeseeenteeeeesenas 14 3 14 1 1 Target AITIIUCG ccsucndirciensostees er concpensasieaseecedssevstasuadveseossencauneass 14 5 142 Altitude Type easier AA ee 14 5 14 1 3 Vertical Speed VS Profile 14 6 VM o A E A E E EE E E 14 6 14 1 5 Before After Target Waypoint s ss sisnsseisisisrreiriernrrriennnn 14 7 14 1 6 Target Waypoint sssesssessnssseserssrrserrssrrsenrssnrssenssenseenseensenas 14 7 14 1 7 Display VCALC Me SSaqe s cccccccscscsccsscsssssssscssssessesereees 14 8 14 1 8 Restore VCALC Defaults cccccsecsecsecsecececsecsesseesesseeeees 14 8 Ae PWIA T T e RR E EEE EREA 14 9 143 RAIM FRC CNG HOM rn ecseriscocaisematesetsennamendeaniecet eon arnie Rara 14 10 VASA SMe PANIC e EE 14 12 TAA Point To Point MOG scccavessisevasicensvedticas teat ieeeorestceelest dee eects 14 13 14 4 2 Flight Plan Mode icncrstincsersnvssndneqssnecdavnundssnvermondesnaniedesarast 14 16 WA FPG IPT S T A E EET 14 18 TAD Point To Point MOde s senenennenennensnersnnersrsrrsrsrisrsrrseseene 14 18 145 2 Fight Plan MOQE sstrsriseissirs
98. 135 The FDE program is part of the GTN trainer available for download from the GTN product information page on Garmin s web site www garmin com If the GIN has not been operated for a period of six months or more acquiring satellite data to establish almanac and satellite orbit information can take 5 to 10 minutes 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 9 A GARMIN The Time and other data may not be displayed until the unit has acquired enough satellites for a fix 15 2 2 Satellite Based Augmentation System SBAS SBAS is a system that supports wide area or regional augmentation through the use of additional satellite broadcast messages WAAS EGNOS and MSAS comNay are known SBAS providers At the time of printing SBAS providers support the following areas e WAAS provides SBAS service for Alaska Canada the 48 contiguous states and most of Central America e EGNOS provides SBAS service for most of Europe and parts of North Africa e MSAS provides SBAS service for Japan only 1 While viewing the System page touch GPS Status 2 f desired touch the SBAS key to select an SBAS provider The SBAS list is based on the Aviation database 3 Touch the key for the desired SBAS provider Figure 15 8 SBAS Selection Page im 4 Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page System ac 15 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 15 2 3 Circle
99. 14 33 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Edit Input Data Flight Plan Mode 2 Touch the Flight Plan key to select the flight plan TA Touch To Select Flight Plan Active FPL Shown Touch To Scroll List Figure 14 34 Select Flight Plan woes 3 Touch the Leg key to select the flight plan leg If the Cumulative selection is chosen statistics will relate to they entire flight plan salect Lag OM rer lt a KATI pute Touch To Select Flight ae 13 Plan Leg iat T Figure 14 35 Select Flight Plan Leg System 4 If desired touch the Fuel on Board key and then use the keypad to select the Fuel on Board value and touch Enter ga 5 If desired touch the Fuel Flow key and then use the keypad to select the Fuel Flow value and touch Enter 6 Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select Appendix the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 21 A GARMIN 7 Touch the Compute Data key to display Statistics for the o current flight plan leg Getting mi r T Utilities Fuad Fanning Started 1 amp KBKE KIWEF Ne Xpdr Ctrl F F ctr f E a a ETA F 3 L 4 4 oaqi1a sport STBY 1200 A S53tw OD 04 25 27 Edit Input Lait E lie d nm civ BOW 7 un L410 5 on FPL Figure 14 36 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Computed Data Flight Plan Mode rae Prev 8 Touch the Previous and Next keys t
100. 2 9 Nearest Flight Service Station FSS The Nearest Flight Service Station FSS page displays the facility name bearing to distance and frequency to the five nearest FSS points of communication within 200 NM of your present position For each FSS listed the Nearest FSS page also indicates the frequency s and may be used to quickly tune the COM transceiver to the FSS frequency Touch the FSS Frequency key to place the frequency in the standby field of the COM window Touch the COM Active window to flip flop the Com frequencies GTN 650 only 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the FSS key A list of the nearest 25 FSSs within 200 NM will be listed FSS Name and Information FSS Frequency Key FSS Frequency Key With Multiple Frequencies Available Figure 12 20 Nearest FSS Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list if necessary The Frequency key will show Multiple if multiple frequencies are available Touch the Multiple Frequency key to display the frequencies Touch the key for the desired trequency to place the selected frequency into the Com Standby window aois 519R Selected FSS 122 20 i Frequency Inserted Into Standby Window FSS Multiple Frequency Key FSS Multiple Frequency List m ig Figure 12 21 Selected FSS Frequency From List 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 12 11 A a LLULUMUGARMIN 12 10 Nearest Weather Frequency WX Freq
101. 3 6 14 1 1 7 2 7 3 1 4 1 5 7 6 A GARMIN Graphically Editing a Direct TO ROUtC ccccccececsessecsssssecsesseeseseeeees 5 7 PMO CO CIS oromani etecbeetsie ances eestesenet eee 6 1 Basic Approach Operations ce cicsetecrer sine cearsnnesssseavaiew acne 6 1 SCI CHING cid CaN MOO ccs ncasestnneresccuecusence nace adinpcavenannavtsdecarannpamadmnceeses 6 3 CIO CUM NIV e E E E E E A E 6 5 selecting an AO PIOGCM 2 cxsstsctecusteceexustuctaeesecpemustoebseeptecosausteedseesiucnenste 6 7 Approaches with Procedure TUrNS c cccccccscssscsscsssssssesessssesseeeees 6 10 Flying the Missed Approach ccccccccccscsecsscsscseessecessessessessssseseeeees 6 10 Flying an Approach With a HOld cccccscscscscsscssssssssssessesseseeeeees 6 11 Flying a DME Arc Approach cee ce persc oxic aporcensonsc ncisaroeauisorsecasdexssanisorasoec 6 12 ILS Approaches GTN 650 Only sccccusestcecedensvenciensdeewlenionesiseseeewiaaalsner 6 13 RNAV Approach Procedures c ccccccccccsecsscsscsssssscessessssssssssseeeeaees 6 14 Points to Remember for All Procedures cccccccscsecsecsecsecececseceeseeee 6 15 Points to Remember for Localizer or VOR based Approaches 6 16 Enabling Autopilot Outputs for the King KAP140 KFC225 ssassn 6 17 VGN pon NAL O e 7 1 WV OUT SOIC CUCM T nenrsectocneacsctewes i ameaecchesrarti TE 7 3 AIDOT aoo E E E EEEE 7 4 1 2 1 ini tacos x E EEEE E E E ETE EE 7 4 1 2 2 PC GUN A E E E E E la J2 POCO UN reen
102. 3 Computing GPS Altitude for TAWS oo ccc cccecsecsecseceeeceees 10 7 10 3 4 Baro Corrected Altitude Versus GSL Altitude cece 10 7 Meo SIG LAV a A E E E EEE 10 8 10 3 6 Displaying TAWS Daldcaaceatecyecpeccenesesoruetteedenesdeatacter tan eee 10 9 103 TAWS Page enecirseniesiuciiuniraeiiucini op eo rua Eiri Eara 10 10 10 3 7 1 Terrain Page OV CUS aisidennioncnininnsoinisiaeinnna 10 10 10 3 7 2 Terrain Page VieW cstasicmsicnsanansineitiontiorsavesdinssaiansieonsadiacadinsntessnads 10 11 10 3 7 3 Terrain Page TAWS Selections cccscscscsesseecseeseeseeeen 10 11 10 38 VN 9 3 geen eee ee eee 10 12 10 3 8 1 TAWS B Alerting Colors and Symbology ccceceeeeeeeee 10 13 10 3 8 2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert cccccscscscsetscecesseteeen 10 15 10 3 8 3 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance ceceeeeeseeteeteeteeeee 10 15 10 3 8 4 Premature Descent Alerting cccccecsecsecsesesesecseeseeseeeee 10 16 10 3 8 5 Negative Climb Rate After Take Off Alert NCR sassen 10 17 10 3 8 6 TAWS Not Available Alert c ccccccccscsssssssssesseeeeeen 10 18 10 3 8 7 TAWS Failure Alert ccc ccccsecsecseessesecesssssesssesesseeneeeen 10 18 10 39 PS Sytem SUL Gee cee ceteris peas ncneeectecetneaareuprateceateceeminean 10 18 10 4 VAY SOU AN iarcgace svnecs necasey poste E area E 10 19 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide xili Foreword Foreword A GARMIN OA POUONO Eras SS Ere SiN 10 19 TOWN OVEMIEW cc czsc
103. 3 Touch the Activate key or press the small right knob to activate the selection 5 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 5 6 Off Route Direct To Course An off route Direct To course may be selected by using the Waypoint tab Nrst Apt tab or selecting an airport on the map When an off route Direct To course is activated the existing active flight plan will be deactivated The original active flight plan and waypoint sequencing is reactivated when the Direct To course is removed Direct To Waypoint AEE HEMI Flight Plan Data Is Cleared l Direct To Figure 5 10 Active Flight Data is Removed When a Direct To Course is Activated Flight Plan Waypoint List 5 7 Graphically Editing a Direct To Route Direct To routes may be edited graphically on the Map page the same as a regular flight plan See Section 8 33 for details 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 5 7 A GARMIN Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Proc Wot Into Map Traffic This page intentionally left blank Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 5 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 6 PROCEDURES The GIN 6XX allows you to fly non precision and precision approaches to airports with published instrument approach procedures All available approaches are stored on yo
104. 3 3 1 2 Find Nearest Frequencies T recent 1 While viewing the Find results touch the Nearest key A list of the nearest airport Com frequencies will be displayed Nerest Airport LOH PREDE TT al ae Select A aa ae Frequencies Xpdr Ctr Frequency ve id jon i L257 FREO 9Tsmr for Nearest r SSE 136 97 Airpor coma Catego y vil K fen f Fi kis Jei hi itt m p Th po t Com Nav peg la Gmad Union fc dte PREC T a rate n Range And P KISY i ene r i Bearing To FPI aa pn Airport Figure 3 9 Com Nearest Airport Frequency 2 Touch the Multiple FREQ key to show the available frequencies E BK E Frerju enc ies ASOS eit Touch A Frequency Key To Place It In The Standby Window Unicom 1273 00 E Center 128 05 Figure 3 10 Nearest Airport Multiple Frequency List 3 Touch the Filter key to filter the Nearest List by Airports FSS or ARTCC SEleit Nemert Lisi Aircart Figure 3 11 Nearest Com Frequency List 4 Touch the desired Frequency List Then touch the desired frequency to load it into the Standby window 3 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 5 Some frequencies will have more information detail available Touch the key that shows More Information ROT regit Departure Touch For More ul approach Information WBS irr 2 Lener 427 60 i Y Com Nav Figure 3 12 More Information Is Available For Some Frequencies 6 More detailed inf
105. 35 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E GARMIN 10 4 11 HTAWS Alerts Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within HTAWS software algorithms HTAWS alerts employ either a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level When an alert is issued visual annunciations are displayed Aural alerts are simultaneously issued Annunciations appear in a dedicated field in the lower left corner of the display Annunciations are color coded according to the HTAWS Alert Summary table Pop up terrain alerts will occur if an HTAWS alert is activated while not on the HTAWS page There are two options when an alert is displayed To acknowledge the pop up alert and return to the currently viewed page Touch the Close key To acknowledge the pop up alert and quickly access the HTAWS Page Touch the ENT key A NOTE To further capture the attention of the pilot HTAWS issues aural voice messages that accompany visual annunciations and pop up alerts For a summary of aural messages see the HTAWS Alert Summary table Terrain A NOTE HTAWS Caution Alerts are displayed as constant black text on a yellow background HTAWS Warning Alerts are displayed as constant white text on a red background 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 31 Terrain A GARMIN 10 4 12 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance The unit will issue terrain alerts not only when the aircraft altitude is below the terrain el
106. 4 Glek T ee E E E OE 8 5 8 1 1 4 NEXRAD Optional sisaactesnsnsaaives veerave arena adauers eee ntssdar 8 5 8 1 1 5 StormScope Optional ccccccscscsesecsecsessssssecesseeseeeeees 8 6 816 MNC OPONA eisien neiet aee EEEO 8 6 8 1 2 Eon 0 E ane E E ee E E eee 8 7 Gee VA e E E E 8 9 alec A O a E E E 8 15 B2 Dad esap E OS E rE AE EE E 8 16 OL A E E 8 16 ee AWI RINGE eiiean EE SEESE RREA 8 18 81260 Taic OOM a cesia aaan anaa aa 8 19 8l Weather OPUONAl seirinin iiinn Einir 8 19 8 1 3 Map D ta Fields sacs scbreteutiimarseesaeteriend coon setanset send niii 8 20 8 1 4 IVA ee E 8 22 Aa QAI E E E A soseer o lt eracertccesrer ecseacee 8 24 Map COMMONS esinaine en eeaeee ra an aE ETIES E A EEROR iE aT 8 26 8 3 1 Pan Map MOd craccsciscccecauscarsnesencvssassssvesucensvsianreesesecesensonuesas 8 26 8 3 2 Create Waypoint sesssessesrsssrssersserssrnsernsrensrensreserrserrssrrsnns 8 26 8 3 3 Graphically Edit Flight Plan Mode cccscscceseesecseeteeeeeees 8 27 8 3 3 1 Adding a Waypoint to an Existing Flight Plan oo 8 27 8 3 3 2 Adding a Waypoint to the End of an Existing Flight Plan 8 28 8 3 3 3 Removing a Waypoint from an Existing Flight Plan 8 29 8 3 3 4 Creating a Flight Plan Without an Existing Flight Plan 8 29 CDI AGT IN GSO ONIY csscssusdeszanedscentacesensivadvsananedaasatbesssaaienianbausdeessinides 8 30 OD sa seeote es peicn se ede vcs e eee tee ected eee eae tede pte ene ode ese 8 31 ETES Leo E
107. 4 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 35 A GARMIN 4 Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value The selected value will be shown in the Field Elevation key 5 Touch the Use DEST APT key to automatically use the field elevation of the destination airport of the active flight plan for traffic reporting NOTE Activating the Use DEST APT feature automatically uses the elevation for the current destination airport for the TCAD If no destination airport is present in the GTN system the TCAD will not receive a field elevation and therefore not automatically enter approach mode En Route Standard or Terminal Shield Type 1 While viewing the TCAD Control menu touch the Shield Type key and touch the desired Shield Type Enroute Standard or Terminal Touch To Select Shield Type Approach or Standard Touch To Manually Traffic Set Shield Height Figure 9 35 TCAD 9900BX Shield Setup for En Route Standard and Terminal kra 2 Touch the Shield Height key and use the keypad to select the Shield Height value The selected value will be shown in the Shield Range key Bta 3 Touch the Shield Range key and use the keypad to select the Shield Range value The selected value will be shown in the Shield Range key 9 8 3 3 Approach Mode eee 1 While viewing the Traffic menu touch the Approach key to activate Approach Mode TCAD traffic 2 Touching the Approach key toggles Approach Mode between Set Armed or Active
108. 5s Touch To View A Ta R Statistics For else fica er Previous FPL Leg Pat ear Trip Statistics ae Touch To Toggle ys Between Statistics and Data Input 01 29 51 1821900 Tad uch s ODO uo Index Figure 14 26 Utility Trip Planning Page Computed Data View Of Next Waypoint Flight Plan Mode 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 17 Utilities A GARMIN 14 5 Fuel Planning Fuel Planning You may manually enter fuel flow ground speed GS and fuel on board figures for planning purposes Fuel planning figures can be displayed not only for the currently active flight plan or direct to but also point to point between two specified waypoints and for any programmed flight plan Fuel on board and fuel flow may be manually entered in the unit start up sequence and used to recalculate fuel on board as it is consumed When fuel flow or fuel on board is manually entered the figures are retained the next time you view the page with fuel on board continuously recalculated NOTE The capability of using Sensor Data is available in SW Versions 2 00 4 10 and later 14 5 1 Point To Point Mode The Fuel Planning Point to Point mode shows fuel calculations between two selected points either two waypoints from the database or from your present position to a selected waypoint ka 1 While viewing the Utilities page touch the Fuel Planning key ee 2 Touch the Mode key to toggle to Point to Point if required
109. 9 15 9 4 4 Traffic System SCACUS snisecavsccavrsvexsrounsesnseskticurneradeanteisyieavoustie 9 16 95 ADS B Wai sesuai anani enni n ieaiaia naaasar 9 18 9 5 1 ADS B Traffic 010 eee eee en eee 9 19 Od ADS B US case casasasecanesasesaterssyevana sage satesnsevasesasesaeeinsesaontases 9 20 9 5 1 2 TCAS SS acsarratecadapancnantpatncanapasnundtraineadseoanoiiaaiaenageoaemaspane 9 20 B E ea ec eases EEA E EAEE 9 20 JSA Motion Vector sap sxce cnet cdananiinteimnscitntidantsitatenscitatiieatsitatawasattateatenate 9 21 ale OD O era E AEE 9 23 9516 Altitude Hle see sete taco teeecet ce i 9 23 9 6 RYAN TCAD 9900BX with the GDL 88 eener 9 24 9 6 1 Ryan TCAD Description s sssesssesssessnnerrserrserrserrsennsennsererenas 9 24 9 6 2 Altitude MOda an ce or en eee i 9 25 9 6 3 TCAD Control MenU scce ccs ce ec ese cece eee ceeeesteeeea cee 9 26 96 3 1 TC UCN ce cesies tess vosevaeerutecetscocaceenralecoseqeszcaeseteceusceeees 9 27 9 6 3 2 Field Elevation icctvcsseescnctiexsivanssent sett eustcaaeeretentivesieaniweisa ieese 9 27 DOL E 0 ee re er re er rg eters re ge rere ere 9 28 9034 Oped eee ee ne ee ee 9 28 Go ho mmm 010710 0 011 60 lt eee eee a ee 9 28 9 7 TCAD 99008 OMe a WOM pesescccesente suedaancecssonee savarnsaiciacmen oraeornesriceresaraeets 9 29 9 7 1 Select Local Barometric Pressure seeren 9 30 9 7 2 Select Active SHiQIG oc ceececeescecesssesesssesensevenuesesreesenreesenees 9 30 9 7 3 TCAD 9900B attic Wen Ui ccssrciesvssdrssansa
110. 9 Selecting Crossfill Crossi 2 When Crossfill is about to be enabled you will be prompted to note that data will be overwritten in the other unit Touch OK to enable Crosstill or touch Cancel to return to the System Setup page without enabling Crossfill Enable Crossfill Data from this unit will overwrite data in other unit Touch OK to Enable Crossfill With Dual Units Figure 15 30 Confirming Crossfill Selection 15 22 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN GTN GNS Crossfilling e GTN to GNS Active flight plans active direct to User waypoints e GNS to GIN User waypoints Bi While viewing the System Setup page touch the GNS Crossfill Settings key to reach the GNS Crosstill settings GNS5 Crossflll Settings Auto GNS Crossfill Touch OK to Enable Auto Crossfill With Dual Units Transfer Touch OK to Manually User Waypoints Transfer User Waypoints Figure 15 31 GTN GNS Crossfill Selection ttn Cont 2 Touch Auto GNS Crossfill to enable Crossfill and send the Active Flight Plans and the active Direct To course to the GNS unit ey 3 Touch the Transter User Waypoints key to transter the User Waypoints from the GTN unit to the connected GNS unit GNS Crossfill Settings Auto GNS Crossfill Sending User Wayponts to GNS Transfer Of User Waypoints In Progress Figure 15 32 GTN GNS Crossfill 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 23 A GARMI
111. AWS Terrain Altitude Colors and Symbology 10 26 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 4 4 8 Flight Plan Overlay 1 While viewing the Terrain HTAWS page touch MENU 2 Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the overlay of the active flight plan on or off The green bar will show when the Flight Plan overlay is shown 3 Press Back to return to the Terrain HTAWS display 10 4 5 HTAWS Symbols The symbols and colors in the following figures and table are used to represent obstacles and the location of terrain threats on the HTAWS Page Each color is Wot ni associated with a height above terrain Obstacles are ALWAYS shown on the HTAWS page at 10 NM and below NOTE If an obstacle or terrain cell and the projected flight path of the Va aircraft intersect the display automatically zooms in to the closest threat location on the HTAWS Page Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Obstacle lt 1000 ft gt 1000 ft lt 1000 ft gt 1000 ft PRS e AGL AGL AGL AGL Obstacle is at or above current aircraft altitude Obstacle is between 250 ft and 0 ft below current aircraft altitude Obstacle is 250 ft or more below current aircraft altitude ka a W a J 4 J N Q HTAWS Obstacle Colors and Symbology 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 27 A GARMIN Obstacle is at or above the aircraft altitude Red Obstacle is bet
112. B TCAD Symbols 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 29 A GARMIN 9 7 1 Select Local Barometric Pressure ESE 1 While viewing the TCAD display touch the Baro key to select the local barometric pressure 2 Use the keypad to select the values and touch Enter to save the values 9 7 2 Select Active Shield ete 1 While viewing the TCAD display touch the Active Shield key to select the Active Shield values Departure Enroute or Ground 2 Touch the desired setting to save the values 9 7 3 TCAD 9900B Traffic Menu The TCAD 9900B Menu allows control over the settings for the TCAD Traffic display 1 While viewing the Traffic page touch the Menu key Trafic Menu Set Traffic Audio rena kode Volume Armed or Active Select Shield Setup Figure 9 26 TCAD 9900B Traffic Menu 2 Touch the desired key from the menu to make any settings 9 7 3 1 Traffic Audio 1 While viewing the TCAD Control menu touch the Traffic Audio key Trafic Audio Touch To Lower The Volume Touch To Raise The Volume Bar Graph Showing Volume Level Figure 9 27 TCAD Traffic Audio gg 2 Touch the arrow keys to raise or lower the TCAD Traffic Audio level The selected volume will be shown as a percentage value and graphically with a bar graph 9 30 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 3 Touch the Back key to return to the TCAD Control menu Bech 9 7 3 2
113. DT BODO 18000 100i 200 Icing Potential Winds Aloft County Warnings Turbulence Icing Potential Winds Alat County Warnings T rmulemee Ligh Maedaret Ser Extra Cell Movement AIREPS PIREPS Lightning i awement Cyclone TFR Figure 11 7 Available Weather Legends 11 1 3 Weather Map Orientation 1 While viewing the Weather Data Link function touch the Menu key 2 Touch the Orientation key to toggle the map view orientation choices of North Up Track Up and Heading Up 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 5 Weather A ee GARMIN 11 1 4 Product Age and SiriusXM Weather Symbols When a weather product is active on the Map function or the Weather Data Link function is selected the age of the data is displayed on the screen The age of the data may not indicate the time between the current GPS time and the time when the data is assembled but rather a general indication of the time elapsed from when the data is received by the GIN Updated weather data may or may not contain new weather data Weather data is refreshed at intervals that are defined and controlled by SiritusXM Radio Inc and its data vendors If for any reason a weather product is not refreshed within the designated intervals the data is considered expired and is removed from the display This ensures that the displayed data is consistent with what is currently being broadcast by SiriusXM Radio If more th
114. E 2 4 2 3 4 Altitude Reporting sainsinsdcenesend ietded aman sesdoetuistdcanpdetiactnveetsionsiaant 2 5 DN i E ssn desessoeseaecs actuate vrdenasessietate acsauedeseietadereseusdecseteserse 2 5 25 Sellainga Squawk Ol eierer srascrs seineeteseaseesn gaicartestanorts teicatteceasoras 2 6 2 6 GDL 88 ADS B Reporting sesciccsacctasncadstcnveacuid ntavaiaszsacuecs w avetanscesecs adeiaie 2a 2 7 Extended Squitter Transmission c ccccccccsscsecsscsssssessessessessssssesesseseaees 2 9 De NAVICOM re ctecectscesecatecesarscccesecennaeteccaaretenceantecoecse eenetcesaieeeseessececidaees 3 1 E OUI E E E peeiene 3 2 e U ee ee EE E EA E EEE 3 2 3 3 Com and Nav Frequency Window and TUNING ccccceeeeesecteeteeteeeee 3 3 3 3 1 Com and Nav Frequency FInding cccscscscsessctesseseeeeees 3 5 3 3 1 1 Find Recent Frequencies cccccccsscsscscsssesecsessssseessesseeeeeees 3 5 3 3 1 2 Find Nearest Frequencies ccccccscscsesssecsessesssessesesseeeees 3 6 3 3 1 3 Find Flight Plan FEQUGN CIOS j cecsassccecvsscdisazisssteorsssdiesisesanoress 3 7 3 3 1 4 Find User FreQuencies ccccccccsccsecscsssssceecsessesseessesesseeeees 3 8 3 3 2 Adding a New User Frequency ccccccccsecsecsscssessecseseeseeteeeee 3 8 3 3 3 Emergency i COU CNC cismari 3 10 3 3 4 Stuck IVIICH OO NON Cs czotezpcatetacesecotceorateteepeaeetespeadetaceiacetecsatete 3 11 bene Remote Frequency Selection Control c cccecceeseeseeseteeen 3 11 3 4 Com Frequenc
115. EWOTO Canthin n i i uet ng e Started X p a C j ie Com Nav 3 Touch the Traffic Status key to toggle between Operate and Sen Standby mode 9 3 4 Altitude Display Direct To Ke 1 While viewing the Traffic page touch the Operate key to begin displaying traffic Operate is displayed in the Traffic Status field ween ar 2 Touch the Altitude Filter key to change the altitude volume Select the desired altitude volume by touching the BELOW NORMAL ABOVE or UNRESTRICTED keys The selection is displayed in the Altitude mode field 1 From the Home page touch the Traffic key 2 Confirm TIS is in Operating Mode Altitude Filter Selected Normal Altitude Filter Slider Indicates More Selections Above Are Available Below Figure 9 6 Traffic Altitude Filter Page Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range sen 9900 ft to 2700 ft 2700 ft to 2700 ft 2700 ft to 9900 ft All Traffic Shown Table 9 2 Displayed Traffic Range 9 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 9 3 5 TIS Limitations Foreword NOTE This section on TIS Limitations is not comprehensive Garmin recommends the user review the TIS Limitations section of the Aeronautical State Information Manual Section 1 3 5 TIS is NOT intended to be used as a collision avoidance system and does not relieve the pilot of responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft TIS should not comiiav be used for
116. Flying a DME Arc Approach Approaches that contain DME arcs are supported by the GTN The GTN will provide guidance left right relative to the arc If you wish to activate the DME arc leg manually the aircraft must be near the arc as shown in the shaded area below Aircraft Must Be In The Shaded Area In Order For The DME Arc To Be Manually Activated Intermediate Approach Fix Initial Approach Fix Arcing Fix i e VOR Figure 6 22 DME Arc Example 6 9 Vectors to Final With Vectors To Final VTF selected the CDI needle remains off center until you re established on the final approach course With the approach activated the Map Page displays an extension of the final approach course in magenta remember magenta is used to depict the active leg of the flight plan and vtt appears as part of the active leg on the Map page as a reminder that the approach was activated with vectors to final A NOTE Once VTF is activated all waypoints in the approach prior to the FAF are removed 6 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 6 10 ILS Approaches GTN 650 Only Precision ILS approaches can be performed with the built in VLOC VOR localizer glideslope receivers The GPS receiver can be used for guidance prior to reaching the final approach fix but once there the proper frequency must be selected on the VLOC window right side of screen and the CDI output set to V
117. GPS key to reach the Demo GPS Settings page ew The Position Error values Horizontal Protection Level Fault Detection HPL FD HPL SBAS and Vertical Protection Level catina VPL SBAS may be adjusted to reflect errors induced by S naturally occurring conditions but are normally not adjusted for most Demo mode operations TD Demo GPS Settings Com Nav Touch To Select GPS Solution Touch To Select Lat Touch To Select Lon Coordinates For Current Position Current Position UU a In Touch To Select ee ii mina ees be HPL FD Values If I7 FI a4 57 Touch For VPL i Desired SBAS Settings Touch For HPL a SBAS Settings Figure 18 4 Demo Mode GPS Settings em 5 Touch the Nav key to reach the Demo Navigation Settings page Touch To Select 7 Demo Navigation Settings Vertical Soeed _ Airspeed Vertical speed Altitude Touch To Select Touch To Select OKT 300 FPM 9200 f Altitude Airspeed i ra lrock Prodi E Fi a LES LIL ae V US C Touch To Select Track Mode Figure 18 5 Demo Mode Navigation Settings Symbols Appendix 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 15 A GARMIN 6 Touch the Date Time key to reach the Demo Date Time Fo reWO d oreword Settings page gt Demo Date Time Settings Getting Started Xodr Ctrl a Touch To Set Date Touch To Set Time Figure 18 6 Demo Mode Date Time Settings Direct To Proc 7 After completing the settings for Demo mode
118. Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 3 3 1 Com and Nav Frequency Finding The GIN 635 Com and 650 Com and Nav frequency finding feature allows you to quickly select any displayed database Com or Nav frequency as your standby frequency The following are some examples of selecting frequencies from some of the main GPS pages To select a Com or Nav frequency for a User created frequency Recent selected frequency Nearest airport or from your Flight Plan o 1 While viewing the numeric keypad touch the Find key Categories for User Recent Nearest and Flight Plan are available Touch to Select Nearest Freg List Touch to Select Recent Freq List Touch to Select User Freq List Touch to Select Fpl Freq List Figure 3 7 Com Nearest Frequencies 2 Touch Recent Nearest Flight Plan or User A list of the selected trequency types will be displayed 3 Touch the desired frequency to select it and place it into the Standby window 3 3 1 1 Find Recent Frequencies 1 While viewing the Find results touch the Recent key A list of the recently selected frequencies will be displayed Selected Frequency Touch Frequency Category From Recent List To Select Standby Frequency Figure 3 8 Recent Com Frequency List 2 Touch the desired trequency to select it and place it into the Standby window 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 5 A GARMIN
119. IARA roreword Getting Started 10 4 1 1 Overview EPL Garmins Helicopter Terrain Awareness Warning System HTAWS is an optional feature to increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled flight into terrain Garmin HTAWS is TSO C194 authorized Units installed in helicopters that do not have HTAWS installed will display HTerrain Proximity This is noted by the five color terrain scale which is appropriate to the low altitude operating environment for helicopters Wpt Into HTAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and obstacles are a hazard to the aircraft HTAWS Relative Traffic Terrain Depiction Rotorcraft Ownship Weather Nearest Figure 10 1 Map Page with Terrain SErVICeS NOTE HTAWS enabled units can be identified by going to the Terrain yus page and checking the lower right corner for HTAWS Utilities 10 4 1 2 Operating Criteria Garmin HTAWS requires the following to operate properly System e The system must have a valid 3D GPS position solution The system must have a valid terrain obstacle database Messages symbc end 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 19 Terrain A GARMIN 10 4 1 3 Limitations A NOTE The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies Garmin accurately processes and cross validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data HTAW
120. ICTED keys The selection is displayed in the Altitude mode field Altitude Filter Selected Altitude Filter Norma Above Below Unrestricted Figure 9 18 Traffic Altitude Filter Page Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range 9900 ft to 2700 ft 2700 ft to 2700 ft 2700 ft to 9900 ft All Traffic Shown Table 9 13 Displayed Traffic Range 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 23 A n GARMIN 9 6 RYAN TCAD 9900BX with the GDL 88 Ryan TCAD is a system that provides audio and visual alerts for traffic near your aircraft The information from this system can be interfaced through the GTN series Operating instructions and details on the modes of operation are described in the Ryan TCAD operators handbooks e TCAS like symbols are used in the 9900BX Altitude modes are available normal look up look down unrestricted e Ranges are manually controlled for the current shield Traffic display range selections Ryan 9900BX 1 NM 1l and 2 NM 2 and 6 NM 6 and 12 NM and 12 and 24 NM 9 6 1 Ryan TCAD Description NOTE Refer to the Ryan TCAD Pilot s Guide for a detailed description of the Ryan TCAD System The Ryan TCAD Traffic and Collision Alert Device is an on board air traf fic display used to identify potential collision threats TCAD computes rela tive altitude and range of threats from nearby Mode C and Mode S equipped aircraft TCAD will not detect aircraft without operati
121. IN Creating a New Flight Plan 1 From the Home page touch Flight Plan Touch To Remove Waypoint Touch To Add Waypoint Figure 4 2 Create New Flight Plan 2 If there is already an Active Flight Plan touch Menu and then the Delete and OK keys to delete the existing active flight plan Aight Plan Meru Touch To Delete Flight Plan Figure 4 3 Delete Existing Flight Plan A single waypoint may be deleted by touching the waypoint and then touching the Remove key Via voli Gotions Existing Waypoint Touch To Remove Waypoint Figure 4 4 Remove Single Existing Waypoint Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 3 Touch the Add Waypoint key and select a waypoint identifier with the alphanumeric keypad Then touch Enter Touch To Display _ _i m pree Selected Waypoint Waypoint ibi LE I ban Sacks Identifier Categories Manchester T Selected Character ASCDEFGHUKLMNOPOASTUVWXYZ0123456789 Touch To Select Character Range Figure 4 5 Select a Waypoint for the New Flight Plan 4 Touch the Add Waypoint key and select the waypoint identifier with the keypad for the next waypoint Touch Enter 5 Or touch Find select a category and then select the waypoint identifier with the keypad Touch Enter a Pind Waypoints Nearest light Plan Touch To Select Waypoint Category search by Name Figure 4 6 Select a Waypoint Category for Selecting Flight Plan Waypoints 6
122. LOC L1 2nm 1 21m MANUAL The GIN 6XX can be set to automatically switch the external CDI output from GPS to VLOC as you intercept the final approach course if used with a KAP140 KFC225 autopilot you will need to manually enable outputs See instructions in the Enabling Autopilot Outputs for the King KAP140 KFC225 section When the ILS approach is activated and the correct ILS frequency is active in the VLOC window the GIN 6XX automatically switches within 1 2 NM left or right of the final approach course This switch can take place anywhere from 2 0 to 15 0 NM from the FAF The illustration shows multiple locations along the approach path and the CDI selection that you can expect GPS or VLOC Within the area of the shaded box the automatic switch from GPS to VLOC should OCCUT 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 13 Proc A GARMIN A NOTE If you attempt to intercept the approach course at a distance less than 2 0 NM from the FAF the GTN 6XX does not automatically switch the CDI to VLOC In this case touch the CDI key to manually switch from GPS to VLOC The automatic switch from GPS to VLOC is not immediate but instead occurs gradually to prevent abrupt CDI changes when coupled to an autopilot The CDI selection can also be changed manually by touching the CDI key 6 11 RNAV Approach Procedures The GTN 6XX allows for flying LNAV LNAV VNAV LNAV V LP and LPV approaches accor
123. Level Using the GPS position and GSL altitude TAWS displays a 2 D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the aircraft Furthermore the GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate and predict the aircrafts flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and obstacles In this manner TAWS can provide advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions 10 3 4 Baro Corrected Altitude Versus GSL Altitude Baro corrected altitude or indicated altitude is derived by adjusting the altimeter setting for local atmospheric conditions The most accurate baro corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter setting to the nearest reporting station along the flight path However because actual atmospheric conditions seldom match the standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere ISA model where pressure temperature and lapse rates have fixed values it is common for the baro corrected altitude as read from the altimeter to differ from the GSL altitude This variation results in the aircrafts true altitude differing from the baro corrected altitude 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 7 Terrain Wot Into Traffic Terrain A GARMIN 10 3 5 Using TAWS During unit power up the terrain obstacle database versions are displayed At the same time TAWS self test begins One of the following aural m
124. METAR PIREP Winds Aloft Surface 3000 ft 45 000 ft SIGMET AIRMET Connext Settings Coverage Region Present Position Destination Flight Plan Distance Waypoint Waypoint Ident Data Request Request Data Auto Request Cov Diameter Datalink Status Orientation Legend Figure 11 46 Connext Weather Functional Diagram 11 32 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN More detail on Connext weather products and coverage can be found at http fly garmin com tly garmin gids weather NOTE A system can be configured for multiple weather products but only one may be selected for viewing in the Weather or map pages at a given time 11 3 1 Using Connext Satellite Weather Products When a weather product is active on the Weather Data Link Page or the Navigation Map Page the age of the data is displayed on the screen The age of the product is based on the time difference between when the data was assembled on the ground and the current GPS time Weather products are refreshed at selectable intervals Weather products expire at intervals based on each product When the data expires it is removed from the display This ensures that the displayed data is consistent with what is currently being broadcast by Connext Satellite Radio services If more than halt of the expiration time has elapsed from the time the data is received the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow 190 01004
125. Main and correct by crosschecking with vertical flag Vertical Supertlag the GTN on screen CDI and other on CDI HSI is output has been turned navigational equipment Contact inoperative off due to an over dealer for service current condition COM RADIO The com radio is Cycle the power to the COM radio Com radio needs reporting that it needs Contact dealer for service Service service The com radio may continue to function COM RADIO The com radio is not Press and hold the volume Knob or Com radio may be communicating properly the external com remote transfer inoperative with the system COM RMT XFR switch if installed this will force the com radio to 121 5 MHz Contact dealer for service COM RADIO Com radio is Decrease length of com Com overtemp in overtemp or transmissions decrease cabin or undervoltage undervoltage mode temperature and increase cabin Reducing and transmitting power airflow especially near the GTN transmitter power has been reduced to Check aircraft voltage and reduce prevent damage to the electrical load as necessary com radio Radio range Contact dealer for service if this will be reduced message persists 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 3 Messages Message COM RADIO Com locked to 121 5 MHz Hold remote com transter key to exit CONFIGURATION Jerrain TAWS configuration is invalid GTN needs service CONFIGURATIO
126. N 15 4 7 Alerts Settings The Alerts Setup page controls two functions Arrival Alerts and Airspace Alerts Arrival Alerts when active will generate a message when the aircraft is within the selected proximity of the destination Airspace Alerts generate a message and filtering of the Nearest Airspace list The altitude component of Airspace Alerts are dependent on both aircraft and airspace altitude and the values set for the Altitude Butter 15 4 7 1 Arrival Ae 1 While viewing the Setup page under the Systems heading touch the Alerts key Touch to Select Distance Values System Alerts Proxim ity Arrival 15 0 na Select Airspace Types Airspace Alert Ootians Figure 15 33 Alerts Setup Page 2 Touch the Arrival key to toggle activation A green bar will appear when it is active 15 4 7 2 Proximity Touch the Proximity key to set the Destination Proximity distance values A numeric keypad will appear Select the sm am desired values and then touch Enter System anal Selected Proximity Value Touch Key to Delete Values Use the Numeric Keypad to Select Proximity Value Figure 15 34 Arrival Alert Proximity Selection 15 24 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 15 4 7 3 Airspace Alert Options al 1 While viewing the Setup Alerts page touch Airspace Alert Options A System Airspace Alerts Selected Airspace MaE Class Cr Ii Class D Type green bar Bans a
127. N MODULE GTN configuration module needs service COOLING GTN overtemp Reducing backlight brightness COOLING FAN The cooling fan has failed 16 4 Description Com radio is locked to 121 5 MHz TAWS is inoperative due to a configuration problem with the GTN This message will be accompanied by a TER FAIL annunciation The GTN cannot communicate with its configuration module The GTN may still have a valid configuration Backlight brightness has been reduced due to high display temperatures The backlight level will remain high enough to be visible in daylight conditions The GTN cooling fan is powered but it is not turning at the desired RPM Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Action The external com remote transfer COM RMT XFR switch has been held and the com radio is tuned to 121 5 To exit this mode hold the com remote transfer COM RMT XFR switch for two seconds Contact dealer for service Contact dealer for service Decrease cabin temperature and increase cabin airflow especially near the GTN Contact dealer for service if this message persists Decrease cabin temperature and increase cabin airflow especially near the GTN to prevent damage to the unit Contact dealer for service 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Message CROSSFILL ERROR Crosstill is inoperative CROSSFILL ERROR GTN software mismatch See CRG for crossfille
128. N 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 13 A GARMIN ae Aural Message Annunciation Excessive Descent Rate Pull Up Warning EDR W FLTA Terrain Warning Terrain Ahead Pull Up Terrain Ahead RTC W ITI W Pull Up or Terrain Terrain Pull Up Pull Up FLTA Obstacle Warning Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Obstacle Ahead ROC W IOI W Pull Up or Obstacle Obstacle Pull Up Pull Up FLTA Terrain Caution Terrain Ahead Terrain Ahead RTC C ITI C or Alert Type Caution Terrain Caution Terrain FLTA Obstacle Caution Obstacle Ahead Obstacle Ahead ROC C IOI C or Caution Obstacle Caution Obstacle aul Caution PDA Five Hundred VCO 500 Excessive Descent Rate Caution EDR C Negative Climb Rate Don t Sink Caution NCR C T Too Low Terrain Alerts with multiple messages are configurable at installation and are installation dependent Alerts for the default configuration are indicated with asterisks Table 10 3 TAWS B Alerts Summary 10 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 3 8 2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate EDR alert is to provide notification when the aircraft is determined to be descending upon terrain at an excessive rate The parameters for the alert as defined by TSO C151b are shown below 6000 5500 5000 4500 4000
129. NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 NM 100 NM Airspace Detail None Least Less Normal More Most Airway Range 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM TFRS Off On Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings Table 8 2 Map Setup Aviation Options NDB Range VOR Range User Wpt Range NOTE The term intersection range means any GPS waypoint included in the navigation database and includes waypoints that may not be intersections of two VOR radials 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 15 A GARMIN 8 1 2 3 Land The Land Data option selects whether detailed land features such as Lat Lon Grid Freeways National Highways Local Roads Cities States Provinces and Rivers Lakes are displayed Topo features traffic terrain and obstacles will still be displayed even with Land Data turned off The options for each feature are shown in the following table The default values are shown in bold type Feature Selection Road Detail None Least Less Normal More Most City Detail None Least Less Normal More Most State Province Names Off On River Lake Detail None Least Less Normal More Most Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings Table 8 3 Map Setup Land Options 8 1 2 4 Airspace The Airspace viewing range options select whether the Airspaces are shown on the Map and at and below the selected map ranges The Smart Airs
130. OS ELEV EMI ENR 18 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN clear configuration The line between two points to be followed by the aircraft The distance the aircraft is off a desired course in either direction left or right course cursor Control Area Common Traffic Advisory Frequency control The total of all legs in a flight plan density altitude database declutter degree departure The desired course between the active from and to waypoints destination default distance The great circle distance from the present position to a destination waypoint Distance Measuring Equipment Departure Procedure departure disabled Desired Track Excessive Descent Rate Provides SBAS service for most of Europe and parts of North Africa elevation Electromagnetic Interference en route 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN En Route Safe Altitude ERR ESA ETA ETE F FAA FCC FCST FD FIR FIS B FISDL FLTA FPL FREQ FRZ FSS ft G S GS GDC GDL GEO GLS GMA GMT GMU GPS GPSS Ground Speed Ground Track GRS GS GTX 190 01004 03 Rev E The recommended minimum altitude within ten miles left or right of the desired course on an active flight plan or direct to error En route Safe Altitude Estimated Time of Arrival Estimated Time En Route degrees Fahrenheit Federal Aviation Administration Federal Communication Commission forecast flight direct
131. OS is not selected for the From point touch the From key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint from the database and touch Enter Selected From Waypoint Touch To Select Waypoint Search Touch To Select From Waypoint Figure 14 17 Selecting a From Waypoint 5 Touch the To key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint from the database for the destination waypoint and touch Enter E EEN 6 Touch the Depart Time key and then use the keypad to select the departure time local time at From waypoint and touch Enter Selected Departure Time Touch To Select Departure Time Figure 14 18 Selecting Departure Time 14 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 7 Touch the Depart Date key and then use the Departure Date page to select the departure year month and day and then touch Enter Touch To Select Departure Year Touch To Select Departure Month Touch To Select Departure Day Figure 14 19 Selecting Departure Date it 8 Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter Selected Ground Speed Ground Speed Utilities Touch To Select Ground Speed Figure 14 20 Selecting Expected Average Ground Speed 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 15 A GARMIN 9 After completing the Trip Planning selections touch the Compute Data key to display the trip statistics
132. Obstacle Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Height is less than Height is less Height is greater Height is greater than 1000 tt AGL than 1000 ft AGL than 1000 n 1000 ft AGL Figure 8 18 Navigation Map A Icons 8 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 1 While viewing the Map function touch the Menu key Foreword Getting 2 Touch the Map Setup key and then with the Map tab stsrtec highlighted drag the list down or use the Down key to show the Obstacle Range Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Touch To Select Obstacle Range Direct To Figure 8 19 Map Setup For Obstacle Range m man 3 Touch the Obstacle Range key and select the maximum yy range where obstacles will be displayed Map Seer tade lenis Hang Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Obstacle Services o Music Current Position Obstacle Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 13 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index A GARMIN Pest 4 Touch an obstacle on the map and the elevation will be shown If there are nearby or overlayed objects obstacle airspace airport etc touch the Next key to step thro
133. On Application is on running Required ownship input data is available and meets the performance criteria Traffic Application is configured Required input data is available and meets the performance criteria This state represents Jerain that the ASA Application is manually or automatically selected off Required Input data is not available due to a failure or the Unavailable Fault nen ee learest ASA Application process is failed Required Input data is available but does not meet the Services Unavailable to Run performance criteria or is not available due to Non Computed Data NCD conditions Utilities Available to Run Table 15 4 Traffic Application Status 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 13 A GARMIN Wore iso 1 While viewing the External LRUs page touch More Info for the GDL 88 LRU GOL HE Status GPS SW Version Version 1 38 and Serial Number Goria Numi 22WOODD GPS Status Touch To View FIS B Weather Products Touch To View Traffic Status Figure 15 15 GDL 88 Status oly 2 Touch the FIS B Weather key to view the FIS B Weather information GOL 84 FiS 8 Weather FIS B Weather Products Touch To Weather Product Enable Disable Legend FIS B Weather Figure 15 16 GDL 88 FIS B Weather Information 3 Touch the Enabled key to toggle whether FIS B Weather is enabled disabled for use Touch the Back key to return to the GDL 88 Status page 4 Touch
134. Out Of Regional wea NEXRAD Coverage ralqic Regional NEXRAD Boundary Shown Terrain NEXRAD Weather Shown CONUS amp Regional Selected On NEXRAD Key Nearest Figure 11 73 Weather Page With Combined NEXRAD Displayed Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 11 54 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Selecting NEXRAD in the FIS B Weather Menu Foreword 1 While viewing the FIS B weather page touch the Menu key to select the NEXRAD choice Getting Started 2 Touch the NEXRAD key to select Off Regional CONUS or Combined NEXRAD Xpdr Ctrl Select NEXRAD Source Com Nav FPL _ Touch the Desired Regional 3 NEXRAD Source Direct To Combined Proc Figure 11 74 NEXRAD Source Selection Wht Info 3 Touch the Back key to return to the FIS B Weather Menu Map Traffic Terrain Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 55 A GARMIN 11 4 3 FIS B TFRs Temporary Flight Restrictions TFRs provide detailed information for local short term restrictions The update rate is approximately every 20 minutes IFR TFR Localized TFR Figure 11 75 FIS B TFR Legend pa 1 Touch a TFR symbol on the Weather page to view details Touch TFR Symbol To View Details 973151 Ajia Da EM mxtiri Enmere Cite Lint further retreat Hn Ati pr AL
135. Roark Figure 4 11 Active Flight Plan Insert Waypoint Before Option te 2 Touch the Insert Before key to select a new waypoint before the selected waypoint 3 Select a waypoint identifier with the alphanumeric keypad Choose New Waypoint P W To Insert Before The efil Selected Flight Plan ali Portland Troutdale Waypoint fl A B CD Pii mi k ASC GHURLMPOP SAS Ua Re ee ita Figure 4 12 Use the Alphanumeric Keypad to Select Waypoint to Insert Before 4 Then touch Enter to confirm the selection or touch Cancel to cancel any changes The new flight plan will be shown o New ve Waypoint Inserted Before The Selected Flight DLS Plan Waypoint Celumoia orge Aegi Figure 4 13 New Waypoint Is Inserted Before the Selected Waypoint 4 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Selected Flight New Flight Plan Waypoint Plan Waypoint Figure 4 14 Flight Plan Before and After New Waypoint Inserted 4 2 1 3 Insert After The Insert Before option allows you to insert a new waypoint into the active flight plan after the selected waypoint 1 On the Active Flight Plan page touch the desired waypoint in the flight plan The Waypoint Options list will be displayed 2 Touch the Insert After key to select a new waypoint after the selected waypoint 3 Select a waypoint identifier with the alphanumeric keypad Then touch Enter to contirm the selection or touch the Cancel key
136. S displays terrain and obstructions relative to the flight path of the aircraft Individual obstructions may be shown if available in the database However all obstructions may not be available in the database and data may be inaccurate Never use this information for navigation NOTE Terrain databases do not consistently represent foliage Some trees may extend above HTAWS protection limits in some operating modes Terrain information is based on terrain elevation data contained in a database that may contain inaccuracies Terrain information should be used as an aid to situational awareness Never use it for navigation or to maneuver to avoid terrain HTAWS uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of the content However the displayed information should never be understood as being all inclusive 10 4 2 HTAWS Operation 10 4 2 1 HTAWS Alerting HTAWS uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and altitude GPS altitude is derived from satellite measurements GPS altitude is converted to a mean sea level MSL based altitude GSL altitude and is used to determine HTAWS alerts GSL altitude accuracy is affected by factors such as satellite geometry but it is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude devices GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to
137. SL Using the GPS position and GSL altitude Terrain Proximity displays a 2 D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the aircraft In this manner Terrain Proximity can provide advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions Terrain Proximity requires the following to operate properly The system must have a valid 3 D GPS position solution e The system must have a valid terrain obstacle database View 360 Arc Layers Flight Plan Legend Figure 10 1 Terrain Proximity Page Functional Diagram 10 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 2 1 Displaying Terrain Proximity The Terrain page is in the Terrain function 1 Touch the Terrain key on the Home page Yellow Terrain Is Between 100 ft and 1000 ft Below The Aircraft Altitude Terrain Page Title Heading Annunciation Obstacles Aircraft GSL Value GPS Derived fe Red Terrain Is Above Or Within 100 ft Below The Aircraft Altitude Terrain Scale Active Flight Terrain Type Plan Leg Figure 10 2 Terrain Proximity Page 2 Touch the Menu key for options Selected View Flight Plan Selected To Show Terrain Menu Terrain Legend Selected To Show Figure 10 3 Terrain Menu Options 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 3 A GARMIN 10 2 1 1 Terrain Page 120 Arc or 360 Rings Select the 120 Arc or 360 rings overlay for the Terra
138. System Total Air Temperature Terrain Awareness and Warning System Terminal Control Area Traffic Collision Avoidance System temperature terminal Temporary Flight Restriction True Heading Traffic Information System Terminal Maneuvering Area topographic Direction of aircraft movement relative to a ground position also Ground Track track Terminal Radar Service Area unavailable user Coordinated Universal Time Universal Transverse Stereographic Grid velocity airspeed variation Visual Flight Rules Very High Frequency VOR Localizer Receiver Mercator Visual Meteorological Conditions vertical navigation VHF Omni directional Range Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Universal Polar 18 7 Appendix Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index VORTAC VS VSI WAAS WGS 84 WPT WX XPDR XTK 18 8 A GARMIN very high frequency omnidirectional range station and tactical air navigation Vertical speed Vertical Speed Indicator Wide Area Augmentation System World Geodetic System 1984 waypoint s weather transponder cross track Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 18 2 SD Card Use and Databases The GTN 6XX System uses Secure Digital
139. TN 625 635 and 650 In general all models will be referred to as the GIN 6XxX except where there are physical or operational differences The GIN 6XX units are approximately 6 25 inches wide and 2 65 inches high The display is a 600 by 266 pixel 4 9 inch diagonal color LCD with touchscreen controls The units include one removable SD data card for the databases and software upgrades The GIN 6XX simplifies your workload with an easy to use touch panel that provides a visual display of both controls and functions The required controls are displayed for the selected function Keys on the display allow you to access and control their functions by a simple touch on the interactive display The GTN 6XX can integrate a variety of avionics that will not only simplify operation but also save panel space The GTN 625 635 and 650 have their own GPS SBAS navigator and flight planning functions The GTN 635 adds a VHF Com radio while the 650 adds VHF Com and VHF Nav radios Selected optional external equipment allows you to display and control active traffic systems SirusXM Entertainment Radio SiriuskM Weather and a Mode S transponder directly from the GTN 6XX display and more When the optional transponder is not installed the area on the right side of the display will show a line of navigation information instead of the transponder window 1 1 1 GTN 625 The GIN 625 has a GPS SBAS engine and is TSO C146c certified for primary domestic oceani
140. TN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 25 A GARMIN Touch To Clear Selected ics Heading Value Touch To Select Touch To Cancel pecan uae Selection Figure 14 46 Select Heading Value ce 7 Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select the average ground speed for the trip and then touch Enter 14 7 Clean Screen Mode The Clean Screen mode makes the touchscreen inactive so the display can be manually cleaned The front bezel keypad and display can be cleaned with a microfiber cloth or with a soft cotton cloth dampened with clean water DO NOT use any chemical cleaning agents Care should be taken to avoid scratching the surface of the display ay 1 While viewing the Utilities page group touch the Clean Screen key to start Screen Cleaning Mode Touch To Clean Screen Figure 14 47 Utilities Home Page 2 Touch the HOME key to exit Screen Cleaning Mode SCREEN CLEANING MODE Press the HOME button to exit Figure 14 48 Screen Cleaning Mode 14 26 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN The System function allows you to change unit settings customize operation Getting to your preferences and check on the operation of your unit The System pages cover System Status GPS Status External LRUs Setup Alerts Units Audio Xpdr ci Ownship and the Backlight control function 1 From the Home page touch the System key ae aes Figure 15 1 System Home Page
141. Terrain EARNING TERRAIN Warning Terrain Terrain Caution Obstacle Obstacle Warning Obstacle Obstacle Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Description HTAWS has failed HTAWS has been inhibited by the crew or the aircraft ground speed is below 30 knots automatic inhibiting Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance Caution for Terrain Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance Warning for Terrain Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance Caution for Obstacle Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance Warning for Obstacle Alerting thresholds are reduced Visual and aural annunciation of caution alerts are suppressed 10 35 Terrain A GARMIN HTAWS Annunciation None None Five Hundred HTAWS provides Four Hundred optional 500 ft Three Hundred through 100 ft in Two Hundred 100 ft increments a altitude call oe mee out alerts Fifty An additional value of 50 ft is available if a radar altimeter is installed Pop Up Alert Aural Message Description A NOTE HTAWS Caution Alerts are displayed as constant black text on a yellow background HTAWS Warning Alerts are displayed as constant white text on a red background 10 4 18 Pilot Actions If an HTAWS warning and associated aural are received the pilot should immediately maneuver the rotorcraft in response to the alert unless the terrain or obstacle is clearly identified visually and determined by the p
142. Touch To Change mG Or Remove EEEE meee Services Departure R 7 Aly eis SNAG IA r KS o Touch To Edit Utiliti Waypoint Scroll To View Touch To Edit Flight Plan Waypoint With Departure Waypoints System Figure 6 7 Flight Plan View of the Selected Departure 8 Remove a departure or select a new one by touching the Departure key and selecting the desired choice 6 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 6 3 Selecting an Arrival A Standard Terminal Arrival STAR can be loaded at any airport that has one published Only one arrival can be loaded at a time in a flight plan If an arrival is loaded when another arrival is already in the active flight plan the new arrival replaces the previous arrival The route is defined by selection of an arrival the transition waypoint and a runway 1 Touch the PROC key on the Home page to display the Procedures page and then touch the Arrival key to display the Arrival page Procedures Proc Touch To Display Arrival Page Figure 6 8 Procedure Page 2 If necessary touch the Airport key to select a new airport Touch the Arrival key to display the Arrival list for the selected airport Touch To Display Arrival List For The Selected Airport Touch To Select Airport Figure 6 9 Arrival Page 3 Touch the desired Arrival from the Arrival list for the selected airport Solect Arrival EMUT Touch To Select Arrival Figure 6 10 Sel
143. Traffic database consecutive flight plan legs do not match up The total effect on navigational guidance is negligible The LOC BC 14 at KSLE via UBG Teni shown below is an example of this Lam Wi Pan bodi Weather Psi sa 19 13 40 Nearest Procedure Flight Plan Services Leg Discrepancy Music Utilities Figure 4 16 Procedure Flight Plan Leg Position Difference System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 4 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 4 2 1 6 Waypoint Info The Waypoint Info option allows you to view information about the selected waypoint in the Waypoint Info function See the Waypoint Info section for complete information 1 On the Active Flight Plan page touch the desired waypoint in the flight plan The Waypoint Options list will be displayed 2 One Waypoint Options menu touch the WPT Info key to view information about the selected waypoint Distance amp Bearing To Airport From Current Position Aiport as Identifier City iS is Public amp Type Airport Information Figure 4 17 Active Flight Plan Wpt Info 3 Touch the Back key to return to the Active Flight Plan page Hack 4 2 2 Airways Airways may be added as legs in flight plans with any waypoint that is part of an airway such as a VOR 1 On the Active Flight Plan page touch the desired VOR entry waypoint in the flight plan The Waypoint Options list will then be displayed Touch VOR a Sea 122 90 Entry
144. VONSIONS sancscsacaccasecanesersacentaveoeorsessacensswncanrsassanens 10 29 10 4 8 Database Updates eocacetcesecse cence ocweeesaenemnacesesacens 10 29 10 4 9 Terrain Database Areas Of Coverage 10 30 10 4 10 Obstacle Database Areas Of COVErage ccececseesecseeseeeees 10 30 10 4 11 HTAWS AlettS cuscosttsnana cpeccaunedudcuntedne aed watetahaecne 10 31 10 4 12 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance ccceeeeeseeteeteeteeeee 10 32 10 4 13 Voice Call Out Aural Alert oo ccccccsecsecssssseseeseeneeeen 10 32 10 4 14 Voice Call Out Selection c ccccccccecsecsesssstssssecesseeteeeen 10 33 10 4 15 HTAWS Not Available Alert cccccccscsesesessesseeeeeeen 10 34 10 4 16 HTAWS Failure AIG ascncncscssnerintsmarcssnenntscoresivsrnemnieins 10 34 10 4 17 HTAWS Alert SUMMAN cccceccseeeeecestesseeessseseeeeeee 10 35 Oae PIOA I nE E E EA 10 36 T WENO eaea E tarde 11 1 11 1 SiriusXM Weather Products Optional c scescccssessecssesssesesseesesseessesseeseaseesneseeesven 11 2 11 1 1 Displaying SirlUsSXM Weather cccccccscscscsecssecesseeseseeeees 11 3 11 1 2 Weather Legend cccccccscscssscsecsssscssscsesessessesssesseeeseesees 11 4 11 1 3 Weather Map Orientation c ccccccccecsecscssssecesseeteeseeees 11 5 11 1 4 Product Age and SiriusXM Weather Symbols ccccceeeeee 11 6 xiv Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN INE AT PAD apse i E E A 11 9 11 1 5 SA RE e E E 11 10 11 1 5 2
145. Values During final approach FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is below 200 feet AGL while within 0 5 NM of the approach runway or below 125 feet AGL while within 1 0 NM of the runway threshold 10 3 8 4 Premature Descent Alerting A Premature Descent Alert PDA is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly below the normal approach path to a runway PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is within 15 NM of the destination airport and ends when the aircraft is either 0 5 NM from the runway threshold or is at an altitude of 125 feet AGL while within 1 0 NM of the threshold During the final descent algorithms set a threshold for alerting based on speed distance and other parameters 700 600 500 400 300 200 Height Above Terrain Feet 100 Runway 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Threshold i i iii Distance From Destination Airport nm Figure 10 13 PDA Alerting Threshold PDA and FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited Discretion should be used when inhibiting TAWS and the system should be enabled when appropriate When TAWS is inhibited the alert annunciation TAWS INHB is shown 10 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 3 8 5 Negative Climb Rate After Take Off Alert NCR The Negative Climb Rate NCR After Take Off alert also referred to as Altitude Loss After Ta
146. WISE THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS WHICH MAY VARY FROM STATE TO STATE IN NO EVENT SHALL GARMIN BE LIABLE FORANY INCIDENTAL SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHETHER RESULTING FROM THE USE MISUSE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace with a new or newly overhauled replacement product the product or software or offer a full retund of the purchase price at its sole discretion SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY Online Auction Purchases Products purchased through online auctions are not eligible for warranty coverage Online auction confirmations are not accepted for warranty verification To obtain warranty service an original or copy of the sales receipt from the original retailer is required Garmin will not replace missing components from any package purchased through an online auction International Purchases A separate warranty may be provided by international distributors for devices purchased outside the United States depending on the country If applicable this warranty is provided by the local in country distributor and this distributor provides local service for your device Distributor warranties are only valid in the area of intended distribution Devices pur
147. Waypoint 5 Touch the To key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint from the database for the destination waypoint and touch Enter gna 6 Touch the Fuel on Board key and then use the keypad to select the current amount of fuel on board and touch Enter Utilities Selected Fuel On Board Value 118 00 poe STBY Touch To Select Fuel Value Figure 14 30 Selecting Current Fuel On Board Fonseca 7 Touch the Fuel Flow key and then use the keypad to select the average fuel flow and touch Enter 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 19 Selected Fuel Flow Value Touch To Select Fuel Value Figure 14 31 Selecting Fuel Flow Pine 8 Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter Selected Ground K agree i Speed Value a EH 118 00 Touch To Select iin o Ground Speed Value Figure 14 32 Selecting Ground Speed Utilities 14 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 14 5 2 Flight Plan Mode S The Fuel Planning Flight Plan mode shows fuel calculations between two legs of the flight plan or the cumulative flight plan Getting Started preeti 1 Touch the Mode key to select Flight Plan mode if required cath Te Whites fue Manning eral Xpdr Ct Com N Touch To Toggle Touch To Sensor Data Use Compute Data EpL i ind 3 ian a i J0 ii 5 ee Ln And View Back a we Statistics g Figure
148. Wpt To naum Ae giei Insert Airway om 1200 Back Dany Figure 4 18 Active Flight Plan with VOR Entry Wpt 2 Touch the Load Airway key to select an airway for the selected entry waypoint 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 9 A GARMIN Wiayooint Geos Insert Activate hefore Lied Touch To Insert Airway Touch To Insert Selected Airway Figure 4 20 Select an Airway from the List 4 Scroll through the list and touch the desired exit point from the airway ees Touch To Select 7200 Exit Waypoint A Y Figure 4 21 Select an Exit Waypoint for the Airway Confirm the airway information and then touch Load to insert the selected airway into the flight plan If changes are desired touch the Airway or Exit Waypoint keys to select alternate choices Selected Airway Touch To Change Selected Exit Waypoint Touch Entry Waypoint To Change Touch For Map Preview Touch To Load Of Airway Airway Into FPL Waypoints 4 10 Figure 4 22 Airway Information Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 6 Touch the Preview key to view the airway waypoints and map preview of the airway mark J26 V165 0LM Pa m Map Preview Anay Of Airway ok Waypoint List HAPON il leat Gee Touch To Load o Ee Airway Into FPL Com Nav Figure 4 23 Airway Preview 7 After loading the airway it is inserted into the flight plan The ai
149. a IFR MTH OHSH SAFEL Wings SIGMET Figure 11 66 Connext Weather AIRMETs SIGMETs Detail and Legend When enabled the following AIRMETs are available for display e Icing e Turbulence e IFR conditions e Mountain obscuration e Surface winds 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 47 A GARMIN 11 4 FIS B Weather The Flight Information Services FIS B function is capable of displaying text and graphic weather information with GDL 88 installations No subscription for FIS B services is required with the GDL 88 The FIS B Function is a graphic weather display capable of displaying graphical weather information on UAT equipped installations Graphical data is overlaid on the map indicating the rainfall detected by ground based radar for a specific area The colors indicating increasing levels of rainfall progresses from light green for light rainfall to magenta for heavy rainfall Review the Limitations section in the front of this guide for the limitations that apply to the FIS B data Rainfall data is color coded as follows NEXRAD DBZ PRECIP 255 250 245 40 30 20 29 No Coverage Figure 11 67 FIS B Weather Precipitation Legend A cyan checkerboard pattern indicates that no data is available for that area and rainfall in that area is unknown The FIS B Function is based on a ground to air data link and requires that the appropriate ground systems are broadcasting weather data
150. a single leg is selected e Distance DIS The distance is shown in tenths of units up to 99 9 and in whole units up to 9999 Utilities i Estimated time en route ETE ETE is shown as hours minutes until less than an hour then it is shown as minutes seconds e Estimated time of arrival ETA ETA is shown as hours minutes and is the local time at the destination If in Point To Point mode then the ETA is the ETE added to the departure time If a flight plan other than the active flight plan is selected it shows the ETA by adding to the departure time all of the ETEs of the legs up to and including the selected leg If the entire flight plan is selected then 14 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN the ETA is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected If the active flight plan is selected the ETA reflects the current position of the aircraft and the current leg being flown The ETA is calculated by adding to the current time the ETEs of the current leg up to and including the selected leg If the entire flight plan is selected then the ETA is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected En Route safe altitude ESA The ESA is shown as nnnnnFT e Destination sunrise and sunset times These times are shown as hours minutes and are the local time at the destination NOTE The capability of using Sensor Data for the trip planning fun
151. ace Page shows the air space as Airspace Within 2 NM Vpt Info e Ifyou are within two nautical miles of an airspace and your current course will take you inside in less than 10 minutes the message AIR SPACE ALERT Airspace within 2nm and entry in less than 10 minutes appears The Nearest Airspace Page shows the airspace as Ahead lt 2 NM e Ifyou have entered an airspace the message AIRSPACE ALERT Inside Airspace appears The Nearest Airspace Page shows Inside of airspace Note that the airspace alerts are based on three dimensional data latitude longitude and altitude to avoid nuisance alerts The alert boundaries for a controlled airspace are also sectorized to provide complete information on any nearby airspace Once one of the described conditions exists the message annunciator flashes alerting you of an airspace message if airspace alert messages are enabled See System Alerts to set the Arrival Alert Proximity Airspace Type and Altitude Butter values NOTE The Airspace Alert setting does not alter the depiction of airspace or change the Smart Airspace setting for the main map page 12 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Map Pointer Map Pointer ee Location Relative um _ peewee To Present Position _ T e Airspace Airspace Sector lt o Sector a Name Current Position Active Flight Airspace yan Plan Leg Boundary Com N Figure 12 15 Airs
152. again to return to the previous display 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 2 7 Xpdr Ctrl A GARMIN Viewing the ADS B Control Panel With Integrated Transponder Control 1200 1 Touch the Transponder window and then the MENU key to view the ADS B control panel Transponder Menu Xpdr Ctrl Flight I Touch To Toggle Anonymous Touch To Select Anonymous Mode aati Flight ID Figure 2 14 ADS B Transponder Control Panel 2 Touch the Anonymous Mode key to toggle arming the Anonymous mode 3 Touch the Flight ID key to manually set the Flight ID Use the key pad to select the desired Flight ID and then touch Enter Figure 2 15 Flight ID Entry A NOTE Changing the flight ID while in anonymous mode wouldn t actually change the flight ID because a randomized ID is being broadcast If the ANONYMOUS key is armed change the squawk code to the VFR code to activate Anonymous mode 2 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 2 7 Extended Squitter Transmission The GTX 33ES is a remote mount transponder that functions as a transponder and also sends ADS B Out message to ATC and other aircraft The GTN can act as a control for a GTX 33 transponder including Extended Squitter ES functions When Enable ES is selected the GTX 33 330 turns on Extended Squitter transmissions Touch To Enter Touch To Toggle J Flight ID Extended Squitter Figure 2 16 Transponder Me
153. al Loaded 6 4 Selecting an Approach Only one approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan If an approach is loaded when another approach is already in the active flight plan the new approach replaces the previous approach The route is defined by selection of an approach the transition waypoint and a runway roc 1 Touch the PROC key on the Home page The Approach Arrival and Departure fields will be dashed until a selection is made Procedures Touch To Select Departure Touch To Select Arrival Touch To Select Approach Figure 6 15 Procedures Selection Window ey 2 Touch the Approach key on the Procedures page to select an approach for the destination airport Confirm that the intended airport is shown or touch the Airport key and select the desired airport Touch To Select Airport a PROC Approach Appr Touch To Select Approach Touch To Select Channel ID Figure 6 16 Selecting an Approach 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 A GARMIN egy 3 Touch the Approach key on the Procedures Approach page and then touch the key for the desired approach Select Approach KTWF ILS 25 ComiNay RNAV 07ces LPV Touch To Select Approach RNAV 25cPrs LPV Figure 6 17 Selecting an Approach from the List 4 After selecting the approach for the destination airport the approach overview will be displayed Vot Info Touch To Select Touch To Select Airport Ap
154. al Shield Type pss 1 While viewing the TCAD Control menu touch the Shield Type key and touch the desired Shield Type Enroute Standard or Terminal Touch To Select Shield Type Approach or Standard Touch To Manually Set Shield Height Shield Setup Touch To Shield Range Figure 9 29 TCAD 9900B Shield Setup for En Route Standard and Terminal ie 2 Touch the Shield Height key and use the keypad to select the Shield Height value The selected value will be shown in the Shield Range key a 3 Touch the Shield Range key and use the keypad to select E the Shield Range value The selected value will be shown in Traffic the Shield Range key 9 7 3 3 Approach Mode 1 While viewing the TCAD Control menu touch the Approach key to activate Approach Mode TCAD traffic 2 Touching the Approach key toggles Approach Mode between Set Armed or Active krm rge Legi BAST Am 9 32 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 9 8 TCAD 9900BX Operation The TCAD 9900BX provides an active system that interrogates other aircraft to acquire traffic information Traffic Advisory Out Of Range Traffic Altitude Separation Altitude epee 0 Feet 200 Feet Gus SS Map Orientation Other Traffic Proximate Traffic Altitude p Lo7 Af am Separation 500 Separation 00 miss 2 4 sft een Feet Below Feet Above JS mo oe We Descending Ascending fix ai Touch To Select Touch To Select Baro
155. ally change the Map page range depending on the distance to the next waypoint in the flight System plan If enabled it will also automatically zoom to the SafeTaxi zoom range when the aircraft is on the ground Auto Zoom can be overridden at any time by vessages manually zooming with the In and Out keys The Auto Zoom Min selection sets the minimum range that the display will Zoom in The Auto Zoom Max value sets mos the maximum range the display will Zoom out Auto Zoom is re enabled once one of the following conditions is met e A waypoint is sequenced index e the aircraft transitions from on ground to in air 8 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN a point is reached where the Auto Zoom range matches the manual override range known as auto sync and will be noted as Auto above the map range value on the map page Getting e Auto Zoom is toggled off and back on in the Map Setup page Started 1 While viewing the Map Setup Map selection touch the Auto Zoom key to toggle it On or Off Foreword Xpdr Ctrl 2 When Auto Zoom is On the Auto Zoom Min and Max values com Nav will be used NOTE Rotorcraft use a Local Auto Zoom function where Auto Zoom will remain FPL at the 1500 ft zoom scale until the rotorcraft is above 400 ft GSL or 40 kts Auto Zoom Min i Set the limit that the display will zoom in automatically l roc a e Joon Range Wot Info Selected Minimum Aut
156. an half of the designated time has elapsed from the time the data is received the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow WARNING Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather product Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather data for data link transmission the weather information shown by the data link weather product may be significantly older than the indicated weather product age The following table contains the expiration time and XM broadcast interval The expiration time is an elapsed time after which the data is considered expired and is removed from the display This ensures that the displayed data is consistent with what is currently being broadcast by SiriusXM Radio If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed from the time the data is received the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow The SiritusXM Weather broadcast interval is the time interval when SiriusXM Satellite Radio broadcasts new signals that may or may not contain new weather data Weather data is broadcast at intervals that are defined and controlled by SiriusXM Radio NOTE SiriusXM Weather does not provide a timestamp for AIRMETs SIGMETs City Forecasts County Warnings Cell Movement and TFR products Therefore the unit does not display a product age indication for these products 11 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pi
157. aneuver the aircraft based only upon ATC guidance or positive visual acquisition of conflicting traffic WARNING Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in near or around areas of hazardous weather Information contained within data link weather products may not accurately depict current weather conditions WARNING Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather product Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather data for data link transmission the weather information shown by the data link weather product may be significantly older than the indicated weather product age WARNING For safety reasons GTN 6XX operational procedures must be learned on the ground WARNING To reduce the risk of unsafe operation carefully review and understand all aspects of the GTN 6XX Pilot s Guide Thoroughly practice basic operation prior to actual use During flight operations carefully compare indications from the GTN 6XX to all available navigation sources including the information from other NAVAIDs visual sightings charts etc For safety purposes always resolve any discrepancies before continuing navigation A CAUTION The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance The GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy and
158. anually or set to automatically update at a selected rate The Connext weather data may be updated at any time regardless of the automatic update timing by selecting a Manual Request When multiple requests are made some products are merged with the old data SIGMETs AIRMETs TAFs TFRs and METARs but the old data of other products is discarded 1 While viewing the Connext Settings Menu touch the Request Data key to manually request data 2 Touch the Auto Request key to set the Auto Request Period Select Auto Request Period Off Touch To Select Request Period Figure 11 50 Select Auto Request Period 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 35 A GARMIN 3 Touch the Cancel Request key to cancel a request in progress Data Request Touch To Cancel Auto Request Touch To Select Cancel Request Request Period Request R Einin fie etl Until Next Request Figure 11 51 Cancelling A Request 11 3 3 2 Connext Data Request Coverage Region iow 1 While viewing the Connext Settings Menu touch the Coverage Region key Connext Weather Coverage Menu Covera ge Regl on Pres ert Distance Flight Plan J o o a Position lo FPan Destination KTPF Waypoint Figure 11 52 Connext Weather Coverage Region Menu 2 Touch the desired settings to customize the Connext Weather display Present Position Data Request Touch the Present Position key to request that weather information wi
159. ard Direct To Proc Wot Into Figure 18 1 SD Card Database Location The Garmin databases can be updated by following the instructions on fly V garmin com Once the updated files have been downloaded from the web site a PC equipped with an appropriate SD card reader is used to unpack and program oa the new databases onto the existing Supplemental Data Cards The following ee equipment is required to perform the update e Windows compatible PC computer Windows 2000 XP Vista or Windows Weather 7 recommended e SanDisk SD Card Reader P Ns SDDR 93 or SDDR 99 or equivalent card Sa reader Services Music Updated database obtained from the Garmin web site e Existing Garmin Supplemental Database SD Card Utilities It may be necessary to have the system configured by a Garmin authorized System service facility in order to use certain database features Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 11 Katt Appendix A GARMIN Common Problems Troubleshooting Tips for Databases SD Cards 18 12 _ The supplied SD cards and most commercially available SD cards have a small sliding tab located on the top left of the card when viewing the card label side up When the sliding tab is in the Down position as in farther away from _ the gold contacts on the back of the card you will not be able to write data to the card as it will be write p
160. at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations REMOTE KEY The remote nav transfer Verify the NAV RMT XFR key STUCK NAV RMT XFR key switch is not stuck Contact dealer Nav remote switch has been in for service if this message persists transfer key is pressed position for stuck at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations REMOTE KEY The remote go around Verity the RMT GO ARND key STUCK RMT GO ARND key switch is not suck Contact dealer Remote go around switch has been in for service if this message persists key is stuck pressed position for at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations REMOTE KEY The TAWS INHIBIT Verity the TAWS INHIBIT key switch STUCK discrete input has been is not stuck Contact dealer for TAWS inhibit key is in pressed position for service if this message persists stuck at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 17 A GARMIN Message Description Action REMOTE KEY The remote TAWS alert Verify the ALRT ACK key switch STUCK acknowledge ALRT is not suck Contact dealer for Alert Acknowledge ACK key switch has service if this message persists key is stuck been in pres
161. ataccnscercoatinepeces earisstisscasezesacasatesecieerts iari 10 19 10 4 1 2 Operating CI CT A wanedenisnnssanisenvdendgnnevintdenerdenddemenedventtanaseat 10 19 10 4 1 3 LIMITATIONS eee cccceeceseeeesseeeecseeeeseseesssseessseeesseeeeenaes 10 20 TOs 2 NAVY 5 0 lid WOM cs sczsnerazazecucaesetces azozacanivepeceracosss enisezacerne 10 20 10 4 2 141 HTAWS Alerting seznszcatctocasetecnstcetcs race tacecacetceosecaiesesaeneceusea 10 20 10 4 2 2 Power UP eeseccssesssesssesessesessesessneessressneessensessatessatess 10 21 1043 HIAWS geo eee ee ee ee nee eee eee 10 21 10 4 4 Terrain Page Menu ccsccsssesssessssesseressseeesstessnressatens 10 22 VORA Arle HCW SEIC CIC rE 10 22 10 442 HIAWS AIO We gcecsrcsntecneentesoreyscsnase a oruereueeias tana 10 23 10 4 4 3 External HTAWS Inhibit Control ccc cceeeeecseeseteeeen 10 24 10 4 4 4 Reduced Protection MOde cccccccsecsecscsesessessesseeteeeen 10 24 10 4 4 5 Mute Active Caution s ccsccedscessacsuscueds dena iedexeb cadssehsdeSeae tues 10 25 10 4 4 6 HTAWS Manual Test ccccccsccscssscsscsscssssessessesseeeeeeen 10 25 10 4 4 7 HTAWS LOG GNC yi sansevinicconsasisnacusaseavecayessasssheraiecasestemsetilecuess 10 26 10 4 4 8 Flight Plan Overlay ics seatusdssestuedsseatesdssenaedsteadcedssentuedadenten 10 27 1045 HTIAWS SYmDO lS sc see orestceesecpsatees acs ones bea ar ro oE 10 27 10 4 6 General Database Information cccccccecsecsecseeseeeeseeseees 10 28 104 7 Database
162. ation 11 T MK 36048 65198 Northing Numeric Location Figure 15 43 MGRS Position Format Detail Latitude Band Grid Zone Easting Value 11 T 0436048 4965198 Northing Value Figure 15 44 UTM Position Format Detail 2 Touch the Position Format key Select Position Format Touch to select LAT LON c Position Format MGRS UTM Figure 15 45 Position Format Selection 3 Touch the desired Position format 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 While viewing the System page touch Units key Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav Direct To Proc Wot Info Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities Messages Symbols Appendix Index 15 29 A GARMIN 15 6 Ownship Settings Foreword The Ownship setting allows the selection of an aircraft type for the ownship Getting icon Started Std LEO 1 While viewing the System page touch the Ownship key gt ALM Setup Darah ip TE Selected Twin Engine Prop Ownship Type Drag Slider To View More Options FPL a Single Engine Act Touch Up Down Keys To View More Options n Figure 15 46 Ownship Selection 2 Touch the desired type of aircraft for the ownship symbol 15 30 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 15 7 Audio The Audio Settings allows the adjustment of the volume the click sound when controls are touched 1 W
163. ation Squelch Control Com Control Text ne Squelch Annunciation Active Com Frequency Touch to Flip Flop Standby Com Frequency Turn To Select MHz Turn To Select kHz Figure 3 4 Com Controls While receiving a station an RX indication appears in the Com frequency window to the immediate right of Com A TX indication appears at this location while you are transmitting 3 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN __ _EESSSSSSSSSSSSSFSFSSF 3 3 Com and Nav Frequency Window and Tuning Communication frequencies are selected by using the large and small right knobs or by touching the value in the standby Com or Nav frequency field and using the subsequent keypad The standby frequency always appears below the active frequency The active frequency is the frequency currently in use for transmit and receive operations Com N Once a frequency is selected in the standby field it may be transferred to the active frequency by touching the active frequency field NOTE The Com window is normally active for adjustment unless the NAV window is made active by pressing the small right knob The active state automatically returns to the Com window after 30 seconds of inactivity To select a Com or Nav frequency using the small and large right knobs 1 If the tuning cursor is not currently in the frequency window press the small right knob momentarily The Standby frequency will
164. av Wind Symbols Selected Wind Altitude Touch To Select Wind Altitude Figure 11 79 Winds Aloft 2 Touch the WX Aloft ALT or keys to increase or decrease the reporting altitude of the winds aloft in increments The selected altitude is shown in a window above the altitude keys 3 Touch the Wind Temp Aloft key again to turn it off Ades Winds Aloft KT 5KT or less 10kT or less _ 50T or less a Figure 11 80 FIS B Winds Aloft Legend 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 59 A GARMIN 11 4 7 FIS B SIGMETs and AIRMETs SIGMETs SIGnificant METerological Information and AIRMETs AIRmen s METerological Information are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather considered of importance to aircraft The update rate is approximately every 20 minutes AIRMET Icing Turbulence IFR MTN OBSCR SRFC Winds Figure 11 81 FIS B SIGMET AIRMET Legend 1 While viewing the FIS B Weather menu touch the SIGMET AIRMET key Surface Winds Turbulence Line ae See Vountain Obscured Figure 11 82 FIS B SIGMETs and AIRMETs Map 2 Touch a SIGMET AIRMET line to view details Touch the Back a key to return to the Weather display Figure 11 83 SIGMET and AIRMET Details einer 3 Touch the SIGMET AIRMET key again to turn it off 11 60 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 12 NEAREST The Nearest function
165. avoidance maneuvers during IMC or other times when there is no visual contact with the intruder aircraft TIS is intended only to assist in visual FPL acquisition of other aircraft in VMC No recommended avoidance maneuvers are provided for nor authorized as a direct result of a TIS intruder display or TIS advisory While TIS is a useful aid to visual traffic avoidance it has some system limitations that must be fully understood to ensure proper use Many of these Wo info limitations are inherent in secondary radar surveillance In other words the information provided by TIS will be no better than that provided to ATC TIS Map will only display aircraft with operating transponders installed pg Traffic TIS relies on surveillance of the Mode S radar which is a secondary surveillance radar similar to the ATCRBS TIS operation may be intermittent Terrain during turns or other maneuvering TIS is dependent on two way line of sight communication between the aircraft and the Mode S radar Whenever the esihe structure of the client aircraft comes between the transponder antenna usually located on the underside of the aircraft and the ground based radar antenna Nearest the signal may be temporarily interrupted Other limitations and anomalies associated with TIS are described in the AIM Section 1 3 5 ae Utilities System essages Garmin is not responsible for Mode S manok geographical coverage Operation of the
166. be highlighted to indicate that it is active for editing 2 Turn the large right knob to select the desired megahertz MHz value For example the 118 portion of the frequency 118 30 3 Turn the small right knob to select the desired kilohertz kHz value For example the 30 portion of the frequency 118 30 To select a Com or Nav frequency using the numeric keypad 1 Touch the Standby window 2 A keypad will appear with the current Standby frequency highlighted 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 3 A GARMIN Com Standby Backspace Editing Window Frequency Clear Key Frequency Frequency Monitor Key Transfer Flip Flop pags Key Frequency Monitor Annunciation Frequency Key Numeric Keypad Enter Key Figure 3 5 Com Standby Frequency Numeric Keypad Nav Standby Backspace Frequency Editing Window Frequency Clear Key Transfer Flip Flop jiaiait seth aiei Find Frequency Key Numeric Keypad Enter Key Figure 3 6 Nav Standby Frequency Numeric Keypad 3 Touch the numeric keys to add the desired values and touch Enter to accept the displayed value and place it into the Standby frequency window 4 Touching the XFER key will place the selected frequency directly into the Active frequency window To make the standby frequency the active frequency 1 Touch the active frequency top window 2 The Active top and Standby frequencies will flip tlop
167. broadcast services such as TIS B and FIS B With ADS B Out the avionics transmit an aircrafts precise location as well as specific information about that aircraft to ground stations and other aircraft equipped with 978 MHz ADS B technology If more than one target is occupying the same area of the screen the GIN will combine the two traffic targets into one traffic group The group symbol maintains the iconology of the highest priority traffic target in the group and indicates a grouped symbol by the presence of an asterisks to the leit of the grouped traffic target Traffic targets displayed on the dedicated traffic page may be selected in order to obtain additional information about a traffic target or to view all targets in a grouped target When a grouped target is selected the Next key on the dedicated traffic page will cycle through all targets located in close proximity to where the screen has been touched ADS B and TCas Proximity Advisory Status and Altitude 1200 ft Above and Filter Climbing Map Touche View Orientation Traffic Menu Selected Traffic Info Range Rings Selected Vector Touch For Motion and Duration Next larget Range Ring ae dis Owns Gel Icon Figure 9 10 ADS B Traffic Page NOTE The Next key on the dedicated traffic page will cycle through all targets located in close proximity to where the pilot has touched the screen 9 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN
168. by Mode Once the aircraft is airborne TIS switches to Operating Mode and traffic information is displayed The mode can be changed manually using the Traffic Status key Traffic Traffic Display Enabled Icon Other Maps UELLS Traffic Mode Annunciation Status Traffic On Map Page TIS Operating TIS Standby TIS Failed Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action Table 9 4 TIS Modes Shown on the Map Page 9 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN The annunciations that indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the bottom center of maps on which traffic can be displayed Traffic Status Banner Description Annunciation The displayed data is not current 6 to 12 seconds since last message The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced when this message is displayed Traffic is removed because it is too old for coasting 12 to 60 seconds since last message Traffic may exist within the selected display range but it is not displayed Traffic Coast 9 SEC Traffic Removed Table 9 5 TIS Traffic Status Annunciations 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 11 A GARMIN 9 4 TAS Traffic Optional NOTE TIS and Traffic Advisory System TAS may not both be configured at the same time TAS data comes from a TAS unit such as a Garmin GTS 800 or 820 Skywatch 497 KTA 810 or other unit Re
169. by touching the Waypoint Identifier key entering the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad and then touching the Enter key You may also search through the list by touching the View All key and then choosing from the existing list of User waypoints by touching the desired waypoint from the list 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 7 13 A GARMIN 7 6 1 Select User Waypoint By Name 1 While viewing the User Waypoint page touch the User Waypoint Name 2 Use the keypad to select the characters for the name and then touch Enter 7 6 2 Select User Waypoint From A List 1 While viewing the Waypoint Info page touch the User WPT key Touch the View All key and then use the Up and Down keys to view the waypoints on the list Wot Info User Psh SG my Waypoint roo ANKCK List Name a TEED User uSsRODO see VVaypoint User SEAJIJ 1 ERT List Waypoint ISROO Name a ane Figure 7 19 Waypoint Info User Waypoint List 7 6 3 Edit User Waypoint a 1 Select the desired User Waypoint and touch the Edit key 2 Touch the key for the desired information and make changes as needed 7 6 4 Delete User Waypoint Ea 1 Select the desired User Waypoint and touch the Delete key 2 Touch the OK key to confirm deleting the selected waypoint 1 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 7 7 Create Waypoint User waypoints are created from the Crea
170. c and remote navigation including en route terminal and non precision approaches and approaches with vertical guidance such as LPV and LNAV VNAV The GTN 625 can simultaneously give aviators vital approach information and weather and traffic data in relation to their position on a large color moving map display Thanks to a high contrast color display the information can be easily read from wide viewing angles even in direct sunlight Its color moving map features a built in database that shows cities highways railroads rivers lakes coastlines and a complete Jeppesen database The Jeppesen database that can be updated with a front loading data card contains all airports VORs NDBs Intersections FSSs Approaches DPs STARs and SUA information 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 1 Getting Started A GARMIN Pilots will enjoy the GTN 625 as a flexible and powerful navigator especially when it is coupled with traffic lightning detection and weather interfaces With the PC based FDE prediction program the GIN 625 may be used for oceanic MANE or remote operations For the latest in graphic and text weather information the GTN 625 can interface to the SiriuskM Weather Service via the Garmin GDL 69 69A datalink receiver 1 1 2 GTN 635 The GIN 635 includes all of the features of the GIN 625 and also includes a TSO d airborne VHF communications transceiver 1 1 3 GTN 650 The GTN 650 includes al
171. ccizeatadoaaneateinertedeacans 9 30 9 7 3 1 Traffic Audio wee eeeeeceeseecensseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenreeseneeeenreeentnesennneens 9 30 XII Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Da SMe OUI eane a E E E E 9 31 Jas APPa ModE srren r EE E 9 32 9 8 TCAD 9900BX Operation ene ee en ce ae eee 9 33 9 8 1 Select Local Barometric PreSSUrC ccccscsecseesecssseseceeseeeeeees 9 33 9 8 2 Select Altitude FING jest sc octczssacrvanssocaeeras cai azisecteoraeacieseupanaeets 9 34 9 8 3 TCAD 9900BX Traffic Menu ccccccccccsecsecsecsececeseseceeeen 9 34 9831 WEIMNC PUM ie essai niera aneren SAES ENEE EAEE 9 35 Do A U aaa A NRE 9 35 9 8 3 3 Approach Mode ccccssssssssssesssssssseessesesessseeseesrsseeaes 9 36 9834 Ground ModE sesar ore mney ent an ener rors 9 36 MO ENGIN ea a A tee teeracteee esse 10 1 10T Terain COR QUI AON Sis esscescscasersstcicazesaeaeezs aeicorsaceicazeecaseresaeisorssezacans 10 1 PAE a E E E E 10 1 10 2 1 Displaying Terrain Proximity cccccccccsecsecseessessesseeseeseeeeeees 10 3 10 2 1 1 Terrain Page 120 Arc or 360 RINGS 10 4 10 2 2 Terrain Limitations ian ce vcauetaxtscuesabat ued lt tneaeeiaeseateicnueacsiaaneadsts 10 5 10 3 Terrain Awareness and Warning System TAWS B Optional 0 10 6 10 3 1 LRN Din COUSIN CINS ses ex te atsesiemscctesectvatentanashesenteahessntecheesters 10 6 10 3 2 TAWS B Limitations cs cesecnies censevedanetedeuccnsdctaeiadeucnusdctanncadsts 10 6 10 3
172. ch operations and warns you if RAIM is not available In such cases use a non GPS based approach RAIM prediction helps you plan for a pending flight to confirm GPS operation during an approach RAIM prediction only predicts the availability of Fault Detection FD integrity in the absence of SBAS corrections It cannot predict the availability of LPV or L VNAV approaches The FAA provides a NOTAM service for LPV approach availability T 1 While viewing the Utilities page touch the RAIM Prediction key Touch To Select ieS vP Utilities RAIM Prediction Destination Nanak Waypoint Touch To Select Local Arrival Date Touch To Select Local Arrival Time Bach Figure 14 13 Utility RAIM Prediction Page 2 Touch the Waypoint key and select the waypoint for RAIM Prediction 3 Touch the Arrival Date key and select the date of arrival at the selected waypoint 4 Touch the Arrival Time key and select the local time of expected arrival at the selected waypoint 14 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN compute nam 5 When the Waypoint Arrival Date and Arrival Time values have been entered touch the Compute RAIM key to determine if RAIM is available ne P Utities RAIM Prediction Touch To Compute RAIM Compute RAIM Com Nav RAIM Prediction Result FPL Figure 14 14 RAIM Prediction Completed t Inf Utilities System 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s G
173. chased in the United States or Canada must be returned to the Garmin service center in the United Kingdom the United States Canada or Taiwan for service To obtain warranty service contact your local Garmin Authorized Service Center For assistance in locating a Service Center near you visit the Garmin web site at http www garmin com or contact Garmin Customer Service at 866 739 5687 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN WARNING Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated upon the use of the terrain function The GTN 6XX Terrain Proximity feature is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidance and does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of surroundings during flight The Terrain Proximity feature is only to be used as an aid for terrain avoidance and is not certified for use in applications requiring a certified terrain awareness system Terrain data is obtained from third party sources Garmin is not able to independently verify the accuracy of the terrain data WARNING The displayed minimum safe altitudes MSAs are only advisory in nature and should not be relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information Always refer to current aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes WARNING The Garmin GTN 6XX has a very high degree of functional integrity However the pilot must recognize t
174. ctions is available in SW Versions 2 00 4 10 and later 14 4 1 Point To Point Mode The Trip Planning Point to Point mode shows trip calculations between two selected points either two waypoints from the database or from your present position to a selected waypoint While viewing the Utilities page touch the Trip Planning key pect 2 Touch the Mode key to toggle to Point to Point Touch To Select Touch To Select Departure Waypoint Arrival Waypoint Touch To Use Present Position As Departure Point Touch To Toggle Sensor Data Use Touch To Select Departure Time Touch To Select Departure Date Touch To Select P to P or Flight Plan Mode Touch To Toggle Between Statistics and Data Input Figure 14 15 Utility Trip Planning Page To Edit Input Data Point To Point Mode 190 01004 03 Rev E Sensor Data Used Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 13 RA cet VIUSI Utilities A GARMIN ka 3 Touch the P POS key to toggle between using your present position as the From waypoint when selected or a waypoint selected trom the database when P POS is deselected If P POS is selected the Lat Lon of the present position will be shown in the From position i Ltilities Trip Planning Present Position Selected P POS wasoucs7 a Touch To Select As From Wot B aeaee KPU Destination Wot Lat Lon Of Present Position Figure 14 16 Selecting Present Position as the From Waypoint ey 4 If P P
175. ctive Map And A List Of Flight Plan Waypoints For The Active Flight Plan Touch To Edit The Active Flight Plan Information Fields Figure 4 26 Flight Plan Menu Track Route Direction Options Offset Column 1 Column 2 Activate Activate Column 3 Restore Defaults Invert amp Activate Preview Edit Copy Delete Figure 4 27 Flight Plan Menu Functional Diagram 4 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 4 3 1 Store Flight Plan A newly created flight plan or one that has been modified must be saved to the Catalog to be used in future flights The Store Flight Plan function will save the Active Flight Plan to the Catalog 1 While viewing the Active Flight Plan page touch the Menu key The Flight Plan Menu will be displayed 2 Touch the Store key to store the current Active Flight Plan into the Catalog The flight plan will be named by the beginning Ra and ending waypoints 3 When a duplicate flight plan is created the Store key will not be available and the flight plan will be saved with a numeral at the end of the destination waypoint g Flight Plan Catalog Used 2 Empty 97 Departure Destination 1 Original Flight Plan KPDT Duplicate Flight Plan D KPDT Figure 4 28 Duplicate Flight Plan Naming 4 3 2 Invert Flight Plan The Invert Flight Plan option allows you to reverse the Active flight plan and use it for navigation guidance back to your original depar
176. d items CROSSFILL ERROR GIN Navigation DB mismatch See CRG for crosstilled items CROSSFILL STATUS Crosstill is turned off DATABASE A procedure has been moditied in a cataloged flight plan DATABASE Verity user modified procedures in stored flight plans are correct 190 01004 03 Rev E Description Crossfill is not working due to loss of communication with other GTN or due to one GTN needing service Crossfill is configured on but is not working due to software mismatch The navigation databases do not match between GTNs resulting in a loss of communication between two units Crossfill is turned off A new database update caused a procedure to be truncated because the flight plan now has too many waypoints or removed a procedure because it no longer exists in the database A stored flight plan contains procedures that have been manually updated and a navigation database update has occurred Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Action See section 15 4 6 for a list of crosstilled items that will no longer be crossfilled Contact dealer for service See section 15 4 6 for a list of crossfilled items that will no longer be crossfilled Contact dealer to have software versions updated Check the specified database version of both GTNs and ensure it is up to date Update the specified database if needed No action Verify stored cataloged flight plans a
177. d ued 14 1 4 0J WO SOdd JUIOg 0 Ul0d poN e eq andwo p d punoly a1eq ued q dwI yed q 697 1d4 uel 14pI J oJ WwOl4 SOdd JUIOg 0 UlOd apor dll JeSoY yu uQ Jamo enau w j anyed q 19W 7 S Y ANY U UQ 1 M0d Pll Jaw duj JaWI Jasay dos uels uMmoq dn uOlDaIG JOWI IUBUd4 WIvy eyndwo7 Snels NIVY OWI JEALUY a eq eAWwy JuiodAen N Ww 32 gt IdM ebuel Jayy alojag JoSHO 3 Old SA dM anogy ISN adA apnii y apnyniy youve 2 Utilities Functional Diagram Figure 14 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 2 A GARMIN 14 1 Vertical Calculator VCALC jan The Vertical Calculator VCALC function allows you to create a three dimensional profile which guides you from your present position and altitude to a final target altitude at a specified location This is helpful when you d like to descend to a certain altitude near an airport Once the profile is defined message alerts and additional data can be configured on the Default NAV and Map Pages to keep you informed of your progress Cruise Altitude Target Altitude Target ee ee i 7 Waypoint Target Offset Before Figure 14 3 VCALC Target VCALC is inhibited in the following conditions e Groundspeed is less than 35 knots e No active flight plan or direct to destination SUSP mode e Vectors to Final mode e VLOC mode e After the FAF on an approac
178. d Same Worse Waypoint key at the bottom of the list of flight plan waypoints KSLE KMMV 7 BTG then touch the Load Airway key to load Same Worse the following airway V23 ALFOR While viewing the flight plan page touch the Up Same Worse Down arrow keys to scroll up and down to view the flight plan waypoints Touch the Back key to return to the Home screen Touch the COM standby frequency to activate the Same Worse com frequency entry keypad Task applicable to 635 650 750 only Enter a valid com frequency and touch the Enter key Same Worse 635 650 750 only 18 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E Appendix A GARMIN Operation With Glove circle one Touch the active com frequency to flip flop the com frequencies 635 650 750 only Touch the active nav frequency to tlip tlop the nav Same Worse frequencies 750 only Touch the Menu key 650 only Table 18 2 Tests Required for Glove Qualification Operation With Glove a one Navigate to the flight plan page While viewing the flight plan page touch the list and Same Worse drag up down to view the flight plan waypoints While viewing the flight plan page touch and flick the Same Worse list to view the e plan waypoints Navigate to the map page to the map page Touch the Map to enter Pan mode then touch the a Worse Graphically Edit FPL key Remove KONP from the flight plan graphically by Same Worse touch
179. d off The green bar will show when RP mode is active 3 Touch Back to return to the Terrain HTAWS display The RP Mode annunciation is displayed in the terrain annunciator field and in the lower right corner of the terrain page whenever protection is reduced 10 24 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 4 4 5 Mute Active Caution In NORMAL mode RP Mode not active when a caution is active touch the Alert ACK key to suppress the aural alert for the active caution In RP mode when a warning is active then this will muffle the alert audio to 40 of normal volume for 10 seconds To acknowledge an alert 1 While viewing the Terrain HTAWS page when an alert is received the Alert ACK key will be show the green bar 2 Touch MENU and then touch the Alert ACK key to acknowledge the alert To activate RP Mode 1 While viewing the Terrain HTAWS page touch MENU PRP Mode 2 Toggle activation of RP Mode by touching the RP Mode key RP Mode will be active when the green bar is present 10 4 4 6 HTAWS Manual Test Garmin HTAWS provides a manual test capability which verifies the proper operation of the aural and visual annunciations of the system prior to a flight Terrain To manually test the HTAWS system 1 While viewing the Terrain HTAWS Page touch MENU 2 Touch the Test HTAWS key 3 Touch Back to return to the Terrain HTAWS display An aural message is played givin
180. de 12 9 A GARMIN 12 8 Nearest ARTCC The Nearest ARTCC page displays the facility name bearing to distance and frequency to the five nearest ARTCC points of communication within 200 NM of your present position For each ARTCC listed the Nearest ARTCC page also indicates the frequency s and may be used to quickly tune the COM transceiver to the centers frequency Touch the ARTCC Frequency key to place the frequency in the standby field of the COM window Touch the COM Active window to flip flop the Com frequencies GTN 650 only 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the ARTCC key A list of the nearest 25 ARTCCs within 200 NM will be listed ARTCC Frequency Key With Multiple Frequencies Available ARTCC Name and ARTCC Frequency Information Key Touch To Insert Into Standby Com Figure 12 18 Nearest ARTCC 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list as sath Dow needed omni 3 The Frequency category will show Multiple keys if multiple FREQ frequencies are available Touch the Multiple FREQ key to display the frequencies te W Touch To Flip Flop Multiple E Active And Standby Frequency List Frequencies Selected o F use Frequency requency Key Key Figure 12 19 Nearest ARTCC Multiple Frequency List 4 Touch the key for the desired frequency to place the selected frequency into the Com Standby window 12 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 1
181. ding to the published chart Phase of flight Description Minimums Annunciation LIVNAV Lateral Navigation Vertical Navigation RNAV non Published LNAV precision approach with vertical guidance VNAV minimums LNAV Lateral Navigation RNAV non precision approach Published LNAV minimums LNAV V Lateral Navigation with Advisory Vertical Published LNAV Guidance RNAV non precision LNAV approach minimums with advisory vertical guidance The glidepath is typically denoted by a light dashed line on the vertical profile Jeppeson only with an associated glidepath angle usually in the 3 00 degree range and is provided to assist the pilot in maintaining a constant vertical glidepath similar to an ILS glideslope Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance Published LPV LPV approach minimums RNAV precision approach LP LP indicates Localizer Performance with no Published LP vertical guidance minimums Table 6 2 RNAV Approach Annunciations 6 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 6 12 Points to Remember for All Procedures The GIN 6XX Map page is designed to complement your printed approach plates and vastly improve situational awareness throughout the approach However you must always fly an approach as it appears on the approach plate e The active leg or the portion of the approach currently in use is depicted in magenta on the Map Page As you fly the approach the
182. dium Phone Status 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 11 A GARMIN 13 5 2 Making a Phone Call J 1 While viewing the Iridium Phone page touch Phone select a phone number or select one from Contacts Entered Phone Number Touch To Touch To Select Delete Previous Number From Character Existing Contacts Touch To Select Phone Number Figure 13 15 Making a Phone Call k 2 Touch Enter to accept the selected number 3 Touch the Call key Com Vig oe Services Phone ee etre Connected Touch To Start Phone Status camel i Phone Call Touch To Select Phone Number Tauchtone Entry a 2 he To Call enn Touch To Adjust Shell d A T Phone Volume ack i Option Figure 13 16 Phone Call In Progress 4 To make a direct call with a keypad touch the Touchtone Services Entry key Music Teuchtene Entry Figure 13 17 Touchtone Entry Pad ga 5 After completing the call touch the End Call key 13 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 13 5 3 Answering a Phone Call An incoming phone call will generate a pop up announcing the call When a call is accepted the pop up will show that the call is connected and the cumulative call time will be shown 1 When an incoming call is available touch the Enter key or the ANSWER key to answer the call Or press the Ignore key to not answer the call and hang up om Wal Touch To Ignore Touch To Answer Ph
183. dustry performance standards and is supported through a global network of Garmin Aviation Distributors About This Guide Take a little time to review the various sections of this guide to familiarize yourself with it First read this section and the Getting Started section as an introduction to quickly get you started with the GIN The other sections are not meant to necessarily be read in order but provide detailed information on the subject they contain as you need them Do take the time to review the information before using the product to assist you in getting the most out of your avionics Generally a feature will be described in a section that provides a briet description a graphic functional diagram and step by step procedures If read cover to cover sequentially the information may seem repetitive The guide is designed as a reference where you will generally skip around the document learning about a particular feature or function after becoming familiar with the unit 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide xxi Foreword A GARMIN Conventions The GTN display dynamically tailors the number and position of the controls for each function and are engaged by merely touching them Touch Touch the key with your finger Foreword Drag Touch the list or location on the map with your finger Continue lightly holding your finger to the display surface and drag your finger in the intended direction to sc
184. e 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 57 A GARMIN 11 4 5 FIS B PIREPs Pilot Weather Reports PIREPs provide timely weather information When significant weather conditions are reported or forecast Air Traffic Control ATC facilities are required to solicit PIREPs A PIREP may contain non forecast adverse weather conditions such as low in flight visibility icing conditions wind shear and turbulence PIREPs are issued as either Routine UA or Urgent UUA The update rate is approximately every 20 minutes While viewing the FIS B weather page touch the Menu key to select the PIREP choice Touch the PIREP key to toggle PIREPs on or off 3 Touch a weather information symbol to view details for that item Routine PIREP Symbol Blue Touch For Details PIREP Details Urgent Routine Extents Figure 11 78 PIREP Information Detail and Legend 4 Touch the Back key to remove the detailed information 5 Touch the PIREP key again to turn it off 11 58 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 4 6 FIS B Winds and Temperatures Aloft Winds and Temperatures Aloft data shows the forecast wind speed direction and Temperature at selected altitudes Altitudes can be selected in increments from the 1 000 feet up to 53 000 feet The update rate is every 12 hours 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Wind Temp Aloft key ComiN
185. e Flight Plan Catalog page touch the desired flight plan to select it The Route Options menu will be displayed 2 Touch the Invert amp Activate key and then touch OK The selected flight plan will be inverted and activated reer E Replace current active route Figure 4 38 Touch OK to Invert and Activate the Selected Flight Plan 3 The Active Flight Plan page will now be displayed 4 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 4 3 5 3 Catalog Route Option Preview 1 While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page touch the desired flight plan to select it The Route Options menu will be Gettin displayed 2 Touch the Preview key A map view of the flight plan and Xodr Cr list of the waypoints will be displayed Flight Plan Waypoint List Flight Plan Map Preview Figure 4 39 Flight Plan Preview 3 Touch the Back key to return to the Flight Plan Catalog Wot Info 4 3 5 4 Catalog Route Option Edit 1 While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page touch the desired flight plan to select it The Route Options menu will be displayed sa 2 Touch the Edit key The flight plan will be displayed Make any changes necessary by touching the desired waypoint and using the Waypoint Options heen Selected Waypoint sees Touch To Edit 1200 Flight Plan Figure 4 40 Use Waypoint Options to Edit the Selected Flight Plan 3 Touch the Back key to return to the Flight Plan Catalog
186. e Home page touch Map to reach the Map page and then touch the Menu key Map Overlay Selections Most Map Menu vap lt Touch To Edit Map Setup Map ali Touch and Drag Finger To Overlay c M a P ELU p Adjust Map Detail Level Map Data Fields Touch To Edit Map Data Fields Corners Change Restore l Data Fields Defaults Return Map Menu Settings To Least Default Values Figure 8 3 Map Menu 2 Touch the key for the desired option to access its settings 3 Touch the Back key to return to the Map page Any changes made will be retained until changed or the Restore Defaults key is touched 8 1 1 Map Overlays Map Overlays are layers of information that are referenced to geographic location and are overlayed on the base map A green bar will appear below the Map Overlay key text when the overlay is selected except for Airways A NOTE Map overlay keys do not turn on or activate equipment necessary for the overlay to function Map overlay keys may remain available even if the information necessary for the overlay is not available For example the Radar overlay key is available even if the radar is turned off 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 3 A GARMIN 8 1 1 1 Topo The Topo Data option selects whether the colored topographical features are Getting displayed Traffic Land Data Terrain and Obstacles will still be displayed even are With Topo Data turned off Xpdr Ctrl Ea 1 While
187. e Level Figure 9 23 TCAD Traffic 2 Touch the arrow keys to raise or lower the TCAD Traffic Audio level The selected volume will be shown as a percentage value and graphically with a bar graph 3 Touch the Back key to return to the TCAD Control menu Bech 9 6 3 2 Field Elevation rd eet 1 While viewing the TCAD Control menu touch the Field Elevation key Field Elevation Touch To Manually a TEF Touch To Automatically l anii Select The Destination DEST APT Set Field Elevation i Airport Field Elevation Figure 9 24 TCAD Traffic Field Elevation Selection eae 2 With the Use DEST APT key deactivated no green bar touch the Field Elevation key to manually select the Field Elevation for traffic reporting Use the keypad to select the elevation value 3 Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value The selected value will be shown in the Field Elevation key 4 Touch the Use DEST APT key to automatically use the field elevation of the destination airport of the active flight plan for traffic reporting A NOTE Activating the Use DEST APT feature automatically uses the elevation for the current destination airport for the TCAD If no destination airport is present in the GTN system the TCAD will not receive a field elevation and therefore not automatically enter approach mode 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 27 A GARMIN 9 6 2 3 Baro 1 While viewing the TCAD Contr
188. e Tire Ane of crit Phase of Flight Weather Signal Strength Bars Satellite Numbers o Ps see Tracked Acquiring q Satellite Satellite not and used for Satellite acquired nored ready for use position fix used for position fix and has differential corrections Figure 15 7 GPS Status Page ea 2 If desired touch the SBAS key to select an SBAS provider The SBAS list is based on the Aviation database See the Satellite Based Augmentation System section later in this section for deta s symbols 3 Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 7 A GARMIN As the GPS receiver locks onto satellites a signal strength bar appears for each satellite in view with the appropriate satellite number 01 32 SBAS satellites will have higher numbers underneath each bar The progress of satellite acquisition is shown in three stages Graph Symbol Description No signal strength bars The receiver is looking for the satellites indicated The receiver has found the satellite s and is collecting data The receiver has collected the necessary data but the Yellow signal strength bars satellite is not being used in the position solution as it has been excluded Cross hatch cyan signal The receiver has found the satellite s but it has been Grey signal strength bars strength bars excluded by the FDE program as a faulty satellite Solid cyan signal strength
189. e Voice Call Outs Selection option on the System Audio page A NOTE VCOs are available down to 100 feet above terrain when HTAWS is installed and use GSL above terrain to generate callouts no radar altimeter required Ifa radar altimeter is interfaced to the GTN alerts are available down to 50 feet and the height above terrain when the radar altimeter is used to generate the callouts To select the Voice Call Out choices in the System Audio page select the Voice Call Out Selection item and then select the desired value 1 From the Main page touch System and then Audio 2 Touch the Voice Callouts key to view the Voice Callouts page Audio Volume Bar Graph System 4 Audio Audio Volume Numeric Value Touch To Adjust Audio Volume Touch To View Female ais Touch To iM Maximum Select Alert To j Voice Pass Voice Callouts Figure 10 8 Select Voice Callouts from the System Audio Page 3 Touch the MAX Voice Callout key to select the Voice Callouts 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 33 Terrain A GARMIN Touch To Set Maximum Voice Jb System Voice Callouts MAK Vote Callsut None Callout Range S00 FI P Maximum Voice 00 FI Callout Range None Selected 400 Fy Figure 10 9 View the Maximum Voice Callout Range None Selected 4 The values above the selected value will be disabled Off Ja System Voice Callouts Touch To Set Maximum Voice Callout Range 200
190. e aircraft altitude Black Figure 17 4 HTAWS Altitude Color Correlation 17 6 Basemap Symbols Symbol Description Interstate Highway mema a ti mie Ce ste Ce wench e mw OOOO Table 17 8 Basemap Symbols 17 7 Map Tool Bar Symbols Description Terrain Proximity Enabled and Available Indicator Terrain Proximity Enabled and Not Available Indicator 17 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Symbol Description StormScope Enabled igi Within coverage of a TIS B ground station when connected to a GDL 88 ae Not within coverage of a TIS B ground station when connected to a GDL 88 Traffic Enabled and Available Indicator Traffic Enabled and Not Available Indicator Table 17 9 Map Tool Bar Symbols 17 8 Miscellaneous Symbols Description t Single Engine Je Business Jet 2 Blade Rotorcraft 3 Blade Rotorcraft 4 Blade Rotorcraft 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 17 7 A GARMIN Description Non directional ownship is shown if there is no heading or ground track This typically only occurs during start up In helicopters without a heading source the non directional ownship symbol will also appear below 15 kts O0 o Parallel Track Waypoint fF Restricted Prohibited Warning Alert EEO E TFR Temporary Flight Restrictions o Class B Airspace m User Waypoint Table 17 10 Miscellaneous Symbols 17 9 Stormscope Symb
191. e approach For this reason the GTN 6XX unit requires no special operations from the pilot other than flying the procedure turn itself beyond what is required for any other type of approach Roll steering is provided to aircraft with compatible autopilots 6 6 Flying the Missed Approach Upon reaching the Missed Approach Point the GTN 6XX unit continues to give guidance along an extension of the final course segment FAF to MAP until you manually initiate the missed approach procedure as mentioned in reference T to the SUSP advisory A NOTE Ifthe unit is not configured for a CDI key then the activate GPS missed approach will only resume automatic waypoint sequencing The user must switch to GPS navigation if desired by using their external source selection method this is typical an EFIS system 1 When the MAP is reached a pop up will appear Missed Approach Waypoint Reached Automatic Waypoint Sequencing Suspended Figure 6 21 Pop Up Upon Reaching the MAP Touch the Remain Suspended key to continue with sequencing suspended or touch Activate GPS Missed Approach for guidance to the Missed Approach Hold Point The Activate GPS Missed Approach function is the same for the onscreen controls or a remote switch This function can be selected using the MENU button on the flight plan page when the aircraft is between the FAF and the MAP Once selected the GTN will continue to provide guidance along t
192. e automatic waypoint sequencing The user must switch to GPS navigation if desired by using their external source selection method this is typical an EFIS system 1 The navigation source is shown in the center of the annunciation bar at the lower part of the display CDI Display Touch CDI Touch To Edit FPL Key To Toggle Navigation Touch To Access Source Map Page GPS Level Navigation Touch OBS Of Service Source Key To Toggle Annunciation OBS Mode Figure 8 40 Navigation Source Selection 2 Touch the CDI key to toggle between sources Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 85 obs E The OBS key is used to select manual or automatic sequencing of waypoints OBS selection is available on the Default Navigation page Touching this key selects OBS mode which retains the current active to waypoint as your navigation reference even after passing the waypoint i e prevents sequencing to the next waypoint Touching the OBS key again returns to normal operation with automatic sequencing of waypoints Whenever OBS mode is selected you may set the desired course To From a waypoint using the pop up window on the GTN 6XX or with the external OBS selector on your HSI or CDI For leg types that do not support OBS this key will be shown as a SUSP key This key will then also function as an Unsuspend key for legs that auto suspend such as holds missed approaches etc NOTE In dual GTN
193. e the satellites that should be in view The GPS receiver is in 3D navigation mode and 3D Nav l computes altitude using satellite data 3D Diff Nav The GPS receiver is in 3D navigation mode and differential corrections are being used The LOI Loss Of Integrity annunciator bottom left 0 corner of the screen indicates that satellite coverage is insufficient to pass built in integrity monitoring tests Table 15 3 GPS Signal Messages The GPS Status Page also indicates the accuracy of the position fix using Horizontal Figure of Merit HFOM Vertical Figure of Merit VFOM and Estimated Position Uncertainty EPU HFOM and VFOM represent the 95 confidence levels in horizontal and vertical accuracy The lowest numbers are the best accuracy and the highest numbers are worse EPU is the horizontal position error estimated by the Fault Detection and Exclusion FDE algorithm in feet or meters A NOTE Operating outside of an SBAS service area with SBAS enabled may cause elevated EPU values to be displayed on the satellite status page Regardless of the EPU value displayed the LOI annunciation is the controlling indication for determining the integrity of the GPS navigation solution A NOTE The FDE Prediction program is used to predict FDE availability This program must be used prior to all oceanic or remote area flights for all operators using the GTN as a primary means of navigation under FAR parts 91 121 125 and
194. e viewing the Nearest function touch the User WPT key A list of the nearest 25 User waypoints within 200 NM will be listed Necrest User Waypor Wot identifier ha Me ahe 4 Distance and MMR Curent Poston t User Wot roth a Figure 12 13 Nearest User Waypoint 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list STIOHN 3 Touch the Nearest User Waypoint Identifier key to show Gi the Waypoint Info page for the selected User waypoint Delete Wpt Distance amp Bearing Identifier Symbol Eero aTe ii 5 Bs To Wpt From amp References PECSI SROOGO i E Current Position Edit Wot See Wot 2 Hi Nearest Touch To View AIET CE Area Map View All Wpts Wots Used Figure 12 14 Nearest User Waypoint Information 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 12 7 A GARMIN 12 7 Nearest Airspace The Nearest Airspace Page alerts you to as many as nine controlled or special use airspaces near or in your flight path Alerts are provided according to the following conditions e If your projected course will take you inside an airspace within the next ten minutes the alert message AIRSPACE ALERT Airspace entry in less than 10 minutes appears The Nearest Airspace Page shows the airspace as Airspace Ahead e Ifyou are within two nautical miles of an airspace and your current course will take you inside the message AIRSPACE ALERT Within 2nm of airspace appears The Nearest Airsp
195. ect Reference Wots 1 18 A GARMIN select the desired identifier Touch the upper Radial key and use the numeric keypad to select the desired value Touch the Enter key When finished with all selections touch the Create key to create the new waypoint Waypoint Location Based on Radial and Distance 1 2 From the Create User Waypoint page touch the Position key and then the Radial Distance key Touch to Select Distance Values Touch to Select Radial Values Figure 7 26 Waypoint Info Create User Waypoint Type Radial Distance From the Create User Waypoint page touch the Ref Wpt key and use the alphanumeric keypad to select the desired identifier Touch the Radial key and use the numeric keypad to select the desired value Touch the Distance key and use the numeric keypad to select the desired value Touch the Enter key Touch the Create WPT key to save the new waypoint Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 8 MAP K The Map page is used to provide situational awareness in flight The Map page can display the following information e Airports NAVAIDs airspace Flight plan legs airways land data highways cities lakes rivers borders etc with names Topography scale Topography data e NEXRAD or Precip Weather Opt e Terrain Overlay e Wind direction and speed Icons for enabled map features e Aircraft icon with the n
196. ect from Arrival List 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 5 A GARMIN 4 Touch the Transition key and then touch the key for the desired transition Touch To Select Transition Figure 6 11 Select from Transition List 5 Touch the key for the desired Runway if necessary The completed Arrival page will be displayed pe mae BROGAN Touch To Display Touch To Select _ Arrival List For The nt Info Airport KMDM Mol Selected Airport Touch To Select Touch To Display Transition Runway List For The Selected Arrival Touch To Preview Arrival Touch To Load Arrival Into Wot List And Map The Active Flight Plan Figure 6 12 Completed Arrival Page NOTE If the selected runway is depicted as RW10B for instance this means both runways 10L and 10R ka 6 Touch the Preview key A preview of the Arrival and the Sequence List will be displayed EMOR HE Pe 4 ALI Sequence List E o For The Selected Arrival system Arrival Diagram Touch To Load Arrival Figure 6 13 Arrival Map Preview and Sequence List 7 Touch the Load Arrival key to insert the arrival into the flight plan The Active Flight Plan page will be displayed 6 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Touch To Select GETE oo Or Remove K Arrival gels i BAFA Scroll To View aE Flight Plan Touch To Edit FS With Departure Waypoint 14 ft Waypoints Figure 6 14 Flight Plan With Arriv
197. ed NEXRAD 11 54 Connext weather 11 32 Contacts 13 20 Continental US NEXRAD 11 53 Controlled airspace 8 32 12 8 Controls 1 4 CONUS 11 53 Conventions xxil 1 2 Copy flight plan 4 20 County warnings 11 7 11 17 Creating a flight plan 1 17 4 2 Creating user waypoints 7 15 8 26 Crossfill 1 12 1 13 15 21 CTAF 7 8 Customer service i 13 3 Customizing maps 8 8 Cycle number 1 6 8 34 Cyclone 11 7 11 20 D Database 1 3 3 5 3 15 8 34 10 1 10 2 10 18 11 43 15 3 15 4 18 9 18 11 Databases 1 3 1 6 Database verification 1 7 Data card 1 3 Data link 9 3 11 39 Data Link Receiver troubleshooting 13 9 Index 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Data request 11 35 Date 8 34 14 10 14 12 15 5 15 18 Date Time 18 16 DCLTR soft key 8 22 Dead reckoning 1 19 Declutter 8 19 Delete flight plan 4 21 Demo mode 18 14 Density altitude 14 23 Departures 6 2 10 16 Departure time 14 9 Destination proximity 15 24 Direct To 1 5 1 14 5 1 Direct To Fol Wpt 5 3 Direct To Nrst Airport 5 4 Distance 8 10 DME 17 1 DME Arc 6 12 Don t sink 10 14 10 17 Dual installation 1 13 E Echo tops 11 7 11 13 Edit flight plan 4 19 8 27 Edit FPL data fields 4 16 EGNOS 15 10 Emergency frequency 3 10 ENR 6 2 EPU 15 7 15 9 European airways 8 17 Excessive descent rate alert 10 14 10 15 Expiration time 11 39 Extended squitter 2 9 External LRU 15 11 F Facility name 12 10 12 11 12 12 Failed text message 13
198. ed Traffic EE Non Directional Alerted Traffic Directional Alerted Traffic ES Off Scale Directional Alerted Traffic E Non Directional Surface Vehicle E Directional Surface Vehicle Table 17 7 ADS B Traffic Symbols Symbols 17 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 17 4 Terrain Obstacle Symbols Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Height is less than Height is less Height is greater Height is greater than 1000 ft AGL than 1000 ft AGL than 1000 ft i 1000 ft AGL Figure 17 1 Obstacle Altitude Color Correlation Potential Impact Point gt gt Projected Flight Path es 100 ft eee Unlighted Obstacle Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude Black Figure 17 2 Terrain Altitude Color Correlation 17 5 HTAWS Obstacle Symbols Obstacle is at or above the aircraft altitude Red Obstacle is between 250 ft and 0 ft below the aircraft altitude Yellow Obstacle is 250 ft or more below the aircraft altitude Gray Figure 17 3 HTAWS Obstacle Altitude Correlation 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 75 Symbols A GARMIN Terrain is more than 250 ft above the aircraft altitude Red errain is between 0 ft and 250 ft above the aircraft altitude Orange Terrain is between 250 ft and 500 ft below the aircraft altitude Green Terrain more than 500 ft below th
199. eisensacesdondivetaensaceidenstdebsensacendeisias 11 53 11424 NEXRAD a sccscctscsvesenepensdetasenrseuepesssess isressdnsarsaetuacssterspasedehe 11 53 UA WDB ERS scteraeeecatece RE eee wets tector eeess 11 56 11 4 4 FHS B WIE GING zoeken seacuseeutatetapnsaceteenentelasetacutiesetatanntacetesnsctt 11 57 UT ele Be PUTRI ern eer deg steep spe eeu sr cores eee A tree 11 58 11 4 6 FIS B Winds and Temperatures AlOtt ccccccscsecsecseeeees 11 59 11 4 7 FIS B SIGMETS and AIRMETs cccscsessesssessssrsereeees 11 60 12 NCAR CSU ssi seers ce sauinecacenetw snipe taseunet inne cious unievasieceubendiamesneeaaacanveest 12 1 12 1 Select a Nearest Page ccccccccccsscsscsecsscssscsessessessesssessessessesssesseseseaees 12 2 12 2 Nearest PND ON crseccececatsesernsapacoeesarascracepacorarartesgaceceveraresasape specersceacat 123 12 3 Nearest Intersection INT oc ecccecessccccceececeeeceeeseeeeesenneeeesseenteeeeeeeees 12 4 12 4 Nearest VOR cccesscssssecssscssssesssessnesssneessensesensesseessnesesensessnteseatess 12 5 M2 INGA SU IN en E E a 12 6 12 6 Nearest User Waypoint c cccccccssssessssessscesseesesseesseessseeesensessneess 12 7 12 Neare AOI Oieee erer es ou E EE EE 12 8 Pe cme e E A E en ee ee eT 12 10 12 9 Nearest Flight Service Station FSS cccscscsecsessecsssecssecseesseeseees 12 11 12 10 Nearest Weather Frequency WX FreQ c ccccccssecsecscsssssscsesseeseeseeees 12 12 13 SONVICES MUSIC serosa rsateereneenen
200. em Status Page Description Serial amp System ID Figure 15 4 System Status Functional Diagram 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 3 A GARMIN 15 1 1 Serial Number and System ID The System Status section shows the unit Serial Number and the System ID k 1 While viewing the System page touch System Status 2 Touch the Back key to return to the System page A r k 15 1 2 Version Information The software versions of the GIN unit are displayed This information is useful when contacting Customer Support 1 While viewing the System Status page touch the Version Information key to view more detailed information about the software versions inside the GTN unit Homan Information 7 00 4 0 8 0 01 58 Internal Software Versions 6 0 Figure 15 5 System Status Version Information 2 Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page 15 1 3 Database Information The System Status page lists the name of the database its version and expiration date 1 While viewing the System Status page touch the Database Information key to view more detailed information about the Database versions inside the GTN unit Figure 15 6 System Status Database Information 15 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 2 Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page NOTE The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databas
201. emuseineneens 18 1 TOM MNOS SA cece cect ov eaneannsecqeeuio osnsat see osetorsuntauess otsie E 18 1 18 2 SD Card Use and Databases o oo eceecsceceestseeeensreeeeeneeesenteeeeentneeess 18 9 18 2 1 Jeppesen Databases cccccscscscsecsececsessesssesesseeneeeee 18 10 18 2 2 Garmin Databases Pre Pe 18 11 18 3 Demo 0 6 lt a ne ne ee RIEKA N i 18 14 18 4 Glove Qualification Procedure c ccccssssccssssscsscesssssccsecsesstareesesaas 18 17 DEMON AE E E AE EEA Index 1 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide XIX Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index A GARMIN Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic This page intentionally left blank Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index XX Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Welcome Welcome to the GTN era of navigation The Garmin GTN supports airway navigation and flexible flight planning including arrival and departure procedures and precision approaches All of these advanced features are easily accessed with an easy to use touchscreen display another first for general aviation You can be confident in knowing that this product has been designed to meet or exceed in
202. en a Map Orientation Bar Indicates e Selected Product Touch Legend Key Touch Keys To Display Legend To Scroll List w Of Products ieaes Touch And Drag Menu To Scroll List Of Products Figure 11 5 Weather Data Link Menu 3 Once you selected what items you want to display touch BACK to return to the Data Link Weather page 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 3 A GARMIN 11 1 2 Weather Legend The Legend key displays a pop up legend of the currently used weather products _ 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Legend i key Legend Of TT Touch Legend And Selected Weather Legend gE ms w Slide Finger Up And Products E bere Down To Scroll Legend Touch To Select W a EUW Touch Up And Down Close Legend Keys To Scroll Legend Figure 11 6 Weather Legend Display 2 Touch the Legend area of the display and while maintaining light pressure against the display drag your finger up or down to scroll through the legend display for the selected weather products or use the Up Down keys 3 Touch the Back key to remove the Legend 11 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E GARMIN NEXRAD Surface Fronts Cloud Tops Echo Tops WEXARAD Frants Cloud Taps ujira Aa Hire Pare Lan City Forecast SIGMET AIRMET Freezing Levels METAR City Forecast SIGMET AIRMET Freeging Levels FT uriny Ran Ss SIGMET 2000 2000 talimi SEMET TEE AD e a ROIO q TE
203. epay ange Pi Weather Selected Airway Display Range Nearest Services Music Utiliti Figure 8 26 Select Airway Display Range HITIES 4 Touch the Airways key to select the desired Airways Off Low High or All System Messages Par Low Airway Grey Symbols High Airway Green Appendix Figure 8 27 Navigation Map Airways Index 8 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 8 1 2 6 Traffic Optional The Traffic group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you to customize the display of traffic on the Map page The Traffic function requires the installation of the appropriate traffic device Only one traffic source can be configured for the GTN and this traffic source will be overlaid on the main map Coverage follows the airplane In the Navigation Map page setup you can select the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown Once outside of the selected range traffic will be decluttered The default values are shown in bold type Traffic Selection Display Result Range 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM Traffic All Traffic Alerts amp Advisories Alerts Only Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings Table 8 5 Map Page Traffic Display Options 8 1 2 7 Weather Optional The Weather group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you to customize the overlay of the available weather informatio
204. es 15 24 15 4 7 3 Airspace Alert Options xacuscasosancsersacencaveoancsessadensswncanesassaneas 15 25 oa U eN a E E A A 15 26 Ea a U eo EE 15 26 15 5 2 Setting a User Configured Manual Nav Angle 04 15 27 15 5 3 Position Format SOlOCU ON iaca cniensnecsnastecinsexvocnnstetiarceccne 15 28 15 6 Ownship OUI GS ssceacacnscrerosntaze six osptiopanntiuesentstinsivetaunssentatonentainseentate 15 30 he 2 ae 00 Ce een E EET 15 31 15 8 Backlight Settings arenicrnireininri pia i ne 15 32 1e Mesage E nau seematecicuapanetvemaritcinastenatte 16 1 E E E E E E A 17 1 171 Map Page SYmMDOlS eee meee eee E EEE EN 17 1 17 2 Sate Tani SVG Sisazencer deccsrtizeaseelGacreaetdnernexibenvesctanenuerieemsctinemnes 17 2 PW AMG SIMON sa E E E 17 2 17 4 Terrain Obstacle Symbols sc cassscsinceenxstendsessiucoseustedensstecdameseeadinesinckeeeats 17 5 17 5 ATAWS 0 TCI MACOS sacra crac acanertacrscessacenapse artuczesacieestoacaoee wecisae 17 5 17 6 Baseman SVM 00S seisis anise nE E niari 17 6 17 7 Map TOOMBS MPO Siersccscsscascadecscsenececsuesdessenranceatancdesseiwatsrstoendercstess 17 6 17 8 Miscellaneous Symbols soteorseeeceysecaserse gence scteorseatierieusoatsteine ps eieaes 17 7 xviii Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 17 9 Stormscope MMO O S sacaeresteatsensaucscestsnteausig pesestuctesspesctaseete lt dtaubidenreens 17 8 TG PINK scree sasatgencics cere neuaascnstonssaerasepeseniiargensqiecmneneiesiaa
205. es comes from government agencies Garmin accurately processes and cross validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data The following databases are stored on Supplemental Data Cards provided by Garmin e Terrain The terrain database contains terrain mapping data It is updated periodically and has no expiration date Approximately one minute is required to verify the rotorcraft terrain database on start up Obstacles The obstructions database contains data for obstacles such as towers that pose a potential hazard to aircraft Obstacles 200 feet and higher are included in the obstacle database The rotorcraft database includes all reported obstacles regardless of height It is very important to note that not all obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not be contained in the obstacle database This database is updated on a 56 day cycle Obstacles will still be shown after the database has expired SafeTaxi The SateTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports These diagrams aid in following ground control instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft position on the map in relation to taxiways ramps runways terminals and services This database is updated on a 56 day cycle SafeTaxi will still be shown after it has expired Basemap The Basemap database contains land and water data such as roads boundaries rivers and lakes Aviation The Na
206. essages is generated e TAWS System Test OK not given if the aircraft is on the ground e TAWS System Failure TAWS information can be displayed on the Map page Terrain and obstacles with heights greater than 200 feet Above Ground Level AGL are displayed in yellow and red The GIN 6XX adjusts colors automatically as the aircraft altitude changes 360 Arc Flight Plan Legend TAWS Inhibit Test TAWS Figure 10 5 TAWS Page Functional Diagram 10 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 3 6 Displaying TAWS Data TAWS uses yellow caution and red warning to depict terrain and obstacles alerts relative to aircraft altitude Colors are adjusted automatically as the aircraft altitude changes The colors and symbols shown below are used to represent terrain obstacles and potential impact points Potential Impact Point Com Nav rf Projected Flight Path p e t a ISES J 100 ft i Unlighted Obstacle Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude Black Figure 10 6 Terrain Altitude Color Correlation for Terrain Proximity Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Potential Impact Terrain ae Alert lt 1000 ft gt 1000 ft lt 1000 ft gt 1000 ft gains Color Obstacle Level AGL AGL AGL AGL Location Terrain Obstacle at or within 100 ft WARNING below current Red aircraft altitude earest Terrain Obstacle between 100 ft and CAUTION 1
207. est and Fuel Setting page appears check to ensure that the CDI HSI outputs and other displayed data are correct on the external interfaced equipment 3 Touch each of the Fuel value keys and set the appropriate values as desired Fuel capacity is shown in either gallons or pounds as set in the Units feature of System mode Touch To Set Current Fuel Start Up Quantity Instrument Panel Test Touch To Set Conditions Fuel Flow Touch To Continue To Home Page Figure 1 12 Instrument Panel Self Test amp Fuel Settings Page 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 7 A GARMIN Ece 4 When the Fuel on Board value is selected touch the Fuel on Board key to display the Fuel on Board values Touch the Full or Tabs keys to display those values after they have been set Started bs Touch To Touch To i Display Fuel Display Fuel Full Capacity Tabs Capacity Touch To Set mm Fuelan Boars mE Touch To Fuel Full or Tab ite wae 02227 LB Delete Capacity Characters Touch Keys To Select Fuel Touch To Capacity Values Accept Fuel on Board Values Selected Fuel on Board Capacity Figure 1 13 Fuel On Board Page 5 Touch the Set Full Tabs key to set the fuel values for Fuel Full Capacity and Fuel Tab Capacity After setting the fuel values touch the Back and then the Enter keys to return to the Instrument Panel Self Test page Touch To Set Fuel Full Capacity Fuel Capacity Setup Touch T Touch To Re
208. evation but also when the aircraft is projected to come within minimum clearance values of the terrain This alerting called Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance FLTA is also provided for obstacles The FLTA functionality looks ahead of the aircraft using GPS position information and the terrain and obstacle databases to provide alerts when the predicted flight path does not clear the terrain or obstacle by the required clearance The amount of clearance required varies depending on position relative to airports and heliports in order to reduce the occurrence of nuisance alerting Any potential impact points are depicted on the display There are 2 levels of severity for FLTA alerts They are cautionary amber and warning red in nature and are described in further detail below FLTA CAUTION Estimated potential impact in approximately 30 seconds after a caution pop up alert and annunciation FLTA caution alerts are accompanied by the aural message Caution Terrain Caution Terrain Similarly a Caution Obstacle Caution Obstacle alert is also provided The time to an alert can vary with conditions therefore there is no guarantee of a 30 second caution alert being issued FLTA WARNING Warning pop up alerts are issued 15 seconds prior to an estimated potential impact in normal mode and approximately 10 seconds in RP Mode FLTA warning alerts are accompanied by the aural message Warning Terrain Terrain Similarly a Warn
209. ey again to turn it off Winds Aloft 5OKT 101 SKT L l Wind direction is towards point Figure 11 35 Winds Aloft Legend 11 24 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 1 17 Icing The Icing product provides information about the current icing environment and where it may occur between 1 000 feet and 30 000 feet in 3 000 foot increments Supercooled Large Droplets SLD Icing provides an alert to the potential for freezing rain due to the presence of large supercooled water droplets SLD data is shown between 1 000 feet and 30 000 feet in 3 000 foot Increments 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Icing Icing Potential SLD Threat Shading 7 Present Position Selected Icing Altitude Touch To Select Icing Altitude Figure 11 36 Icing Touch the WX Aloft ALT or keys to increase or decrease the reporting altitude of icing in 3 000 foot increments The selected altitude is shown in a window above the altitude keys Touch the Icing key again to turn it off Icing Potential Light Moderate Severe Extreme SLD Threat Figure 11 37 Icing Legend 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 25 A GARMIN 11 1 18 Turbulence The Turbulence product provides information about the potential for erratic movement of air at high altitudes Conditions are reported at altitudes between 21 000 and 45 000 feet in 3 000 foot increments 1
210. fer to the appropriate Traffic Advisory System s Pilots Guides for a detailed discussion of the respective traffic advisory system The type of traffic systems that is installed is described by the Traffic Page keys If a Traffic Advisory System TAS is configured a TRF Status and ALT Filter key will be displayed A NOTE Pilots should be aware of TAS system limitations TAS systems require transponders of other aircraft to respond to system interrogations If the transponders do not respond to interrogations due to phenomena such as antenna shading or marginal transponder performance traffic may be displayed intermittently or not at all Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent indication Pilots should remain vigilant for traffic at all times WARNING The Traffic Advisory System TAS is intended for advisory use only to aid the pilot in visually acquiring traffic No avoidance maneuvers should be based solely upon TAS traffic information It is the responsibility of the pilot in command to see and maneuver to avoid traffic A Traffic Advisory System TAS enhances flight crew situational awareness by displaying traffic information for transponder equipped aircraft The TAS also provides visual and aural traffic alerts including voice announcements to assist in visually acquiring traffic When the TAS is in Operating Mode the unit interrogates the transponders of int
211. ffic fan Aircraft Position Active Flight Plan Leg oe Figure 8 38 Aircraft Navigates on Edited Flight Plan to New Waypoint NOTE Parallel track will be cancelled when graphically editing a flight Nearest plan 8 3 3 2 Adding a Waypoint to the End of an Existing Flight Plan o 1 Touch the Map page display The Map Mode selection keys Bue will appear Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key Te 2 Touch a waypoint that you want to add to the end of the flight plan Messages IE 3 Touch the Done key to accept the changes and return to the Map page Symbols Appendix Index 8 28 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 8 3 3 3 Removing a Waypoint from an Existing Flight Plan roreword 1 Touch the Map page display The Map Mode selection keys will appear Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key al 2 Touch waypoint or airway on the flight plan that you want to remove Xpdr Ctrl 3 Drag the flight plan line away from the waypoint or airway E and release the line The waypoint will be removed from the flight plan m i 4 Touch the Done key to accept the changes and return to the Map page Direct To 8 3 3 4 Creating a Flight Plan Without an Existing Flight Plan 1 Touch the Map page display The Map Mode selection keys will appear Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key Wot Info 2 Touch a waypoint on the map to set the first waypoint in the Fue Map flight plan It there are several nearby wayp
212. fier key to show the Waypoint Info page for the selected airport aa Airport Information Referenced To Current Position Touch A Key For More Airport Information Figure 12 4 Nearest Airport Waypoint Info 4 Touch one of the keys Map Procedures Runways etc for more intormation about the selected airport 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 12 3 A GARMIN 12 3 Nearest Intersection INT The Nearest Intersection Page displays the identifier symbol bearing and distance to the 25 nearest intersections within 200 NM of your present position Ey 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the INT key A list of the nearest 25 Intersections within 200 NM will be listed wn Vol amp Nearest intersection Dis Et EL Slider Indicates More Intersection BEQJI aT Items On The List Identifier sed SA mw 7FMAD Intersection NUSA Information YECTU TEE Arrow Indicates More SN USA 3 se Items On The List FE Figure 12 5 Nearest Intersection List HM 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list OLDIF my ag Touch Screen And Drag gt 33 80 Finger To View More ZIMV i i Items On The List Touch Arrows To View WEGUK f aw USA More Items On The List Figure 12 6 Scrolling Down the Nearest Intersection List 3 Touch the Intersection Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info page for the selected Intersection Intersection Information Referenced To Current Po
213. fly to indicate that it is active for editing The standby frequency in blue is active for editing by the large and small right knobs Method 1 Select a Nav Com frequency using the small and large right rotary knobs 1 Turn the large right knob to select the desired megahertz MHz value For example the 119 portion of the frequency sewices a 19 30 Music 2 Turn the small right knob to select the desired kilohertz utilities kHz value For example the 30 portion of the frequency 119 30 System 3 Touch the Com or NAV window to Tlip flop the Active and Standby frequencies You can also press and hold the small right knob to transfer the standby frequency to the active window 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 15 Getting Started A GARMIN Method 2 Select a Nav Com frequency using the numeric keypad 1 Touch the Standby window A pull down keypad will appear with the current Standby trequency highlighted 2 Touch the numeric keys to add the desired values and touch Enter to accept the displayed value and place it into the Standby window i 3 Touching the XFER key will place the selected trequency directly into the Active window To transfer the standby frequency to the active frequency 1 Touch the Active top frequency window Active Com Frequency Touch to Flip Flop IRERE Standby Com Frequency Figure 1 21 Com Radio Frequency Windows Touch Active to
214. for editing Nav Ident Is Active Nav Standby Channel Highlighted To Indicate It Is Active for Frequency Selection Figure 3 23 Nav Standby Frequency Window is Active Nav audio volume is adjusted using the Volume knob Turn the Volume knob clockwise to increase volume or counterclockwise to decrease volume 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 13 Com Nav ao 3 5 2 A GARMIN Nav Tuning Window Nav frequencies are selected with the tuning cursor in the standby Nav frequency field and using the small and large right knobs to dial in the desired frequency The keypad may also be used for frequency entry after touching the Standby window The standby frequency always appears below the active frequency The active frequency is the frequency currently in use NOTE Tuning is normally active in the Com window unless placed in the Nav window by pressing the small right knob When the tuning cursor is in the Nav window it automatically returns to the Com window after 30 seconds of inactivity The active frequency in either window cannot be accessed directly only the standby frequency is active for editing To select a VOR localizer ILS frequency 3 14 Touch the small right knob momentarily to make the Nav Standby frequency value active for editing The window will be highlighted momentarily 2 Turn the large right knob to select the desired megahertz MHz value For example the
215. for the pilot to relate storm activity to airports NAVAIDs obstacles and other ground references NOTE StormScope data is displayed on the Map Page only if aircraft heading is available 1 On the Home page touch the Map key 2 Touch the Menu key 3 Touch the StormScope key to enable StormScope lightning display on the Map page Repeated touches toggle between Off Cell and Strike NOTE The selected lightning display type cell or strike will be shown the same on both the StormScope and the Map pages NOTE The GTN will display StormScope data with or without a heading source If no heading source is available the display will indicate this by placing HDG N A in the upper right portion of the display If no heading is available the pilot must clear the strikes after each heading change 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 31 A GARMIN 11 3 Connext Weather Connext Weather is an optional feature available with the Iridium satellite system that is interfaced through the optional Garmin GSR 56 Connext Weather may be viewed in the Weather and Map functions The Weather pages may be oriented to either Track Up Heading or North Up Both Connext and XM Weather may be installed and selected individually Connext Weather coverage is available throughout most of Europe Canada and the U S Additional radar coverage areas are being added continuously Menu PRECIP Lightning IR Satellite
216. ft ron 1 While viewing the Map Menu touch Map Overlays key and then the Terrain Map Overlay key to toggle the view of Terrain data Red Terrain At or Within 100 ft below Aircraft Altitude Yellow Terrain Between 100 ft and 1000 ft below current aircraft altitude ee ee con Shows Terrain Overlay ay ll Is Active Figure 8 6 Map Menu Terrain Map Overlay On Selection 2 The colors of the terrain are referenced to your aircraft altitude 8 1 1 4 NEXRAD Optional The NEXRAD menu option allows the display of NEXRAD Precip weather information overlayed on the Map page Terrain and NEXRAD Precip weather may not be displayed at the same time Selecting one will disable the other NEXRAD Precip weather is an optional feature that requires the installation of a GDL 69 69A GDL 88 or GSR 56 and an appropriate Weather subscription Only one weather source can be displayed at a time i e FIS B and XM cannot be displayed on the map simultaneously See the Weather section for more detail ree While viewing the Map Menu touch the NEXRAD Map Overlay key to toggle the view of NEXRAD weather data Oy Hy Ee z EnF H r NEXRAD Product Age NEXRAD Weather a i a2 E r nok fe 1 2 i Kil fris Pte Bie JRM i Figure 8 7 Map Menu NEXRAD Map Overlay On Selection 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 5 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Into
217. ft Selected MAK Voice Calti A rF Off Maximum Voice 300 f Off Callout Range 200 feet Selected 200 FI On Figure 10 10 View the Maximum Voice Callout Range 200 ft Selected 10 4 15 HTAWS Not Available Alert Garmin HTAWS requires a 3 D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums Should the navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area the annunciation HTAWS N A is shown in the annunciation window When the GPS signal is re established and the aircraft is within the database coverage area the HTAWS N A annunciation is removed 10 4 16 HTAWS Failure Alert HTAWS continually monitors several system critical items such as database validity hardware status and GPS status If the terrain obstacle database is not available the aural message HTAWS System Failure is issued along with the HTAWS FAIL annunciation 10 34 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 4 17 HTAWS Alert Summary The aural alert voice gender is configurable to be either male or female See your Garmin installer for further information on configuring the alert system HTAWS Annunciation HTAWS INHB TERRAIN OBSTACLE RP HODE 190 01004 03 Rev E Pop Up Alert ATAWS System Faure None None Aural Message None HTAWS Not Available HTAWS not available Caution Terrain
218. ft must be on the ground and Traffic Status must be in Standby tet 1 Touch the Test key to activate the test function in the Traffic equipment 2 The unit will return to normal operation mode after the test process is successfully completed 9 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 9 5 1 4 Motion Vector When Absolute Motion Vectors are selected the vectors extending from the traffic targets depict the target reported track and speed over the ground When Relative Motion Vectors are selected the vectors extending from the traffic targets display how the traffic target is moving relative to your aircraft These vectors are calculated using the traffic targets track and ground speed and your aircrafts track and ground speed These two values are combined to depict where the traffic target is moving purely with respect to your aircraft and give a forecast of where the traffic target will be relative to your aircraft in the near future Motion Vector Type Selected Vector Type Absolute fielative of Wot Into Figure 9 12 Traffic Motion Vector Type Selection A NOTE Absolute motion vectors are colored either white or cyan Relative motion vectors are always green The annunciation on the bottom of the dedicated traffic page indicates which vector type is selected and their length ADS B and TCAS Status and Altitude Filter Map Touch To View Orientation Traffic Menu een ca te Traffic M
219. fter each turn 11 2 3 Changing the StormScope Display View The Lightning Page displays either a 360 or a 120 viewing angle 1 While viewing the Weather StormScope page touch MENU 2 Touch the 360 or Arc to select the display view ETA i _ Bieil l 200 re Figure 11 45 StormScope 360 and Arc Display Views NOTE Cell mode uses a clustering program to identify clusters of electrical activity that indicate cells Cell mode is most useful during periods of heavy storm activity Displaying cell data during these periods frees the user from sifting through a screen full of discharge points and helps to better determine where the storm cells are located 11 30 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 2 4 Changing the StormScope Data Display Range StormScope data can be displayed on the Map page 2000 NM zoom scale but the data only goes out as far as the StormScope can report 200 NM The 500 NM zoom scale will display all lightning data Scales greater than 500 NM do not display any additional StormScope data 1 While viewing the StormScope page touch the In and Out keys to display a larger or smaller area 11 2 5 Displaying StormScope Data on the Map Page The Map Page displays cell or strike information using yellow lightning strike symbology overlaid on a moving map This added capability improves situational awareness which in turn makes it much easier
220. g the test results e HTAWS System Test OK if the system passes the test HTAWS System Failure if the system fails the test NOTE HTAWS System Testing is disabled when in the air so as not to impede HTAWS alerting 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 25 A GARMIN 10 4 4 7 HTAWS Legend 1 While viewing the Terrain HTAWS page touch MENU 2 Touch the Legend key to toggle the legend on or off The green bar will show when the Legend is active 3 Press Back to return to the Terrain HTAWS display Figure 10 5 HTAWS Terrain Legend Color Description Red oo Terrain is more than 250 ft above the aircraft Terrain is between 0 ft and 250 ft above the aircraft Terrain is between 250 ft and 0 ft below the aircraft Terrain is between 250 ft and 500 ft below the aircraft Terrain is more than 500 ft below the aircraft Table 10 6 HTAWS Terrain Altitude Color Description Terrain Terrain is more than 250 ft above the aircraft altitude Aircraft Altitude 250 ft SER iro Altitude Aircraft Altitude 250 ft Terrain is between 250 ft and 0 ft Orange g above the aircraft altitude Terrain is between 0 ft and 250 ft Yellow below the aircraft altitude Terrain is between 250 ft and 500 ft Green below the aircraft altitude Aircraft Altitude 500 ft Black Terrain more than 500 ft below the aircraft altitude Figure 10 6 HT
221. ghtly from the actual equipment NOTE This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft latitude is greater than 75 North or 60 South NOTE This product its packaging and its components contain chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer birth defects or reproductive harm This notice is being provided in accordance with California s Proposition 65 If you have any questions or would like additional information please refer to our web site at www garmin com prop65 NOTE Canadian installations In accordance with Canadian Radio Specifications Standard 102 RSS 102 RF field strength exposure to persons from an antenna connected to this device should be limited to 60 V m for controlled environment and 28 V m for uncontrolled environment Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN NOTE Do not use SafeTaxi or Chartview functions as the basis for ground maneuvering SafeTaxi and Chartview functions do not comply with the requirements of AC 20 159 and are not qualified to be used as an airport moving map display AMMD SafeTaxi and Chartview are to be used by the flight crew to orient themselves on t
222. ground stations is the responsibility of the oo FAA Refer to the Aeronautical Information Appendix Manual for a Terminal Mode S Radar Site Map covering the U S ley 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 7 A GARMIN A NOTE TIS will be unavailable at low altitudes in many areas of the U S particularly in mountainous regions Also when flying near the floor of radar coverage in a particular area intruders below the client aircraft may not be detected by TIS TIS information is collected one radar scan prior to the scan during which the uplink occurs Therefore the surveillance information is approximately five seconds old In order to present the intruders in a real time position the TIS ground station uses a predictive algorithm in its tracking software This algorithm uses track history data to extrapolate intruders to their expected positions consistent with the time of display in the cockpit Occasionally aircraft maneuvering will cause this algorithm to induce errors in the display These errors primarily affect relative bearing information and traffic target track vector it will lag intruder distance and altitude will remain relatively accurate and may be used to assist in see and avoid Some of the more common examples of these errors follow e When client or intruder aircraft maneuvers excessively or abruptly the tracking algorithm may report incorrect horizontal position unt
223. h WARNING Do not use VCALC messages as the only means of either avoiding _ Senices terrain obstacles or following ATC guidance VCALC provides advisory gt information only and must be used in concert with all other available navigation data sources Utilities 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 3 A GARMIN Target Altitude Altitude Type MSL Above Wpt Restore Defaults VS Profile Offset Before After Display Messages Target Waypoint Figure 14 4 VCALC Page Functional Diagram pay 1 From the Utilities page touch VCALC Traffic Before After Target Waypoint Target Waypoint Altitude Type Desired Target ae Desired Altitude Vertical Speed Desired Distance From Target Offset Vertical Speed E VCALC Status Required For ee Message Target ALT At Services Offset Micic USIC System PT 14 4 Figure 14 5 VCALC Page 2 Select the VCALC items as necessary to set up parameters for the next waypoint Touch the Back key when finished Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 14 1 1 Target Altitude This sets the desired ending altitude for the VCALC setup iza 1 While viewing the VCALC page touch Target ALT Target Altitude Backspace Key Selected Altitude x 1 e ag F Li Fey lt J Numeric Keypad Touch Enter Or Press Small Knob To Save Number Figure 14 6 Select VCALC Target Altitude 2 Use the numeric keypad to
224. hange the altitude volume Select the desired altitude volume by touching the BELOW NORMAL ABOVE or UNRESTRICTED keys The selection is displayed in the Altitude mode field Altitude Filter Selected Altitude Filter Figure 9 20 Traffic Altitude Filter Selection 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 25 A GARMIN Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range 9900 ft to 2700 ft 2700 ft to 2700 ft 2700 ft to 9900 ft All Traffic Shown Table 9 14 Displayed Traffic Range 9 6 3 TCAD Control Menu The TCAD Control Menu allows control over the settings for the TCAD Tratfic display Traffic Menu TCAD Contro Select TCAD Control Menu Moton Vector Vector Duration Altitud fa EN i ite Figure 9 21 TCAD Traffic Menu reat ararat 1 While viewing the Traffic menu touch the TCAD Control key Select Field Elevation TCAD Control Set Traffic Audio Traffic Field ETE Bare Volume Audio Elevation iad Activate Ground lneno un Select Approach Operation Opcrate aig RAPETE Mode Set Armed or Active Select Ground Mode Figure 9 22 TCAD Control Menu 2 Touch the desired key from the menu to make any settings 9 26 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 9 6 3 1 Traffic Audio Prt ads 1 While viewing the TCAD Control menu touch the Traffic Audio key Trame udi Touch To Lower The Volume Touch To Raise The Volume Bar Graph Showing Volum
225. hat providing monitoring and or self test capability for all conceivable system failures is not practical Although unlikely it may be possible for erroneous operation to occur without a fault indication shown by the GTN 6Xx It is thus the responsibility of the pilot to detect such an occurrence by means of cross checking with all redundant or correlated information available in the cockpit WARNING The altitude calculated by GPS receivers is geometric height above Mean Sea Level and could vary significantly from the altitude displayed by pressure altimeters such as the output from the GDC 74A B Air Data Computer or other altimeters in aircraft GPS altitude should never be used for vertical navigation Always use pressure altitude displayed by pressure altimeters in the aircraft WARNING Do not use outdated database information Databases used in the GIN 6XX system must be updated regularly in order to ensure that the information remains current Pilots using an outdated database do so entirely at their own risk WARNING Do not use basemap land and water data information for primary navigation Basemap data is intended only to supplement other approved navigation data sources and should be considered as an aid to enhance situational awareness Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN WARNING Traffic information shown on the GTN 6XX is provided as an aid in visually acquiring traffic Pilots must m
226. he external SD card Terrain and TAWS functions will be unavailable If terrain coverage is desired in the area load appropriate coverage area on the external SD card ChartView FlightCharts and Terrain databases will not be accessible by the unit Contact dealer for service Reinsert SD card Contact dealer for service 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Message Description Action DATALINK The GTN is configured Contact dealer for service GDL 88 is for a Garmin datalink inoperative or GDL 88 and the GTN connection to GTN cannot communicate is lost with the datalink Data trom the datalink will not be available DATALINK GDL 88 is not able Contact dealer for service GDL 88 ADS B to transmit an ADS B failure Unable to message due to a transmit ADS B failure with the GDL 88 messages system or antenna s DATALINK The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service GDL 88 ADS B detected a fault with fault one of the GDL 88 UAT 1090 antennas DATALINK The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service ADS B fault UAT detected a UAT receiver receiver fault DATALINK The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service ADS B fault 1090 detected a 1090 receiver receiver fault DATALINK The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service GDL88 ADS B is detected a position not transmitting input fault position Check GPS devices DATALINK The GDL 88 has lost Contact dealer for service GDL88 control communicat
227. he active flight plan Terrain Overlay Flight Plan Obstacles maar Terrain PSE ae TF Legend TAWS B Annunciation Figure 10 8 Flight Plan and Legend Shown On Terrain Page 10 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 3 7 2 Terrain Page View Select the 120 Arc or 360 rings overlay for the Terrain page with either the 360 or Arc keys from the Menu 1 While viewing the Terrain page touch the Menu key 2 Touch the 360 or Arc key 10 3 7 3 Terrain Page TAWS Selections The TAWS selections allow you to inhibit aural TAWS alerts and to send a request to the TAWS equipment to run its internal tests After cycling power TAWS will no longer be inhibited 1 While viewing the Terrain page touch the Menu key 2 Touch the TAWS Inhibit key to toggle the inhibiting of TAWS ie Terrain alerts Terrain Menu Test TAWS Only TAWS Alerts Inhibited Available on Ground TAWS Inhibited lt a Annunciation F Hem Figure 10 9 TAWS Alerts Inhibited Selected 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 11 A GARMIN Presta 3 Touch the Test TAWS key to test the TAWS system This function is not available when the aircraft is in the air Ee THEE WF CH 25001 a TAWS Test 134 2 Display TAWS Test Annunciation Figure 10 10 TAWS Test Selected 10 3 8 TAWS Alerts Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set
228. he airport surface to improve pilot situational awareness during ground operations NOTE This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC limits for Class B digital devices This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications Furthermore there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by relocating the equipment or connecting the equipment to a different circuit than the affected equipment Consult an authorized dealer or other qualified avionics technician for additional help if these remedies do not correct the problem Operation of this device is subject to the following conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 190 01004 03 Rev E To obtain accessories for your unit please contact your Garmin dealer Help us better support you by completing our on line registration form today Registration ensures that you will be notified of product updates and new products and provides lost or stolen unit tracking Please have the serial number of your unit handy connect to our web site www garmin com and look for our
229. he final approach course Upon reaching the MAP the unit will automatically sequence to the first leg of the missed approach This is used when a pilot needs to execute the missed approach prior to reaching the MAP 6 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 6 7 Flying an Approach with a Hold Upon activating an RNAV GPS approach you are given the option to skip _ _ any non required holding patterns during the initial transitions of the approach starec The Default NAV Page and Flight Plan Page displays a timer or distance as appropriate during the holding pattern Use this timer or distance to fly the outbound portion of the holding pattern The holding pattern is displayed on the Map Page and indicated as the active leg on the Default NAV and Active Flight Plan pages Com Nav A NOTE If you need to lose extra altitude or speed by going around the holding pattern again touch SUSP to manually suspend waypoint sequencing BEFORE crossing the holding waypoint the second time If you ve already passed this waypoint re activate the holding pattern As you cross the MAP a SUSP annunciation will appear indicating that automatic sequencing of approach waypoints is suspended at the MAP A from indication is displayed on the CDI and Default NAV Page but course guidance along the final approach course continues 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 11 A GARMIN 6 8
230. he level of service available for your particular subscription The Weather Products section lists the products available for your particular subscription Wore tne 1 While viewing the External LRUs page touch More Info for Touch To View GDL Status Menu Touch To View Weather Products eso 2 the GDL LRU Data Radio ID amp Signal Level naai e o COA Stus Audio Radio ID E KUSAAOMO TETT amp Signal Level E a n Lav deren Ss a8 bh SW Version and 0 aviator GAD Serial Number 4 Figure 15 11 GDL 69 Status Page Touch the Menu key to display the GDL 69 Status Menu ap i STHY 1200 Figure 15 12 GDL Status Menu Touch the Lock Activation key if this is for the initial subscription or a change in the subscription Touch the OK key to continue the operation LOCK ACTIVATION 1h Shaul be done on yi for the Aital or a change of subarr ptian Continue OK Figure 15 13 Loc Activation Touch the Back key to return to the GDL Status page Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Ea 5 Touch the Weather Products key to display the weather products subscription status Weather Product List Xpdr Ctr j Weather Com Nav Gam Product Legend Figure 15 14 GDL 69 69A Status FPL 6 Touch the Back key to return to the System page Beck 15 3 2 GDL 88 Status The GDL 88 Status page displays information about the status of the GDL 88 Wot info Status Description
231. he new Direct To System course 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 5 3 A GARMIN ee Direct To a Nearest Airport 1 Press the Direct To key on the lower right side of the unit 2 Touch the NRST APT tab on the left side of the Direct To NAST APT window The nearest 25 airports within 200 NM will be listed The airport at the top of the list is the nearest airport To review the other nearest airports touch the Up and Down keys to Ep scroll through the list ae Touch List And Drag Finger To Scroll List Proc Nearest Airport List Arrows Indicate More Items On The List Nearest Tab Wot Info Figure 5 6 Direct To Nearest Airport Selection 3 Touch the desired airport to select it The selected airport will be displayed in the Waypoint page Direct To Waypoint Activate Direct To Course Press Small Knob To Activate Direct To Wpt Figure 5 7 Selected Direct To Nearest Airport 4 Touch the Activate key or press the small right knob to activate the selection symbols 5 The Map page will now be displayed with the new Direct To course 5 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 5 4 Removing a Direct To Course san When a Direct To course is cancelled the previously active flight plan will be reactivated and the nearest leg to the aircraft position will become the active leg started It there was no active flight plan after cancelling the Direct To
232. he numeric keypad to select the course and then touch the Enter key Selected M Backspace Course Key Numeric 7 Keypad Figure 5 2 Direct To Course Selection pouty Wot Info 5 Touch the desired waypoint and touch the Activate key or press the small right knob Waypoint E Tab Waypoint oa R Detail Pam i Ms Activate Direct To Course Press Small Knob To Activate Direct To Wot Touch To Select A Specific Course Figure 5 3 Direct To Selection 6 The Map page will now be displayed with the new Direct To course 5 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 5 2 Direct To a Flight Plan Waypoint 1 Press the Direct To key on the right side of the unit gt 2 Touch the FPL tab on the left side of the Direct To window FPL Flight Plan o Waypoint List Com Nav Flight Plan Tab Touch Waypoint FPL Key To Select Direct To Figure 5 4 Direct To Flight Plan Leg Selection 3 Touch the leg of your flight plan you want to use The Direct To Proc Waypoint page will display information about the selected flight plan waypoint Wot Info Waypoint Tab Touch To Select ug Waypoint Detail A Specific Course Touch To Activate Direct To Nav To This Waypoint Weather Figure 5 5 Selected Direct To Flight Plan Leg Touch the Activate key or press the small right knob to activate the selection 4 VIUSIC a 5 The Map page will now be displayed with t
233. he pilot after being prompted during the approach procedure After enabling outputs the GIN 6XX will provide guidance information consistent with what the autopilot expects i e angular CDI scaling and glideslope capture for an LPV or other vertically guided GPS approach Touch To Activate Autopilot Outputs Prompt To Activate Autopilot Outputs Figure 6 23 Prompt To Activate Autopilot Outputs 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 17 A GARMIN Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic This page intentionally left blank Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 6 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 7 WAYPOINT INFO ste etting The Waypoint Info function allows you to view information about the selected 2 waypoint The Waypoint Info page can be reached from the Home page selected from a flight plan or selected from the Nearest page Waypoint info Touch The Key To Display Waypoint Type N Yrrnr 1O Figure 7 1 Waypoint Info Page Wot Info 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 1 342315 Mesodwaj Sid pey IdM Jay Isiq elpey pey 1d joy jeipey jelpey u07 27 GARMIN u01 e ad UOILSOd JUaWWO MalNad JWEN SINVLON IVIL 1529904 sJe1a e1eq XM Saduanbal4
234. he weather information shown by the data link weather product may be significantly older than the indicated weather product age 11 50 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 4 1 FIS B Operation Weather data reception time is shown in the upper right corner of the screen An indicated time shows if the aircraft is currently within reception coverage of a ground station with weather broadcast capabilities The ground system determines the weather coverage area and extent of data that is transmitted by each ground station The GDL 88 can display weather from multiple ground Stations Com Nav 1 From the Home page touch the Weather key on the Home page and then touch the FIS B Weather key if necessary A oan gon i Age Of Selected Weather Products NEXRAD Touch or To Selection Select Map Range Figure 11 69 FIS B Weather Page NEXRAD Key Shown 2 While viewing the FIS B weather page touch the Menu key to contigure the Data Link Weather page Touch NEXRAD FIS B Weather Menu Weather Layers Key Io Select Off NEXRAD ae CONUS Regional Hee Pamuk aan or Combined es Weather Overlay Irieritation esc NEXRAD Map Orientation Wind Temp Nearest Aloft Touch Keys To Select Weather SIGMET Product Green Bar AIRMET Indicates Selected Product Touch Legend Key To Display Legend Figure 11 70 FIS B Weather Data Link Menu 3 Once you selected what items you want to display
235. hile viewing the System page touch the Audio key Volume Level Touch The Arrow Keys To Adjust Click Volume Touch To ae Touch To Select TAWS Only Voice Callouts Optional Figure 15 47 Audio Setup Selection Touch the Arrow keys to adjust the Key Click Volume 2 a 3 Touch the Male or Female key to select the audio voice type 4 When HTAWS is installed a Voice Callouts option may be available Touch the Voice Callouts key to select the Max Voice Callout value NOTE VCOs are available down to 100 feet above terrain when HTAWS is installed and use GSL above terrain to generate callouts no radar altimeter required If a radar altimeter is interfaced to the GTN alerts are available down to 50 feet and the height above terrain from the radar altimeter is used to generate the callouts ee 5 Touch the MAX Voice Callout key to select the value Ja System Voice Callouts MAX Veice Calisut Touch To Select System 200 FI Max Voice Callout 400 F 300 FI Touch To Select 200 FI On Voice Callout Value Figure 15 48 Select Voice Callout Value 6 Touch Back when complete 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 31 A GARMIN 15 8 Backlight Settings The backlighting of the display and bezel keys can be adjusted automatically or manually The default setting automatic backlighting adjustment uses photocell technology to automatically adjust for ambient lighting conditions Photocel
236. hout having to constantly search for new stations Based on signals from satellites coverage far exceeds land based transmissions SiriusXM Satellite Radio services are subscription based For more information on specific service packages visit http Avww garmin com xm Audio entertainment is available through the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service when activated in the optional installation of the GDL 69A The GTN unit serves as the display and control head for your remotely mounted GDL 69A When enabled the SiriusXM Satellite Radio audio entertainment is accessible in the Music function The information on the SiriusXM Satellite Radio display is composed of four areas the Active Channel Available Channels Category of the highlighted channel and the Volume setting The Active Channel window shows the Channel Name and Number Artist Song Title and Category Channel XM 1 GDL 69 XM 2 Status Select with XM 3 keypad Channel Up Down Category Mute Figure 13 3 Music Functional Map 13 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 13 2 Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services The service is activated by providing SiriusXM Satellite Radio with either one or two coded IDs depending on the equipment Either the Audio Radio ID or the Data Radio ID or both must be provided to SiriusXM Satellite Radio to activate the entertainment subscription The SiriusXM Satellite Radio Activation Inst
237. i AE EE E E EES 7 6 7 2 4 RUNWAYS ccccccceececseececseeeeeseeeecsneeeecseeeseseeeecseeeecseeessneeessneeessas I 1 2 5 FreEgUENCIES correre arr 7 8 7 2 6 Weather WX Data ccccccceccccecsccecceeececeeeceeneeeeecesnaeeeesenneaees 7 9 1 2 1 FG WO e A E 7 9 Intersection INT sess eecctcsaioectiecentsstecs oteeiouavdestuns vivctessadastereidastexeetcateres 7 10 VOR aena EAA AE A AE 7 11 PUI ets ee ese gees ee E E E E A ne seu ce E See eee secre A 7 12 User Va OONI SUS ese sceetesetcechecauccoter a vaechaewiecereweeetavwereiesreeteeees 7 13 7 6 1 Select User Waypoint By Name cccccesecscsesesssecseeteeeeeees 7 14 7 6 2 Select User Waypoint From A List ccccescscsesesceceeseeeeeees 7 14 7 6 3 Edit User Way DOIN cesce5 ce3tuasesnsauedssedecseestaueseteddexdeestanedatetees 7 14 7 6 4 Delete User Waypoint cccccccccscsscsscsssssscessessesssssseseeseeeen 7 14 Fa Create VV AV OOIING ssarccesianansanian siersnmaransiarenniceabnatgncatioasGorkiactamet 7 15 1 1 1 Waypoint Location Based on Lat Lon Coordinates 0 7 16 1 1 2 Waypoint Location Based on Two Radials ccccscsceeesseteeeseees 7 17 1 1 3 Waypoint Location Based on Radial and Distance csccecsseeeee 7 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 8 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 6 8 9 9 1 BY scence aes genre EE VII N rR E E E 8 2 8 1 1 NVA OW AIAN e N 8 3 PS TO 00 ec eee ee ee eee eee eee ee 8 4 eE PRINS ES 8
238. ic TAS Operating Operate TAS Standby Standby TAS Failed TAS Fail Table 9 9 TAS Modes If the unit fails an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Page Data is not being received from the TAS unit Data is being received from the TAS unit but the unit is self reporting a failure Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit Table 9 10 TAS Failure Annunciations 9 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of maps on which traffic can be displayed Traffic Status Banner Description Annunciation System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory Annunciation indicates distance in NM altitude separation in hundreds of feet and altitude trend arrow climbing descending Traffic data has failed Data is being received trom the transponder but a failure is detected in the data stream Traffic has not been detected Table 9 11 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 17 A GARMIN 95 ADS B Traffic ADS B technology is an important part of the FAAs Next Generation Air Transportation System NextGen allowing for enhanced safety efficiency and the ability of the system to handle greater numbers of aircraft ADS B In allows a properly equipped aircraft to access FAA
239. ic to helicopters and HTAWS The databases required are e 2 5 arc second Terrain Database e Helicopter Obstacle Database e Helicopter Navigation Database 10 4 8 Database Updates Terrain and obstacle databases are updated periodically with the latest terrain and obstacle data Visit the Garmin website to check for newer versions of terrain obstacle databases Compare database cycle numbers to determine if a newer version is available The database update process includes either reprogramming or Teff replacing the database card and inserting the updated card in the card slot on the unit front panel The terrain obstacle database may be downloaded via the internet and the card reprogrammed using a USB programmer available from Garmin Contact Garmin at 866 739 5687 or at www garmin com or http fly garmin com for more information To update your terrain obstacle databases 1 Prepare the card with new terrain data 2 Turn off the power to the unit 3 Remove the old terrain data card and insert the new card into the unit 4 Turn on the unit and verity that the HTAWS system passes self test 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 29 Terrain A n GARMIN 10 4 9 Terrain Database Areas of Coverage The following describes the area of coverage available in each database Regional definitions may change without notice Database Coverage Area AE E E Latitudes 0 to N90 Longitudes W180 to W30 E E
240. ier and type name city and region the lat lon coordinates of the airport and the bearing and direction arrow and distance to the airport from your present position The center area shows the airport elevation fuel availability and time zone 1 While viewing the Waypoint Into page touch the Airport key 2 Touch the Info key to display available information for the airport e Loar o l r Psh Sq ETWIF Information r oe n KTWF Public T ity Joslin Fld Magic Valley Reg ype Twin Falls ID NW USA i Elevation 4154 F Airport _ Avaactiet N 42 28 91 Airport Information W114 29 26 Lat Lon Time UTC 7 Figure 7 5 Waypoint Info Airport Page 1 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 7 2 2 Preview Foreword The Waypoint Info Airport Preview page provides detailed information about the selected airport a 1 Touch the Preview tab to view a map of the airport andy cy surrounding area 2 Use the In and Out keys to zoom in and out on the Preview Com Nav map FPL Touch amp Move Finger While Pressing To Pan Map Airport Preview Area Map Direct To Proc Touch To Zoom Wot Info Map i lia Figure 7 6 Waypoint Info Airport Map Page 3 You may touch the map window and while pressing the display drag your finger to move the map view a raltic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages
241. ifiers surface type lighting with Pilot Controlled Lighting Map PCL trequency runway size and traffic pattern direction are shown Traffic ca 2 Touch the Runway key to select a runway from the list Touch P i errain the desired runway to select it select Runway Weather 07 25 Nearest Services Music Utilities System Figure 7 10 Waypoint Info Airport Runway Selection 3 Touch the PCL key to load the PCL frequency into the Com Messages Standby location Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 1 A GARMIN 7 2 5 Frequencies 1 Touch the Frequencies tab to view details about available aes frequencies for the selected airport 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to view additional frequencies as needed A c symbol in a white circle will appear next to frequencies that also function as the Common Traffic Advisory Frequency CTAF cC Indicates CTAF Airport asyan Identifier City put ee ee amp Airport Type Tower Frequency Name irion Touch And Drag iii To Scroll mano Touch For More Departure Touch Information dejar utari To Scroll Touch Frequency Key To Load Into Com Standby Figure 7 11 Waypoint Info Airport Frequency List Page 3 Touch the Frequency key next to the frequency name to load it as the Com or Nav standby trequency depending on frequency type 4 Some frequencies have more information available and will indicate tha
242. il the maneuvering aircraft stabilizes e When a rapidly closing intruder is on a course that crosses the client aircraft course at a shallow angle either overtaking or head on and either aircraft abruptly changes course within 0 25 NM TIS may display the intruder on the opposite side of the client than it actually is These are relatively rare occurrences and will be corrected in a few radar scans once the course has stabilized 9 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 9 3 6 TIS Alerts When the number of Traffic Advisories TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next the following occur A single Traffic voice alert is generated e A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the bottom of the display flashing for 5 seconds and remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area To reduce the number of nuisance alerts due to proximate aircraft the Traffic voice alert is generated only when the number of TAs increases For example when the first TA is displayed a voice and visual annunciation are generated As long as a single TA remains on the display no additional voice alerts are generated If a second TA appears on the display or if the number of TAs initially decreases and then subsequently increases another voice alert is generated Weel A Traffic Not Available TNA voice alert is generated when the TIS service becomes unavailable or is out of
243. ill support your flight planning to make them easier and more efficient The Vertical Calculator VCALC calculates the time to begin descent and vertical speed required to reach a desired altitude at the chosen location The Flight Timers feature provides a number of timer types to assist in monitoring your time in flight RAIM Prediction predicts if GPS coverage is available for your current location or at a specified waypoint at any time and date RAIM performs checks to ensure that the GTN unit has adequate satellite geometry during your flight The Trip Planning feature allows the pilot to view desired track DTK distance DIS estimated time en route ETE en route sate altitude ESA and estimated time of arrival ETA information for a direct to point to point between two specified waypoints or for any programmed flight plan The Fuel Planning feature will display fuel conditions along the active direct to or flight plan when equipped with fuel flow FF and or fuel on board FOB sensors The DALT TAS Winds feature performs calculations about Altitude Airspeed and Winds The Clean Screen function will lock the touchscreen so the display can be cleaned without activating any functions Figure 14 1 Utilities Home Page 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 1 Urner Proc GARMIN paeds punold DAH Adl iyl Sv OuVvd LIV peyedipu ejeq andwo paeds punoly MO 4 jan4 pieog uo Jany p Id
244. ilometer region The exact location of the lightning is not displayed 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Lightning key Lightning Strikes Product Age Present Position Figure 11 28 Lightning Yona 2 Touch the Lightning key again to turn it off Lightning Strike Figure 11 29 Lightning Legend 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 21 A GARMIN 11 1 15 Weather Forecast The Weather Forecast data provides Surface Analysis and City Forecast information for current and forecast weather conditions The Surtace Analysis forecast shows frontal lines indicating weather fronts and the direction they are moving High and Low pressure centers are noted with a large H or L A Cold Front is a front where cold air replaces warm air A blue line with blue triangles will point in the direction of cold air flow A Warm Front is where warm air replaces cold air A red line with red half moons will point in the direction of the warm air flow my 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Wx Forecast key City Forecast Symbol Weather Front Surface Analysis 7 ari TBT 2 ha fa borri ri i Lil Figure 11 30 Surface Conditions 2 Touch the desired Surface Forecast time Current 12 Hour 24 Hour 36 Hour or 48 Hour to display the desired information Touch And Drag Slider To Scroll Selections Touch To Select Time Touch To Scroll Selections Figure 1
245. ilot not to be a factor to the safety of the operation A HTAWS caution alert indicates terrain or obstacle nearby If possible visually locate the terrain or obstacle for avoidance A HTAWS warning alert may follow a HTAWS caution unless the aircrafts path towards the terrain or obstacle is changed NOTE Display of terrain and obstacles on the display is supplemental data only Maneuvering solely by reference to the terrain and obstacle data is not recommended or authorized 10 36 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 WEATHER Weather data are displayed by the Weather function when an optional weather source is installed The Wx Weather pages may be oriented to Track Up Heading Up or North Up When more weather products are installed a key for each product will be shown Touch the key for the desired weather product When a single weather product is installed touching the Weather key will go directly to the Weather page Touch To Select Desired Weather Product Figure 11 2 Weather Page Functional Diagram WARNING Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in near or around areas of hazardous weather Information contained within data link weather products may not accurately depict current weather conditions A NOTE Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight Restriction TFR information Always confirm TFR information through official sources
246. in GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 5 Appendix Katt Appendix PA PC PDA P POS PTK QTY R RAIM RAM REF REQ REV RMI RNG RNWY ROC RT RTC SBAS SCIT SD SFC SIAP SID SIGMET SLP SKD SMBL SPD SRVC SVC STAR STATS STBY STD SUA SUSP 18 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Proximity Advisory personal computer Premature Descent Alert Present Position parallel track quantity right right runway Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring random access memory reference required reverse revision revise Radio Magnetic Indicator range runway Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance right Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Satellite Based Augmentation System Storm Cell Identification and Tracking Secure Digital surface Standard Instrument Approach Procedures Standard Instrument Departure Significant Meteorological Information slip skid symbol speed service Standard Terminal Arrival Route statistics standby standard Special Use Airspace suspend 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN SW SYS 7 TA TACAN TAF TAS TAS TAT TAWS TCA TCAS TEMP TERM TFR T HDG TIS TMA Topo Track TRK TRSA UNAVAIL USR UTC UTM UPS V Vspeed VAR VFR VHF VLOC VMC VNAV VNV VOR 190 01004 03 Rev E software system true Traffic Advisory Tactical Air Navigation System Terminal Aerodrome Forecast True Airspeed Traffic Advisory
247. in page with either the 360 or Arc keys from the Menu 1 While viewing the Terrain page touch the Menu key 2 Touch the 360 or Arc key Yellow Terrain Is Between 100 ft and 1000 ft Below The Aircraft Altitude Heading Annunciation Aircraft GSL Value 120 Arc Outline trem GPS Derived Inner Arc Range Red Terrain Is Active Flight Above Or Within 100 ft Below The Aircraft Altitude Plan Leg Terrain Type Figure 10 4 Terrain 120 Arc View Traffic f Terrain Scale Terrain 10 2 1 2 Display Flight Plan on Terrain Page Select the display of the active flight plan on the Terrain page Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the display of the active flight plan on or off Fiight Plan 10 2 1 3 Display Terrain Legend Select the display of the Terrain Legend on the Terrain page Touch the Legend key to toggle the display of the Terrain Legend on or off Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E 10 4 A GARMIN 10 2 2 Terrain Limitations Terrain Proximity displays terrain and obstructions relative to the altitude of the aircraft The displayed alerts are advisory in nature only Individual obstructions 2 may be shown if available in the database However all obstructions may not be available in the database and data may be inaccurate Terrain information should be used as an aid to situational awareness Never use this information for navigation or to maneuve
248. ing Obstacle Obstacle alert is also provided The time to an alert can vary with conditions therefore there is no guarantee of a 15 10 second warning alert being issued The alerts are annunciated visually through the annunciator status bar a pop up alert box and the red and yellow Xs on the HTAWS page The alerts are annunciated aurally through a voice message indicating the potential threat such as Caution Terrain Terrain or Warning Obstacle Obstacle 10 4 13 Voice Call Out Aural Alert The purpose of the Voice Call Out aural alert messages are to provide an advisory alert to the pilot that the aircraft is between 500 feet and 100 feet above terrain in 100 foot increments When the aircraft descends within the selected distance from the terrain the aural message for the selected height above terrain is generated There are no display annunciations or pop up alerts that accompany the aural message 10 32 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 4 14 Voice Call Out Selection The Voice Call Out VCO selection is available when HTAWS is installed The VCO functionality provides a voice annunciation of the aircrafts height above terrain or the nearest airport heliport runway or helipad when that threshold is first crossed The available call outs include Five Hundred through One Hundred in one hundred foot intervals The voice call outs can be enabled and disabled through th
249. ing KONP and dragging it to an area without any waypoints Pan and zoom in out as necessary to accomplish the task Insert KSPB between KMMV and BTG by dragging the Same Worse leg between KMMV and BTG to KSPB Table 18 3 Tests Not Required for Glove Qualification Appendix 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 19 A GARMIN Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic This page intentionally left blank Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 18 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN INDEX Symbols 3D navigation 15 9 A Abbreviations 7 13 About this guide xxi Above Ground Level 10 8 Acquiring satellites 15 7 15 9 Activate flight plan 4 18 Activate leg 4 5 Activating XM 13 3 Active flight plan page 4 4 Active leg 4 5 6 11 6 12 6 15 Add User frequency 3 8 ADF 18 1 ADIZ 8 23 ADS B 2 7 9 18 Age 11 6 11 39 Aircraft symbol 8 1 AIREP 11 27 AIRMETs 11 7 11 16 11 39 11 47 11 50 11 60 Airport beacon 17 2 Airport diagram 15 5 Airport frequencies 7 8 Airports 11 57 Airspace 12 8 Airspace altitude buffer 15 25 Airways 4 9 8 4 8 18 8 23 Alerts 1 12 9 9 10 2 10 12 10 13 10 15 10 18 15 24 ALT 14 23 Altimeter ii 10 7 Altitude 6 11 10 1 15 7 15 8 Altitude buffer 15 24 Altitude Display M
250. ing the HOME key will open the Detault Navigation page from any other page HOME Figure 1 5 HOME Key 1 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E Page Or Function Name Touch The Key To Access The Function Getting Started Touch Arrow Or Touchscreen And Drag Finger To Scroll Xpdr Ctrl Screen For More Keys FPL Figure 1 7 Home Page On The GTN 625 Without Transponder Wot Info 1 3 2 4 Direct To Key The Direct To key provides access to the direct to function which allows you to enter a waypoint and establishes a direct course to the selected destination T lerrain Figure 1 8 Direct To Key 1 3 2 5 Touchscreen Keys Touchscreen keys are placed around the display The keys vary depending on Nearest the page selected Touch the key to perform the function or access the described information ences Octau Yavigation Touch To View Menu Items 187m 118 112 Utilit Touch To View Messages 140Kr 119 01 20 foom T KIGKE EPUL Touch To View Previous Page Touch To Select CDI Source Touch To Toggle OBS Symbols Figure 1 9 Touchscreen Key Control Example Default Nav Page 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 5 Getting Started A GARMIN 1 4 Unit Power Up The GIN 6XX System is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly from electrical busses The GTN 6XX and supporting sub systems include both power on and conti
251. insert WPT Afte infe Touch Key To Arter ane Select Option Berite PROC Remove Figure 4 8 Active Flight Plan Wpt Options 2 Touch one of the options to perform the selected action Cancel the option selection by touching the Back key 4 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 4 2 1 1 Activate Leg The Activate Leg option allows you to change the active leg of a flight plan 1 On the Waypoint Options menu touch the desired TO waypoint and then the Activate Leg key to select the TO waypoint as the active leg for navigation Current Leg Current TO Wpt Touch to Select As New TO Wot and To Activate Leg Figure 4 9 Active Flight Plan Activate Leg Option miu 2 Touch the OK key to set the selected leg as the Active Leg or Cancel to not select it Activate Leg KEKE KTWF Touch Cancel To Cancel The Operation And Return To the Flight Plan View Touch OK To Activate Leg Figure 4 10 Active Flight Plan Activate Leg Option 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 5 A GARMIN 4 2 1 2 Insert Before The Insert Before option allows you to insert a new waypoint into the active flight plan before the selected waypoint 1 On the Active Flight Plan page touch the desired waypoint in the flight plan The Waypoint Options list will be displayed Option Will rae Hal Insert Before Option Was Before This Selected Selected Flight Plan Waypoint
252. installations with crossfill on the OBS course will only be updated real time on the GTN that is receiving the new OBS course The course will be transferred to the other GTN when OBS is exited E 1 Touch the OBS key to enable the OBS function E Dehat Nivigation 274 27a Aa 274 04 02 A OBS Heading Sr RW27 Touch the OBS m pa Key To Enable GPS Level OBS Function Of Service Active FPL Leg OBS Function Annunciation Figure 8 41 OBS Course Selection 2 Enter the desired OBS heading using the keypad and touch Enter 3 The OBS heading will be shown in the flight plan annunciation above the CDI in the lower portion of the display The OBS function annunciation will show 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 31 A GARMIN 8 6 Map Symbols Various symbols are used to distinguish between waypoint types The identifiers for any on screen waypoints can also be displayed Special use and controlled airspace boundaries appear on the map showing the individual sectors in the case of Class B Class C or Class D airspace The following symbols are used to depict the various airports and navaids on the Map Page Symbol Description Airport with hard surface runway s Serviced Primary runway shown Airport with hard surface runway s Non Serviced Primary runway shown 5 Airport with soft surface runway s only Serviced Airport with soft surface runway s only Non Serviced Unknown Air
253. ion with the input fault Check transponder transponder is in correct mode 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 7 A GARMIN Message Description Action DATALINK The GDL 88 has lost Contact dealer for service GDL88 ADS B communication with the fault Pressure pressure altitude source altitude input is invalid DATALINK GDL 88 may have lost Contact dealer for service GDL88 ADS B GPS position traffic has failed The GDL 88 has detected an internal failure DATALINK The GDL 88 is reporting Ensure the aircraft has a clear view GDL88 CSA failure to the GTN that the of the sky If the problem persists CSA application has Contact dealer for service failed Traffic alerting on ADS B traffic is unavailable DATALINK The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service GDL88 external detected a TAS TCAS traffic system input fault inoperative or connection lost DATALINK The GDL 88 is reporting Contact dealer for service GDL88 external that the external traffic traffic system has a system has a low low battery battery DATALINK The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service GDL88 detected a contiguration contiguration module fault module needs service DATALINK GDL 88 has detected an Contact dealer for service GDL88 needs internal fault service 16 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Message Description Action DATALINK The GTN
254. ior to IEN graphically editing a direct to waypoint 8 3 3 1 Adding a Waypoint to an Existing Flight Plan Proc 1 Touch the Map page display The Map Mode selection keys Wt nfo will appear Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key E p Current Active Flight Plan Traffic Map Pointer Where Display Was Touched Terrain Touch To Change FPL Weather Touch Back To Return To Map Display Nearest Figure 8 35 Edit Flight Plan Mode Services Music 2 Touch and hold the desired leg of the flight plan and drag the flight plan leg to a new waypoint to add a waypoint to the utilities active flight plan The leg may also be dragged to an airway The leg being edited will turn cyan System Current Active FPL Waypoints Messages Intended New Waypoint Symbols Active Flight Plan Leg Touch To Return To Appendix Map Display Figure 8 36 Drag Selected Leg of Flight Plan to New Waypoint Index 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 2 A naau GARMIN Done 3 Touch the Done key to accept the new flight plan leg or Undo Done aa to maintain the existing flight plan Getting Started New Active FPL Waypoint em New FPL Waypoint Com Nav Active Flight Plan Leg Touch To Accept FPL Changes To FPL Touch To Undo Last Step Direct To Figure 8 37 Confirm Flight Plan to New Waypoint Pr 4 The aircraft will now navigate according to the new flight plan Wot Info Map New Active FPL Waypoint Tra
255. irmamanenmonacienn 13 1 MM IV UGG os aececonerciioeeesecieazneavacceasocsee EE ss aeacee 13 2 13 2 Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services ccccscscsesessesseeteeeeees 13 3 13 3 Music Operation ssacccassnsecrosxzcccnadsnatisedussasnseumaneradessesaperseunesdaccanapenscanesas 13 4 13 3 1 Browsing Channels and Categories 13 5 13 3 2 Selecting a SiriusXM Satellite Radio Channel by Number 13 6 13 3 3 SiriusXM Satellite Radio VOIUME cccccsceesesececseeseeeeeees 13 7 13 3 4 SiriusXM Satellite Radio Channel Presets cccccseeeeeees 13 8 13341 Singa Pres Eisin ina 13 8 PAZ RN a PrE E n RERE 13 8 13 4 GDL 69 69A Data Link Receiver Troubleshooting cccceseeeseeeees 13 9 13 5 Iridium Phone Operation Optional cccccccssesecscssessecsesseeseeeeeees 13 11 xvi Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN POEM E E E E E E 13 11 13 5 2 Making a Phone Callireisisriirisiririrscariniesestisisissririsriirss 13 12 13 5 3 Answering a Phone Call ccccccccecsecsecssessssseceeseeneeeee 13 13 13 5 4 Suppress Visuals ic scacacarassavssieseseedawscsundeneassdvsanaenssseade advsabin 13 14 BaS Phone VolUME ssrsiresruires airon rer rri 13 15 13 5 6 SMS Text Operation sect ce eecrnscinccyatae ycavebdensar lt taeneaeesiessadctaensads 13 15 13 5 6 1 SMS Text Messaging Menu ccccccscsssesssessseesstessrens 13 16 13 5 6 2 Composing a SMS Text Message c cccsssessssesssseesseees
256. is configured Close the GSR 56 circuit breaker GSR56 Is for a Garmin GSR 56 and ensure the GSR 56 is receiving inoperative or and the GTN cannot power Contact dealer for service connection to GTN communicate with the is lost GSR 56 GSR Weather Position Reporting and Phone Services will be unavailable DATALINK The GSR 56 is not Contact dealer for service GSR56 data registered GSR services Weather Position inoperative Reporting and Phone registration Services will be required unavailable DATA LOST User settings such as Recheck settings Pilot stored data map detail level nav was lost Recheck range ring on off traffic settings overlay on off and alert settings have been lost DATA SOURCE The GTN is configured If the GTN is being used to Pressure altitude to receive pressure forward pressure altitude to a source inoperative altitude but is not transponder the transponder will or connection to receiving it from any not be receiving pressure altitude GTN lost sOUICE from the GTN while that message is present Contact dealer tor service DATA SOURCE The GTN is configured Heading up map displays will not Heading source to receive heading be available Contact dealer for inoperative or information but is not service connection to GTN receiving it from any lost source 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 9 A GARMIN Message Descriptio
257. isplay Echo Tops and Cloud Tops at the same time 1200 Figure 11 14 Cloud Tops Cloud Tops 70 000 FI 5 000 fF Ground Figure 11 15 Cloud Tops Legend Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Cloud tops data depicts cloud top altitudes as determined from satellite 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Cloud Tops key Product Age Present Position Cloud Tops 2 Touch the Cloud Tops key again to turn it off 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 1 8 Cell Movement Cell Movement data shows the location and movement of storm cells as identified by a ground based system Cells are represented by yellow squares lt with direction of movement indicated with short orange arrows 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Cell Movement key Cell Movement Position And Direction Of Movement Product Age Present Position ED PPL Figure 11 16 Cell Movement 2 Touch the Cell Movement key again to turn it off Cell Movement Direction Figure 11 17 Cell Movement Legend 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 15 A GARMIN 11 1 9 SIGMETs and AIRMETs SIGMETs SIGnificant METerological Information and AIRMETs AIRmen s METerological Information are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather considered of importance to aircraft 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the SIGMET AIRMET key IFR Line SIGMET Line
258. isplay To View nie ree at 1 Vier er Timopernvtune 4 Dien 2 Altimeter 311 METAR Detail ae Se Tawri Figure 11 25 METARs Detail 3 Touch the METAR key again to turn it off 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 19 A GARMIN Foreword METAR Symbol Description sate T VFR ceiling greater than 3000 ft AGL and visibility greater than five miles _ Marginal VFR ceiling 1000 3000 ft AGL and or visibility three to five miles Com Nav Y IFR ceiling 500 to below 1000 ft AGL and or visibility one mile EPL to less than three miles Low IFR ceiling below 500 ft AGL or visibility less than one mile Direct To Table 11 3 METAR Symbols Proc 11 1 13 Cyclone The current location of the cyclone is shown along with its projected path va with the date and time Wot Info Traffic 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Cyclone Terrain Projected Path With Nearest Date And Time o Name Date Time And n Current Position Of Cyclone Utilities Figure 11 26 Cyclone co 2 Touch the Cyclone key again to turn it off System Messages Warni Symbols ar NING Appendix Figure 11 27 Cyclone Legend Index 11 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 1 14 Lightning Lightning data shows the approximate location of cloud to ground lightning strikes A yellow cross icon represents a strike that has occurred within a 2 k
259. ite cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges and has no information about storms directly over the site The resolution of displayed Regional NEXRAD data is approximately two kilometers and the resolution of displayed CONUS NEXRAD data is approximately 10 kilometers Therefore when zoomed in on the display each square block is two kilometers 1 08 NM or 10 kilometers 5 4 NM on a side The intensity level reflected by the square will be the highest level sampled within the area covered by each block 11 52 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 4 2 3 NEXRAD Intensity Colors are used to identify the different NEXRAD echo intensities reflectivity measured in dBZ decibels of Z Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power 6 9 returned to the radar receiver Reflectivity designated by the letter Z coversa wide range of signals from very weak to very strong So a more convenient Xpdr Ctr number for calculations and comparison a decibel or logarithmic scale dBZ is used The dBZ values increase as the strength of the signal returned to the radar increases 11 4 2 4 NEXRAD When enabled NEXRAD weather information is shown Composite data from all of the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is shown This data is composed of the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps The proc display of the information is color coded to indicate the weather level severity
260. iusoecesirrerinsisnsiseasriniaiar in 14 21 14 6 DAMTASWINGS ace saseonseatusceaecauccedesteenens aioe nir aerei 14 23 ed eao e O a E 14 26 B Ve E 15 1 15 1 1 Serial Number and System ID ccccccsecsecscssessecesseeseeeeeees 15 4 15 1 2 Version Information ca nezieeasscstuacseentnedsnataueestaatuadssensneesuenseedss 15 4 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide XVII Foreword A GARMIN 15 13 Database INTOMMAUON sercis naes Enae 15 4 E a U E E EE E EE E EER 15 7 1521 GPS Status oo 6 ee eee ATRE 15 7 15 2 2 Satellite Based Augmentation System SBAS cccceeee 15 10 1523 CNIS OT AINE aI y eso Rere i 15 11 15 3 EPO al LRU S iesper aserria EEA NRE ARE 15 11 15 31 GDL 69 and GDL 69A Status 00 cccceeeescceeeeceeteeeeeeeeeees 15 12 S Boe ame G DMR c fo U a E E 1 13 la GRIGS eer a a e a EE ERN 15 15 Ma S E E A E 15 16 Al Systemi OD eenn ee ee eee 15 16 1542 SOCOM icic tees achead cet vctesundneessuseee oesend ead dekeeatesenteecaceiies 15 17 PAo Da T capes cece ee tee ee cerce say cee eden sae on eden tee eens 15 18 15 4 4 Nearest Airport Criteria ccccccccessscesssessssesssssessneeseneess 15 19 vpt Into 15 4 5 Com Channel Spacing cenzsctes ncneedceheseieseatieadseteiaiesees eadachines 15 20 de GO eea eae EE EEE EEEE SEEE RERS 15 21 154 Alens Seinge wis sessnessteaccedescstuedsteasnadsscnauedstesdcedseeniuedadentee 15 24 AFA A n AE E EA sonoced sean ots 15 24 PUTA a E A tate savesaneiseouv
261. iving data trom it Trattic will not be displayed on the GTN The GTN is airborne and the traffic device has been in standby for more than 60 seconds The RS 232 TCAD system has indicated that its battery is low The GTN is configured for two transponders and their Mode S addresses do not match This message is intended to assist installers and will not occur in a properly configured system The transponder is reporting to the GTN that it needs service The transponder may continue to function The GTN is configured for transponder 1 or 2 but is not able to communicate with the transponder Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Action Contact dealer for service Set the traffic device to operate on the traffic page if traffic alerts are desired Contact dealer for service Contact dealer for service Verity squawk code and altitude with ATC Contact dealer for Service Verity squawk code and altitude with ATC Contact dealer for Service 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Message TRANSPONDER 1 OR 2 ADS B is not transmitting position TRUE NORTH APPROACH Verity NAV Angles are referenced to True North T VERTICAL CALCULATOR Approaching target altitude Start descent VERTICAL CALCULATOR Approaching target altitude VLOC RECEIVER Navigation receiver needs service VLOC RECEIVER Navigation receiver has failed WAYPOINT Arriving a
262. ke Off provides alerts when the system determines the aircraft is losing altitude closing upon terrain after takeoff The aural message Don t Sink is given for NCR alerts accompanied by an annunciation and a pop up terrain alert on the display NCR alerting is only active when departing from an airport and when the following conditions are met e Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet e Distance from the departure airport is 2 NM or less e Heading change trom the departure heading is less than 110 The NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO C151b are shown below 1000 DON T SINK m a Terrain o 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Altitude Loss Feet Height Above Terrain Feet DON T SINK Height Above Terrain Feet 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 Sink Rate Feet Per Minute Figure 10 14 Negative Climb Rate NCR Alert Criteria 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 17 Terrain A GARMIN 10 3 8 6 TAWS Not Available Alert TAWS requires a 3 D GPS position solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums Should the position solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area the annunciation TAWS N A is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS page The aural message TAWS Not Available is generated When the GPS signal is re establi
263. l calibration curves are pre configured to optimize display appearance through a broad range of cockpit lighting conditions A manual offset creates a deviation form the normal curve Manual adjustments may be made from 100 to 10 The negative adjustment is limited to prevent the backlight from being accidently decreasing the backlight to the point where the display of information could not be seen The backlight offset function is not available when a dimmer input is active The GIN is capable of accepting lighting inputs from the built in photocell aircraft dimmer bus or both If the lighting is not satisfactory contact the installer to adjust the curves Manual backlighting adjustment can be accomplished using the existing instrument panel dimmer bus or the following procedures 1 While viewing the System page touch the Backlight key System Backlight Level Backlight Level Touch Arrows To Set Manual Offset Figure 15 49 Backlight Level Setting Touch the Manual Offset Arrow keys to set the Manual Offset level After making the desired selections touch the Back key to return to the Setup page 15 32 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 16 MESSAGES When an Message has been issued by the unit the MSG Message key annunciator on the left side of the display will blink Touch the MSG key to view the messages After viewing the messages touch the Back key to return to the
264. l of the features of the GIN 625 and also includes a TSO d airborne VHF communications transceiver and TSO d airborne VOR Localizer and Glideslope receivers 1 2 About This Pilot s Guide 1 2 1 Conventions Bold text indicates a control The small right knob is the smaller inner knob of the two concentric rotary knobs on the lower right corner of the bezel The large right knob is the larger outer knob Large Outer Knob Small Inner Knob Figure 1 1 Large Small Concentric Knobs A graphic of a control on the side of the page refers to the control you should use for the associated step as shown below 1 2 2 Using the Touchscreen Most of the controls are operated by touching the display Highlighted icons and keys may be simply touched to make a selection A list of menu items may be scrolled by touching the screen and retaining pressure while sliding your finger up or down Map displays may be panned by touching the screen and retaining pressure while sliding your finger in the desired direction You can return to the previous page or exit the current function by touching the Back key Quickly return to the Home page by pressing the HOME key Press and Hold the HOME key to reach the Default Nav page 1 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 1 3 Product Description Foreword This section provides an overview of the GIN 6XX product and a quick look Started at some important
265. l only airspace for which alerts are configured APPROACH NOT GPS approach could Abort the approach and execute a ACTIVE not transition to active non GPS based approach Do not continue e g the GTN is on GPS approach an approach and did not have the required HPL VPL to get into at least LNAV so is still in TERM APPROACH Approach has been Continue to fly the approach using DOWNGRADE downgraded from published LNAV minimums Approach LPV or LNAV VNAV downgraded Use to an LNAV approach LNAV minima Vertical guidance will be removed from the external CDI HSI display APR GUIDANCE The GTN is configured Press the Enable APR Output AVAILABLE for KAP 140 KFC225 key on the GTN this will cause Press Enable APR autopilot and approach the autopilot to go into ROL Output before guidance is now mode Engage the autopilot into selecting APR on available approach mode See section 6 15 autopilot for additional information Messages 16 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Message Description Action CDI SOURCE Aircraft is on a GPS Select the appropriate CDI source Select appropriate approach but CDI is set for approach CDI source for to VLOC or aircraft is approach on VLOC approach and CDI is set to GPS and aircraft is less than 2 nm trom the FAF CDI HSI FLAG The Main Lateral Verity course guidance is valid Main lateral Supertlag or
266. l to select it Com Nav Channel List FPL Touch to Change Categories Direct To Current Channel Proc Wot Info Figure 13 5 Music Channels 2 Touch the Category key to activate Category selection and then touch the desired Category to select it Select Category Hip Hope Selected Category PEZA S LEE URET PERE Categories es kere Bll Touch to Select Figure 13 6 Music Categories Services 3 The current category will be shown at the top of the display MME Nearest Utilities System 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 5 A GARMIN 13 3 2 Selecting a SiriusXM Satellite Radio Channel by Number Channels may be selected directly in the selected category using the numeric keypad 1 While viewing the main Music page touch the Channel key i The Channel Number selection page will appear Touch Channel Key Figure 13 7 Selecting Music Channels 2 Use the numeric keys to enter the number for the desired channel and then touch the Enter key Touch to Clear Channel Number Window Numeric Keypad for Channel Number Selection Touch Enter Or Press Small Knob To Save Number Channel Number Window Figure 13 8 Selecting Music Channels with the Numeric Keypad ervices Music 13 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 13 3 3 SiriusXM Satellite Radio Volume The Volume control allows you to set the audio volume level as
267. lds The Active Flight Plan Page shows each waypoint for the flight plan along with the Desired Track DTK Distance DIS for each leg and Cumulative Distance CUM The data fields are user selectable and may be changed to display Cumulative Distance CUM Distance DIS Desired Track DTK En Route Safe Altitude ESA Estimated Time of Arrival ETA or Estimated Time En route ETE DIS Between Legs DIK Between Legs Origin and Destination Waypoints Eam KSLE KPUC Current Flight Plan Leg Figure 4 32 Flight Plan Data Fields 1 While viewing the Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the Edit Data Fields key Touch To Select Field Types Current Field oe Types F t is ee i Touch To Restore Originai Default Types Figure 4 33 Flight Plan Edit Data Fields Page vee g Touch one of the field keys to select from the list Selected Field Type ESA Entoute Safe Altitude tar kt Figure 4 34 Flight Plan Data Fields List 4 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN AY 3 Touch the Up or Down keys or touch and drag the list as needed to scroll through the list Touch the desired Field Type to set it for the selected field 4 Continue as desired for the other fields 4 3 5 Flight Plan Catalog Route Options The Flight Plan Catalog allows you to create edit activate delete and copy Com Nav flight plans The catalog can hold up to 99 flight plans of
268. lect Flight Plan 14 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN ket 3 Touch the Leg key to select the flight plan leg If the Cumulative selection is chosen statistics will relate to the entire flight plan tne i Sta rted Touch To Select Flight Plan Leg Cumulative nice FPL Shown Com N Touch To Scroll List FPL Figure 14 24 Select Flight Plan Leg 4 Touch the Depart Time key and then use the keypad to select the departure time local time at From waypoint and touch Enter Proc 5 Touch the Depart Date key and then use the Departure Date page to select the departure year month and day and then Wot nfo touch Enter 6 Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter 7 Touch the Compute Data key to view statistics for the current Lompute jat flight plan leg The Cumulative flight plan is shown Terrain Touch To View esas Tip Plan con Statistics For Next sashes KBKE KPUC Nex Fi FPL Leg ae dada co ee gt Trip Statistics 03 17 11 20 1hun Touch To Toggle 3 Surse it Between Statistics Services 14 2 1ta 00 00 ua Music and Data Input Figure 14 25 Utility Trip Planning Page Computed Data View Flight Plan Mode 8 Touch the Next key to view statistics for the next leg in the flight plan el Current FPL Leg Touch To View 5 ss Plahig enu Statistics For Next V 9 9
269. lect the characters for the desired waypoint Bimini 3 Touch Enter or press the small right knob Text near the small right knob indicates its current function OR Edit Wpt Psh Activate 1 6 2 Direct To a Flight Plan Waypoint ES 1 Press Direct To p 2 Touch the FPL tab and then the desired Flight Plan ret waypoint pony 3 Touch Activate 1 6 3 Direct To a Nearest Airport 1 Press Direct To Touch the Nearest tab and then the desired airport trom the Nearest Airport list Touch the Up or Down keys as needed to show more of the list Touch Activate or press the small right knob 1 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 1 7 Selecting Com Frequencies a Com Standby Standby Frequency Editing Window Backspace Key Volume and Active Com Frequency Squelch Standby Frequency ice Monitor Key Standby Com Frequency ee Frequency Transfer Com N Flip Flop ao FPL i Find Large and Small Knobs i p Frequency Adjust Directe y Press to Toggle Com and Nav Functions Numeric Keypad Enter Key Figure 1 20 Com Radio Frequency Selection Page To switch between Com and Nav frequency selection Tuning control normally remains in the Com window and will return after 30 seconds of inactivity If you wish to select a VOR localizer ILS frequency press the small right knob momentarily to make the Nav window active for editing The Standby Nav frequency will be highlighted brie
270. ll be shown around your present position Destination Connext Data Request Touch the Destination key to request that weather information will be shown around the destination waypoint in the flight plan Flight Plan Data Request Touch the Flight Plan key to request that weather information will be shown around the active flight plan Flight Plan Flight Plan Distance Data Request Touch the Distance key to request that weather information will be shown for the selected distance along the active flight plan 11 36 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Waypoint Connext Data Request o 1 Touch the Waypoint key to request that weather information o will be shown around the selected waypoint Getting 2 Select the waypoint and then press ENT Diameter Route Width Connext Data Request After selecting a coverage option in the previous section select the desired Diameter and then press ENT 11 3 3 3 Connext Weather Map Orientation 1 While viewing the Connext Weather Menu touch the Proc Orientation key 2 Touch the orientation choices of North Up Track Up and Heading Up and to accept the displayed value and return to the Connext Weather Menu Select Datalink Map Orientation Touch To Select North Up Map Orientation Track Up Figure 11 53 Connext Weather Map Orientation 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 37 A GARMIN
271. lose the Stormscope circuit StormScope Is for a WX 500 breaker and ensure Stormscope is inoperative or StormScope but is not receiving power Contact dealer for connection to GIN receiving data trom it service is lost STORMSCOPE The WX 500 GTN StormScope data is correct Invalid heading StormScope reports and may be used Contact dealer received from that it has an invalid for service StormScope heading source TAWS AUDIO The TAWS Audio Contact dealer for service INHIBITED Inhibit discrete input TAWS audio inhibit has been active for input is stuck at least 30 seconds This input is active in all installations TAWS audio may be heard at the same time as other audio alerts TIMER A user contigured timer No action is necessary message is Timer has expired has expired informational only 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 19 Messages Message TRAFFIC Traffic device is inoperative or connection to GTN is lost TRAFFIC Traffic device has been in standby for more than 60 seconds TRAFFIC Traffic device battery low Traffic device user config settings not saved TRANSPONDER Transponder 1 and 2 Mode S addresses do not match TRANSPONDER 10R2 Transponder 1 or 2 needs service TRANSPONDER 1 OR 2 Transponder 1 or 2 Is inoperative or connection to GIN is lost 16 20 Description The GTN is configured for a traffic device but is not rece
272. lot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN A NOTE The unit displays valid times on the weather map in lieu of product age indications for SiriusXM Weather Icing Potential Winds Aloft and Turbulence weather products A NOTE The unit displays product age for SiriusXM Weather Freezing Level and Canada Winds Aloft weather products The product age indication represents the number of minutes that have elapsed since the weather product was created by SiriusXM Weather The unit does not display the valid times assigned to the information within these products Weather Product Expiration Broadcast Rate Time Minutes Minutes NEXRAD NEXRAD and Echo Top are Mutually 30 5 U S Exclusive 10 Canada Echo Top Cloud Top and Echo Top Mutually 30 Le Exclusive NEXRAD and Echo Top Mutually Exclusive ei i Cloud Top Cloud Top and Echo Top Mutually Exclusive SIGMETS ARMETS o l o a s R E S Cy Forecast o WX Forecast o l 0 Feezngleves oo y oo a WidsAot o County Wamings o 0 5 CydoneWamings o y 0 a Icing Potential Icing aa SLD Pilot Weather Report PIREP 12 Blue Regular Yellow Urgent a 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 7 A GARMIN Weather Product Expiration Broadcast Rate Time Minutes Minutes Air Report AREP O O l o a Temporary Flight Restriction TFR 6 R Terminal Aerodrome Forecast TAF 60 0 n Table 11 1 Weather Products and Data Timing Symbol
273. ly garmin com for navigation database updates and update kits The Navigation database is stored internally and the data card is only used to transfer the database into the unit A NOTE Garmin requests that the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related to database information These discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect procedure incorrectly identified terrain obstacles and fixes or any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground Go to FlyGarmin com and at the bottom of the page select Aviation Data Error Report Updating the Jeppesen navigation database 1 With the GTN 6XX System OFF insert the SD card containing the navigation database update into the card slot of the GIN 6XX to be updated label of SD card should face to the right 2 Turn the GIN 6XX System ON 3 Verity the correct update cycle is loaded during power up Appendix 18 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 18 2 2 Garmin Databases Foreword NOTE The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from ae government agencies Garmin accurately processes and cross validates the Started data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data Xpdr Ctrl The Supplemental Data Card should not be removed except to update the databases stored on the card The data cards cannot be moved between units Comiav FPL SD C
274. metric Altitude Filter Pressure Figure 9 30 Traffic Page for Ryan TCAD 9900BX Symbol Description Proximity Advisory color may be configured as cyan Other Traffic color may be configured as cyan Ott ot Range Traffic Out of Range Traffic Advisory E 9 16 9900BX TCAS Casasia aa 9 8 1 Select Local Barometric Pressure 1 While viewing the TCAD display touch the Baro key to select the local barometric pressure 2 Use the keypad to select the values and touch Enter to save the values 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 33 A GARMIN 9 8 2 Select Altitude Filter Pray While viewing the Traffic page touch the Altitude Filter key to change the altitude volume Select the desired altitude volume by touching the Normal Above Below or Unrestricted keys The selection is displayed in the Altitude Filter field Altitude Filter Selected Altitude Filter Figure 9 31 Traffic Altitude Filter Selection Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range Table 9 17 Displayed Traffic Range 9 8 3 TCAD 9900BX Traffic Menu The TCAD 9900BX Menu allows control over the settings for the TCAD Traffic display reat core 1 While viewing the Traffic page touch the Menu key Select Shield Setup Select Approach Set Traffic Audio we paar SESE Mode Set Volume ramit Audig smen Setup Armed or Active Ground Hade Toggle Ground Mode On or Off Figure 9 32 TCAD 9900BX Traffic Menu 2
275. minent Obstacle Impact information inches of mercury intersection s integrity RAIM unavailable Imminent Terrain Impact left lett runway latitude Liquid Crystal Display local Light Emitting Diode The portion of a flight plan between two waypoints Low Instrument Flight Rules Lateral Navigation localizer loss of integrity GPS longitude Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance Line Replacement Unit 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN LT LING MAG MAG VAR MapMx MAX MAXSPD MDA METAR MGRS MIN Minimum Safe Altitude MKR MOA MOT MOV mpm MSA MSAS MSG MSL MT mV MVFR NAV NAVAID NCR NDB NEXRAD OAT OBS 190 01004 03 Rev E left lightning Magnetic Magnetic Variation A proprietary data format used to forward navigation information between Garmin units maximum maximum speed overspeed barometric minimum descent altitude Aviation Routine Weather Report Military Grid Reference System minimum Uses Grid MORAs to determine a safe altitude within ten miles of the aircraft present position marker beacon Military Operations Area Mark On Target movement meters per minute Minimum Safe Altitude Provides SBAS service for Japan only message Mean Sea Level meter millivolt s Marginal Visual Flight Rules navigation NAVigation AID Negative Climb Rate Non Directional Beacon Next Generation Radar Outside Air Temperature Omni Bearing Selector Garm
276. n selection Menu selections for INHIBIT HTAWS and RP Mode remain available when HTAWS is automatically inhibited due to groundspeed If the pilot selects a mode on the menu while HTAWS is auto inhibited because it is less than 30 knots then the unit will enter that mode once ground speed exceeds 30 knots Hence the presence of these selections on the Menu 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 23 Terrain Terrain A GARMIN 10 4 4 3 External HTAWS Inhibit Control An optional installation is allowed for providing an external HTAWS Inhibit switch Pressing the external HTAWS Inhibit switch toggles the HTAWS inhibit on and off in the same manner as using the Terrain Menu selection 10 4 4 4 Reduced Protection Mode The Reduce Protection RP functionality allows operating with a reduction in the alerting thresholds and suppresses visual and aural annunciation of caution alerts Reduced protection allows low level operations and landings off airport with a minimum number of alerts while continuing to provide protection from terrain and obstacles Reduced Protection should only be selected when operating in visual contact with the terrain as alerting times are significantly less than in normal mode There is support for an external RP Mode switch and an external Alert Acknowledge switch To toggle protection 1 While viewing the Terrain HTAWS Page touch MENU 2 Touch the RP Mode key to toggle the RP mode on an
277. n Action DATA SOURCE The GTN is configured 50 foot aural annunciation Radar Altimeter to receive radio altitude is unavailable tor HTAWS source inoperative information but is not installations Contact dealer for or connection to receiving it trom any service GTN lost Source DEMO MODE The GTN is in Demo Do not use for navigation Power Demo mode is Mode and must not cycle the GTN to exit demo mode active Do notuse be used for actual Also ensure that the Direct To key for navigation navigation is not stuck FPL WAYPOINT A stored flight plan Verify stored cataloged flight plans LOCKED waypoint is no longer in and procedures Modify stored Stored flight plan the current navigation flight plans as necessary to include waypoint is not in database waypoints that are in the current current navigation navigation database database FPL WPT MOVED A stored flight plan Verify stored cataloged flight plans Stored flight plan waypoint has moved and procedures Modify stored waypoint has by more than 0 33 arc flight plans as necessary to include changed location minutes from where waypoints that are in the current previously positioned navigation database GLIDESLOPE The glideslope board is Verify glideslope deviation Glideslope receiver indicating that it needs indications with another source needs service service The glideslope and crosscheck tinal approach board may continue to Tix c
278. n both GTN units e User Waypoints Flight Plan Catalog e Alerts traffic popup acknowledgement missed approach waypoint popup acknowledgement altitude leg popup acknowledgement External sensors transponder status and commands synchro heading e System setup User defined NAV frequencies to store favorites Date Time convention Nearest airport criteria Units Nav angle Distance Speed etc User defined COM frequencies to store favorites Ownship icon CDI Scale setting ILS CDI Capture setting This data is crossfilled only if crossfill is turned on by the pilot e Active navigation flight plan A NOTE In dual GTN installations with crossfill on the OBS course will only be updated in real time on the GTN that is receiving the new OBS course The course will be transferred to the other GTN when OBS is exited A NOTE There is an installer option to turn on a system message that will be provided anytime crossfill is turned off to alert the pilot that flight plans are not being crossfilled 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 13 A GARMIN oy L6 Direct To Navigation Pressing the Direct To key to go to the Direct To function that allows you to quickly navigate from your present position directly to a selected waypoint flight plan waypoint or nearest Apa CU airport 1 6 1 Direct To a Waypoint 1 Press Direct To A 2 Touch the Waypoint tab and then se
279. n on the Map page Weather is an optional feature that requires an external weather source which must be selected to allow the overlay Feature Selection SiriusXM Connext or FIS B Cell Movement Off On METAR Off On Table 8 6 Map Setup SiriusXM Weather Options NOTE Map overlay keys may remain available even if the information necessary for the overlay is not available For example the Radar overlay key is available even if the radar is turned off 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 19 Map A GARMIN Feature Selection SiriusXM Connext or FIS B Table 8 7 Map Setup Connext Weather Options METAR Off On Feature Selection SiriusXM Connext or FIS B METAR Off On Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings Table 8 8 Map Setup FIS B Weather Options 8 1 3 Map Data Fields The Map Data Fields selection allows you to configure the data field type shown in each of the four corners of the Map page The data shown in each held may be selected from a list after Change Data Fields is selected 1 While viewing the Map page touch the Menu key From the Map Menu screen touch the Change Data Fields jra na elt Touch To Select Data Field 2300 Moe au TRK Currently Shown Configure Nav Data Fields Press Enter to Accept be Touch To Select Data Field 32 40 DIS Currently Shown Touch To Cancel Any Changes Figure 8 28 Map Data Fields Selection
280. nated by the letter Z The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases 11 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 1 5 2 NEXRAD Limitations NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations e NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation characteristics For example it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow wet hail and rain e NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle An individual NEXRAD site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges It has no information about storms directly over the site e Each square block on the display represents an area of four square kilometers 2 15 NM The intensity level reflected by each square represents the highest level of NEXRAD data sampled within the area Block Area Is 4 km JEXRAD US 0 15 NAP NEXRAD US Block Area Is 4 km 2 15 NM Figure 11 10 NEXRAD Data Blocks The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images Ground clutter e Strobes and spurious radar data e Sun strobes when the radar antenna points directly at the sun Interference from buildings or mountains which may cause shadows e Metallic dust from military aircraft which can cause alterations in radar scans 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 11 A GARMIN NEXRAD Limitations Canada e Rada
281. nd procedures Modify stored flight plans and procedures as necessary to include the current procedures by re loading those procedures to the stored flight plan routes Verity that the user moditied procedures in stored flight plans are correct 16 5 Messages Message DATABASE Verify airways in stored flight plans are correct DATABASE Terrain or Obstacle database not available DATABASE Terrain display unavailable for current location DATACARD ERROR SD card is invalid or failed DATACARD REMOVED Reinsert SD card DATALINK GDL 69 is inoperative or connection to GTN is lost 16 6 Description A stored flight plan contains an airway that is no longer consistent with the current navigation database The terrain or obstacle database is missing or corrupt The aircraft is outside the terrain database coverage area External SD card has an error and the unit is not able to read the databases External SD card was removed The GTN is configured for a Garmin datalink GDL 69 or 69A and the GTN cannot communicate with the datalink Data from the datalink will not be available Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Action Verity that the airways in stored flight plans are correct Modify stored flight plans as necessary to include the current airways by re loading those airways to the stored flight plan routes Re load these databases on t
282. nding on the installed equipment as shown in the following table Traffic Device Map Ranges Garmin GTS 800 Skywatch SKY497 2 NM 6 NM 12 NM SKY889 Com Nav Garmin GTS 820 and 850 Honeywell 2 NM 6 NM 12 NM 24 NM 40 NM KTA 810 TAS KTA 910 TAS KMH 820 FPL IHAS KMH 920 IHAS and Avidyne TAS 620 Ryan 9900BX Direct To Table 9 7 Available Traffic Range Ring Steps 9 4 3 Altitude Display Changing the altitude display mode Ala K SA While viewing the Traffic page touch the Traffic Status key to begin displaying traffic TAS OPERATING is displayed in the Traffic Status field Traffic 2 Touch the Altitude Filter key to change the altitude volume Select the desired altitude volume by touching the BELOW NORMAL ABOVE or UNREST unrestricted keys The selection is displayed in the Altitude mode field Altitude Filter Selected Normal Altitude Filter Slider Indicates More Selections Above Are Available Utilities Below Figure 9 9 Traffic Altitude Filter Page 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 15 _GARMIN Below 9900 ft to 2700 ft Normal 2700 ft to 2700 ft Above 2700 ft to 9900 ft Unrestricted All Traffic Shown Table 9 8 Displayed Traffic Range 9 4 4 Traffic System Status NOTE Refer to the equipment documentation for information on the self test and operating modes The Traffic Status is indicated in the upper right corner of the Traffic Page ratf
283. nfo Set Lat Lon Coordinates PN 3 Touch the desired hemisphere keys to select the desired values After selecting the hemisphere value the cursor will advance to PET W the first character of the adjacent numeric value for selection Even when the hemisphere values are highlighted touching a valid numeric key will always place the cursor at the first numeric value The Large knob may also be used for cursor Cs Wot Info movement and characters are selected with the Small knob NOTE When editing values turn the Large knob counter clockwise to backspace or move the cursor to the left 4 As each value is selected the cursor will advance to the next character Touch the necessary key for the desired values 5 When finished with the Lat Lon selections touch the Enter key 6 When finished with all selections touch the Back and then the Create key to create the new waypoint Waypoint Location Based on Two Radials 1 From the Create User Waypoint page touch the Position key and then the Radial Radial key St Nu Ya T oe r Touch to Select Radial Radial Waypoint Reference Type Touch to Select Radial Values Touch to Select Reference Wots Figure 7 25 Waypoint Info Create User Waypoint Type Radial Radial a 2 Touch a Ref Wpt key and use the alphanumeric keypad to 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 7 1 Touch to Select Radial Distance Waypoint Reference Type Touch to Sel
284. ng transponders or those that are beyond radar coverage TCAD within defined limits creates a shield of airspace around the aircraft that detected traffic cannot penetrate without triggering an alert TA Traffic Advisory This is traffic with 500 feet or less of altitude separation that is converging or maintaining altitude separation PA Proximity Advisory This is traffic with 500 feet of altitude separation that is not a TA TREC Other traffic 9 24 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Touch To View Mannie Men Touch Icon For Info ADS B and TCAD Map Status and Altitude PASS HOG uP GTT Orientation Filter ja Sa Alerted Target mee c ecte 7 1200 ft Above ae Traffic Info t Climbing Touch For Paina Range Ring Next Target Com Na Radius MiSS Traffic Traffic Motion Selected Vector Annunciation Vector Motion and Duration Figure 9 19 Traffic Page for Ryan TCAD with GDL 88 9 6 2 Altitude Mode The GDL 88 has four altitude display modes Normal 2 700 feet Above 2 700 feet to 9 000 feet Below 9 000 feet to 2 700 feet and Unrestricted 9 900 feet The GDL 88 continues to track up to 30 intruder aircraft within its maximum surveillance range regardless of the altitude display mode selected The selected altitude display mode is displayed in the upper left hand corner of the Traffic page Par While viewing the Traffic page touch the Altitude Filter key to c
285. nger to scroll the list 3 Touch the highlighted item to view more detailed information 4 To navigate Direct To the waypoint you re viewing press the Direct To key The waypoint will be loaded into the Waypoint window of the Direct To function 5 Touch the Activate key to navigate directly to that waypoint 12 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 12 2 Nearest Airport The Nearest Airport Page displays the identifier symbol bearing and distance and the length of the longest runway for the 25 nearest airports within 200 NM of your present position The Nearest Airport Page can be configured to exclude shorter runways or undesirable runway surface types so that the corresponding airports do not appear on the list You may wish to use this feature to exclude seaplane bases heliports or runway lengths which would be difficult or impossible to land upon See System Setup Nearest Airport Criteria for information about configuring the Nearest Airport display criteria 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the Airport key A list of the nearest 25 airports within 200 NM will be listed Scroll Bar Indicates Airport More Items On The List Identifier et ees Airport Information 1200 VFR Up Down Keys Indicate h y More Items On The List Figure 12 3 Nearest Airport DM 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list KMTI 3 Touch the Airport Identi
286. nnot be shown with Cloud Tops and NEXRAD Weather 1 While viewing the Datalink Weather menu touch the NEXRAD key to step through the NEXRAD selections Nearest NEXRAD Age Of Selected Weather Weather aise Products a City Forecast System Touch To Select Time Figure 11 8 NEXRAD Weather 2 Repeated touches to the NEXRAD key will toggle between the Off US and Canada selections 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 9 A GARMIN NEXRAD DBZ Rain Mixed Snow gt 55 gt 50 gt 45 gt 40 gt 30 gt 20 gt 10 No coverage Figure 11 9 NEXRAD Weather Legend 11 1 5 1 Reflectivity Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver Colors on the NEXRAD display directly correlate to the level of detected reflectivity Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous weather can be very complex The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere Simply put certain types of weather reflect radar better than others The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the weather hazard level For instance wet hail returns a strong radar reflection while dry hail does not Both wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels dB relative to reflectivity Z NEXRAD measures the radar reflectivity ratio or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver desig
287. ns 1 1 Monitoring frequency 3 12 Motion vector 9 21 Mountains 11 52 Moving map 1 3 MSAS 15 10 MSL 10 7 Music 13 1 13 4 Mute 13 7 N National Weather Service 11 9 11 47 Nav angle 15 26 15 27 Navigation database 15 5 18 10 Navigation map 8 33 Navigation source iii Nav range ring 8 11 NDB 7 12 8 15 8 23 12 6 17 1 Nearest airport 1 12 1 14 12 3 15 19 Nearest airspace 12 8 Nearest ARTCC 12 10 Nearest frequency 3 6 Nearest FSS 12 11 Nearest intersection 12 4 Nearest NDB 12 6 Nearest User Wot 12 7 Nearest VOR 12 5 Nearest waypoint 12 1 Nearest weather 12 12 Negative climb rate 10 14 10 17 NEXRAD 8 5 11 7 11 9 11 53 Limitations 11 11 NEXRAD Canada 11 12 Next airspace 8 24 Non directional ownship 17 8 North up 8 10 11 1 O OBS 8 31 18 5 Obstacle data 8 12 10 2 10 7 10 18 15 5 18 11 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Obstacles 8 4 8 12 8 16 9 9 10 1 10 Record of Revisions vi 2 10 5 10 6 10 7 10 9 17 5 Reduced protection 10 24 Obstructions 10 5 10 6 Reduced required obstacle clearance OCN 6 2 10 15 Overview 1 3 Reduced required terrain clearance 10 15 Ownship 15 30 17 7 Reflectivity 11 9 11 10 11 11 11 52 11 53 P Regional NEXRAD 11 54 a Page menus 8 8 8 15 8 19 Register with GFDS 11 38 o Panning 8 24 Registration vi Parallel track 4 14 17 8 Remote frequency control 3 11 1 16 Parking area 17 2 Remove FPL waypoint 4 7 Part Sun 11 8 Revisions vi Phone call
288. ntact dealer for service GPS GPS position has been Use a different GPS receiver NAVIGATION lost due to erroneous or anon GPS based source of LOST position navigation Contact dealer for Erroneous service position Use other navigation source GPS RECEIVER Internal communication Use a different GPS receiver GPS receiver has to the SBAS board is or a non GPS based source of failed Check GPS inoperative navigation Contact dealer for coax for electrical service short 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 11 Messages Message GPS RECEIVER Low internal clock battery GPS RECEIVER GPS receiver needs service GPS SEARCHING SKY Ensure GPS antenna has an unobstructed view of the sky GTN GTN needs service HTAWS Invalid Terrain Database INTERFACE ADAPTER GAD 42 configuration needs service 16 12 A GARMIN Description Action The GPS module Contact dealer for service indicates that its clock battery is low Almanac data may have been lost The unit will function normally but may take a longer than normal period to acquire a GPS position The GPS module is Use a different GPS receiver reporting that it needs or a non GPS based source of service The GPS module navigation Contact dealer for may continue to service function The GPS module is No action is necessary message is acquiring position and informational only
289. ntee the accuracy and completeness of the data TAWS displays terrain and obstructions relative to the altitude of the aircraft Compliance with TAWS B alerts and warnings is MANDATORY When a TAWS B pull up annunciation is issued the pilot is required to pull up TAWS uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources Terrain information is based on terrain elevation information in a database that may contain inaccuracies Individual obstructions may be shown if available in the database The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of the content per TSO C151b 10 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 3 3 Computing GPS Altitude for TAWS TAWS uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and altitude GPS altitude is derived from satellite measurements GPS altitude is converted to a Mean Sea Level MSL based altitude GSL altitude and is used to determine TAWS alerts GSL altitude accuracy is affected by factors such as satellite geometry but it is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude devices GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude Therefore GPS altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts The terrain and obstacle databases used by TAWS are referenced to Mean Sea
290. nu With Extended Squitter Capability 1 While viewing the Transponder XPDR page touch the Menu key and then the Enable ES key to toggle Extended Squitter Off and On 2 Touch the Flight ID key and use the keypad to select a Flight ID and then touch Enter 3 After selecting a Flight ID the selected value will be shown in the Flight ID key 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 2 9 A GARMIN Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic This page intentionally left blank Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 2 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E amp GARMIN 3 NAV COM ae GTN 650 NAV COM AND GTN 635 COM ONLY The GTN 650 features a digitally tuned VHF Com radio and digitally tuned Nav localizer and glideslope receivers The GIN 635 has a Com radio only The Com radio operates in the aviation voice band from 118 000 to 136 975 MHz in 25 kHz steps default For European operations a Com radio configuration of 8 33 kHz steps is also available Yndr Ctr Xodr CU FPL Com Standby Backspace Key Volume and Editing Window Active Com Frequency ch p Freguency On Off Kno Monitor Key Standby Com Freguency 7 Frequency Transfer Flip Flop Frequency Monitor Wpt Info Key Annunciation Find Large and Small Knobs Map eg Frequency Adjust e
291. nue key to continue to normal operation without updating a database This process will repeat for each database that is available on the card for updating After the database s have completed the update process touch OK to continue the normal progression of start up displays From the Home page touch the System key Then touch the System Status key Check that all databases are current and there are no errors If a database is highlighted in yellow it is either expired or the GTN 6XX can not determine the date 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 13 Appendix A GARMIN 18 3 Demo Mode The GIN product contains a Demo mode that allows simulation of all operations of the product to allow practice and familiarization while staying on the ground WARNING Do not use the GTN to navigate while Demo mode is active Do not use or enter Demo mode while airborne 1 ress n hold the Direct To key and then apply power to e unit Touch To Continue Figure 18 2 Demo Mode Start Up Display 2 Touch the Continue key and Fuel keys as normally needed to start operations 3 Touch the Demo key in the lower part of the display to reach the Demo Setup functions i Demo Setup Touch For GPS Settings Touch For NAV Settings Touch For Date And Time Settings Figure 18 3 Demo Mode Setup Appendix 18 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 4 Touch the
292. nuous built in test features that exercise the processor memory external inputs and outputs to ensure safe operation 1 4 1 Start Up Screens During system initialization test annunciations are displayed All system annunciations should disappear typically within the first 30 seconds after power up Upon power up key annunciator lights also become momentarily illuminated on the GTN 6XxX display bezel The splash screen displays the following information e Copyright e Database List and System version e Instrument Panel Self Test Current database information includes valid operating dates cycle number and database type When this information has been reviewed for currency to ensure that no databases have expired the pilot is prompted to continue Databases that are not current will be shown in amber GARMIN 1 Copyright 2 SW amp Database 3 Panel Self Test Versions amp Dates Figure 1 10 System Startup Pages 1 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 1 4 2 Database Verification and Fuel Settings continu 1 When the System and Database Version page appears check to ensure databases are current Then touch Continue Getting Check To Ensure Required Databases Are Present And Current Touch To Continue To Home Page Started Software and GPS Engine Versions Check For Any Messages Figure 1 11 System Startup Pages 2 When the Instrument Panel Self T
293. o Zoom Range 1200 A Yy Lk Hij Map Traffic Figure 8 14 Map Setup Minimum Auto Zoom Range Auto Zoom Max Terrain Set the limit that the display will zoom out automatically Weather Nearest Selected Maximum ae Auto Zoom Range E Services E Music Ly wt Figure 8 15 Map Setup Maximum Auto Zoom Range Utilities Nav Range Ring When turned on the Nav Range Ring option will show a ring with a compass rose oriented to magnetic north around your present position on the Map page vhi 3 Messages A to Boo Nav Range Ring aiid ate Rts Current Position y 3 Al pendix Epy Nav Range Ring Range ee ty ee TH n O Index Figure 8 16 Nav Range Ring 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 11 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index A GARMIN TOPO Scale The Topo Scale option selects whether the elevation scale for topographical features on the Map page is displayed The scale will be located on the right side of the display Figure 8 17 Map Page Topo Scale Obstacle Range The Obstacle Data option selects whether the Obstacle Data is shown on the Map page Obstacles will be shown at and below the selected map range Map ranges above this value will not show the Obstacle Data Unlighted Obstacle Lighted
294. o view statistics for the previous and next legs in the flight plan Proc rent VAT _ VIN NTA 9 Touch the Edit Input Data key to return to the display for selecting Fuel Planning data Utilities System SVMDOIS Annandiv Appendix Index 14 22 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 14 6 DALT TAS Winds a Density Alt TAS Winds indicates the theoretical altitude at which your aircraft performs depending upon several variables including indi cle cated altitude Indicated ALT barometric pressure BARO and total air temperature TAT the temperature including the heating effect of speed Xpdr civ read on a standard outside temperature gauge This item computes true airspeed TAS and density altitude based upon the factors above Also Com Nav this feature determines winds aloft the wind direction and speed and a head wind tail wind component based on true airspeed aircraft heading HDG and ground speed When a FADC provides pressure altitude and i P Direct To the Use Sensor Data option is selected the Baro key will not be present B in the edit mode and the Baro indication will not be shown in computed results NOTE The capability of using Sensor Data is available in SW Versions 2 00 4 10 and later V bites DALT TAS Winds Wi o Prievan ALT Taffia SEI FT DALI TAS and iratTic Touch To Toggle FETI Winds Statistics B Sensor
295. ode 9 6 9 15 9 23 Altitude mode 9 25 Altitude reporting 2 5 Altitude type 14 5 Annunciations 1 6 1 19 6 1 9 10 9 11 9 16 9 17 10 6 10 12 10 18 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Anonymous mode 2 7 Answering a phone call 13 13 Antenna 11 52 Approach Channel 6 9 Approaches 10 16 18 1 Select 1 18 Approach operations 6 1 Approach shield 9 31 Approach with hold 6 11 Arc 10 4 10 10 10 11 ARTCC 12 1 12 10 ASOS 12 12 ATCRBS 9 7 ATIS 12 12 Attitude 18 1 Aural message 10 8 10 12 10 14 10 17 10 18 Automatic CDI switching 6 16 Autopilot 6 10 6 14 6 15 6 16 6 17 Auto pilot output 6 17 Auto zoom 8 10 AUX System Status Page 15 3 Aviation map data 8 15 AWOS 12 12 Backcourse 6 16 Backlighting 15 32 Baro corrected altitude 10 7 Barometric pressure 9 30 14 23 Basemap 15 5 Basemap symbols 17 6 Basic approach operation 6 1 Beacon 17 1 17 2 C Call suppression 13 14 Category 13 5 Cautions ili 8 23 10 9 10 13 CDI 8 30 Ceiling 12 9 Cell movement 11 7 11 15 Change data fields 8 20 Index 1 Index Index Channel 13 2 13 5 13 8 Channel spacing 1 11 Circle of uncertainty 15 11 City 8 23 11 7 City forecast 11 7 11 22 Class B airspace 8 23 17 8 Class C airspace 8 23 17 8 Class D airspace 8 23 17 8 Clean screen 14 26 Cloud tops 11 7 11 14 Cloudy 11 8 Com 1 15 3 1 Channel spacing 1 11 15 20 Frequency monitoring 3 12 Tuning 3 3 Window 3 3 Combin
296. og Route Option Edit ccesssesssssesssssessesersereees 4 19 4 3 5 5 Catalog Route Option COPY ccccsesecscsessseessesseeeeeees 4 20 4 3 5 6 Catalog Route Option Delete ccc ccccseeseesseeseeeeeees 4 21 4 3 6 Delete Flight Plan ixcicsneesa2casaveddetannsac nissusivatdensdvctannsicstdnviades 4 21 4 3 6 1 Delete Flight Plan from Catalog ccccccccscscsecsecsecsecseceees 4 21 4 3 6 2 Delete Active Flight Plan cccccccsccsecsecssesssesesesseeseeees 4 22 4 3 7 Preview Fiont PION iascia aa 4 23 4 3 7 1 Previewing the Active Flight Plan ccccccccececsesseeseeseeees 4 23 4 3 7 2 Previewing a Flight Plan in the Catalog ccccescseeeeeees 4 23 4 4 Graphically Editing a Flight PLAN xizssesendscesieSedtadceedsiacdeSeiasdeedeieedGediass 4 23 s Dre IOa E 5 1 5 1 Direct TO Navigation eeesecsscecsscessessseecsesssressnressnreesneesseesstess 5 1 5 2 Direct To a Flight Plan WayDOl Wosenascesevexeessusevecxneveverssapeasemnseenestesseeeiet 5 3 5 3 Direct To a Nearest AlrpOrt cc cccscsessssessesesssesesseeeseeeessteeeseneessneess 5 4 5 4 Removing a Direct To Course ycacaussutceneseorerar setcenedene sae saeedemetearesaesseueenat P 55 Died To Map WaypolNtesrasssannnn a a a 5 6 5 6 Off Route Direct TO COUrSC oo cccccsscssessessesececsecsesseesessessessessteaeeaeeas 5 7 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide IX Foreword 5 7 6 Getting 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 10 6 11 6 12 6 1
297. oints touch the desired waypoint to select it Touch Desired Waypoint an Nearest Figure 8 39 Select the Desired Waypoint From Multiple Waypoints SErvices 3 Touch a waypoint or airway on the map for the next waypoint musie or airway in the flight plan Continue adding waypoints or airways as needed Utilities 4 Touch the Done key to accept the changes and return to the g vone Map page n Symbe end 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 29 A GARMIN 8 4 CDI GTN 650 only The GIN 650 s CDI key is used to select data that is sent from the GPS or VLOC receiver to the external CDI or HSI CDI selection is available on the Detault Navigation page When the external CDI or HSI is connected to the GPS receiver GPS is shown on the annunciation bar When the external CDI or HSI is being driven by the VLOC receiver VLOC appears instead A NOTE The VLOC receiver must be selected for display on the external CDI HSI for approaches which are not approved for GPS See the ILS example in the Procedures section for more information A NOTE GPS phase of flight annunciations LPV ENR etc are not applicable to the external CDI or HSI when VLOC is active A NOTE The internal on screen CDI information is based on GPS data and cannot be used for primary navigation NOTE Ifthe unit is not configured for a CDI key then the activate GPS missed approach will only resum
298. ol menu touch the BARO key Getting to manually select the barometric pressure 2 Use the keypad to select the barometric pressure value 3 Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value The selected value will be shown in the BARO key 9 6 3 4 Operate T operae 1 While viewing the TCAD Control menu touch the Operate key to activate TCAD traffic 2 Touching the Operate key toggles TCAD traffic operation on and off 9 6 3 5 Ground Mode Wpt Info Sound meae 1 While viewing the TCAD Control menu touch the Ground key to activate Ground Mode TCAD traffic 2 Touching the Ground key toggles Ground Mode on and off 9 28 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 9 7 TCAD 9900B Operation The TCAD 9900B provides a passive system that uses transponder replies from other aircraft to acquire traffic information Map Orientation Traffic Advisory Touch To View Altitude Separation Traffic Menu 0 Feet Steady Altitude Separation Altitude Separation 300 Feet Below Touch To Select Closing A i Touch To Select ee Active Shield Traffic Traffic Separation Annunciation 500 Feet Opening Figure 9 25 Traffic Page for Ryan TCAD 9900B Description Imminent Traffic Non Imminent Traffic within 500 feet Traffic AND 1 0 NM OR no altitude AND within 1 0 NM Ey Traffic Closing Vertically Traffic Diverging Vertically gaij Traffic not Closing or Diverging Vertically Table 9 15 9900
299. ols Time Since Strike Seconds Symbols Table 17 11 Stormscope Symbols 17 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 18 APPENDIX 18 1 Glossary ACT ACTV ADC ADF ADI AFM AFMS AGL AIM AIRMET ALI AP APR APT ARINC ARSPC ARTCC AS ASOS ATC ATCRBS ATIS AUX AWOS BARO BC Bearing BRG C go CDI CHNL CLD 190 01004 03 Rev E active activate Air Data Computer Automatic Direction Finder Attitude Direction Indicator Airplane Flight Manual Airplane Flight Manual Supplement Above Ground Level Airman s Information Manual Airman s Meteorological Information altitude autopilot approach airport aerodrome Aeronautical Radio Incorporated airspace Air Route Traffic Control Center airspeed Automated Surface Observing System Air Traffic Control ATC Radar Beacon System Automatic Terminal Information Service auxiliary Automated Weather Observing System barometric setting backcourse The compass direction from the present position to a destination waypoint bearing center runway degrees Celsius Course Deviation Indicator channel cloud Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 1 Appendix rattir Appendix CLR CONFIG Course Crosstrack Error CRS CRSR CTA CTAF CTRL CUM DALT DB DBASE DCLTR DECLTR deg DEP Desired Track DTK DEST DFLT DIS Distance DME DP DPRT DSBL DIK EDR EGN
300. one Call Phone Call Back i Figure 13 18 Incoming Call Display 2 After a called is accepted and connected the connection time will be shown on the pop up Touch the ATT soft key to attenuate the call volume touching it again will return to normal volume Touch the HANG UP soft key to end the call ilnaarar lez esl Services Music 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 13 A GARMIN 13 5 4 Suppress Visuals Call Suppression controls calling when use of the Iridium phone system is allowed A NOTE The Suppress Visuals setting only affects the visual indication of an incoming call text It does not inhibit the phone ringer or incoming SMS chime Garmin recommends that you inhibit the audio from the GSR 56 unless a phone call is active Status Description Direct To off Call Suppression is turned off Calls may be transmitted and received through the Iridium phone Call Suppression is turned on The incoming call pop up will not be shown The call may still be answered on the phone page i PA S ERE SA VOLINI Outgoing calls are not affected On During APR Call Suppression is turned on during Approach Missed Approach MAPR TERM and Terminal operations The incoming call pop up will not be shown The call may still be answered on the phone page Outgoing calls are not affected Table 13 2 Call Suppression re 1 While viewing the Iridium Phone page touch the Suppression key
301. ones ee Unpaved Parking Areas Table 17 2 SafeTaxi Symbols 17 3 Traffic Symbols TIS Symbol Description aon Non Threat Traffic oOo Traffic Advisory TA Traffic Advisory Off Scale Table 17 3 TIS Symbols Symbols 17 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN TAS Symbol Description Non Threat Traffic intruder is beyond 5 NM and greater than 1200 ft vertical separation Proximity Advisory PA intruder is within 5 NM and less than 1200 ft vertical separation Traffic Advisory TA closing rate distance and vertical separation meet TA criteria Traffic Advisory Off Scale Table 17 4 TAS Symbols Description Imminent Traffic Non Imminent Traffic within 500 feet Traffic AND 1 0 NM OR no altitude AND within 1 0 NM Traffic Closing Vertically Traffic Diverging Vertically gij m Traffic not Closing or Diverging Vertically Table 17 5 9900B TCAD Symbols Symbols 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 17 3 A GARMIN Symbol Description eo rien color may be configured as cyan Devries color may be configured as cyan Sesto Table 17 6 9900BX TCAS Symbols Symbol Description U Basic Non Directional Traffic Basic Directional Traffic Basic Off scale Selected Traffic a a Proximate Non Directional Traffic Eg Proximate Directional Traffic Proximate Off scale Selected Traffic Off Scale Non Directional Alert
302. oom in and out on the map You may touch the map window and while pressing the display lightly drag your finger to move the map view fel Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 7 6 User Waypoints User In addition to the airport VOR NDB and intersection information contained _ in your Jeppesen NavData card the GTN 6XX allows you to store up to 1 000 ne user defined waypoints The User Waypoint Page displays the waypoint name up to six characters long identifier and radial from two reference waypoints distance from one reference waypoint along with the user waypoint lat lon position The following descriptions and abbreviations appear on the User Waypoint Page Ref Wpt Reference waypoint identifier name e Radial Radial from reference waypoint in degrees magnetic or degrees true depending upon unit configuration e Distance Distance from reference waypoint in nautical miles statute miles kilometers depending upon unit configuration e Lat Lon Latitude Longitude degrees minutes or degrees minutes seconds Delete Wot Distance amp Bearing Identifier Symbol eaa Dts To Wpt From amp References ace 2 281 Current Position Actes conte Wet PE ft Distance amp Bearing poe Edit Btn 175 3 To Wot From learest Touch To View Reference Wpt Area Map View All Wots Wnts Used Utilities Figure 7 18 Waypoint Info for a User Waypoint Select another Waypoint
303. oomiiin 0 5 NM 0 75 NM 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 NM 100 NM 150 NM 250 NM 400 NM 250 ft 400 ft 500 ft 750 ft 1000 ft 1500 ft 2500 ft E R 0 5 NM 0 75 NM 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 NM 100 NM 150 NM 250 NM 400 NM Off 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM 15 NM Table 8 1 Map Setup Map Options 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 9 A GARMIN Map Orientation The Map Orientation selection sets the orientation of the Map page Selections are North Up Track Up and Heading Up A Map Orientation label is shown below the North indicator reference to True North in the top left corner of the Map page Xpar Ctr Select Map Orientation North Up Com Nav Track Up Selected Orientation FPL Heading Up Figure 8 12 Map Setup Map Orientation North Up Above Wt Info The North Up Above option allows you to select the map range where at and above the selected value the Map Orientation will automatically change OH to North Up as a default For example with the 500 NM value selected in the figure below when the map range is 500 NM or more the map orientation will automatically become North Up Ta ffi IfaTTIC Sohal orth Wo wove Hanga Selected North Up Range pce Figure 8 13 North Up Above Range Selection _ Auto Zoom Utilities With a valid flight plan the Auto Zoom feature will automatic
304. or Flight Information Region Flight Information Services Broadcast Flight Information Service Data Link Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance flight plan frequency freezing Flight Service Station foot feet glideslope Garmin Air Data Computer Garmin Satellite Data Link geographic Global Navigation Satellite Landing System Garmin Audio Panel System Greenwich Mean Time Garmin Magnetometer Unit Global Positioning System GPS Roll Steering The velocity that the aircraft is travelling relative to a ground position see Track Garmin Reference System Ground Speed Garmin Transponder Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 3 Appendix Appendix HDG Heading HFOM Hg hPa HPL HSDB HSI HTAWS Hz IAF ICAO IFR IGRF ILS IMC IOI INFO in HG INT INTEG ITI L LAT LCD LCL LED Leg LIFR LNAV LOC LOI LON LPV LRU 18 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN heading The direction an aircraft is pointed based upon indications trom a magnetic compass or a properly set directional gyro Horizontal Figure of Merit mercury hectopascal Horizontal Protection Level High Speed Data Bus Horizontal Situation Indicator Helicopter Terrain Awareness and Warning System Hertz Initial Approach Fix International Civil Aviation Organization Instrument Flight Rules International Geomagnetic Reference Field Instrument Landing System Instrument Meteorological Conditions Im
305. ormation is shown on the display Touch the frequency key to load it into the Standby window aidia RR Touch To Insert TREX 133 15 Into Standby Hone 26 z 7 Window MON SUN 0E 0 72 00 Figure 3 13 More Frequency Detail 3 3 1 3 Find Flight Plan Frequencies 1 While viewing the Find results touch the Flight Plan key A list of Com or Nav frequencies associated with the active Flight Plan Touch To Select Airport From List Of Information Frequencies Figure 3 14 Flight Plan Frequency List 2 Touch the Multiple FREQ key to show the available frequencies if present 3 Touch the desired frequency to select it and place it into the Standby window 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 7 A GARMIN 3 3 1 4 Find User Frequencies user 1 While viewing the Find results touch the User key A list of User created frequencies will be displayed 2 Touch the desired trequency to load it into the Standby window Com Nav 3 3 2 Adding a New User Frequency 1 While viewing the numeric keypad touch the Find key on the left side of the display 2 Touch the User key 3 Touch the Add User Frequency key Adad User Freq Uenc dd Use Add User Frequency No user frequencies User Frequency List When Present Figure 3 15 Add New User Frequency emy 4 The Add New User Frequency information window will now be displayed Touch the Name key to select a name for the User
306. ose representing present position Trathe Overlay e Nav range ring Map Menu Active Flight Options Plan Leg North Indicator eran Aircraft Symbo Map Orientation Present Position Back to Range Keys Previous Page Touch to Zoom In and Out Nav Range Ring Map Scale Figure 8 1 Map Page Description A NOTE The electronic map is an aid to navigation and is designed to facilitate the use of authorized government charts not replace them Land and water data is provided only as a general reference The accuracy of the land and water data is not suitable for use as a primary source of navigation and should only be used to supplement official government charts and notices The following information describes the ownship function in a helicopter that does not have a source of magnetic heading information connected to the GTN When greater the 15 knots groundspeed the map is oriented either north up with ownship oriented to its track or track up When less than 15 kts groundspeed the directional ownship icon is replaced with a non directional icon because it can t be determined if the rotorcraft is going sideways or backwards The map will 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 1 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Inde
307. osition N 40 O4 80 Vi 1 p070 WII004 20 Time 2 1 56unc Time 18 4 tune Wind Direction Unknown Wind Direction 230 Wind Speed Unknowin Wind Speed 97x71 Altitude 7000r Altitude 3400001 Tem perature Unknown Ter perature 55 Urgent Ho Report ARP UALIO4 4006H 11007 1843 Wesibility 920 F340 M555 230 092KT TB LOT R _ HND UA OF ie rare D OL M 2156 pe 11 41 AIREP and PIREP Detail 3 Touch the Back key to remove the detailed information 4 Touch the AIREP PIREP key again to turn it off 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 27 A GARMIN 11 2 StormScope Weather 11 2 1 StormScope Optional NOTE Refer to the WX 500 Pilot s Guide for a detailed description of the WX 500 StormScope The StormScope WX 500 Weather Mapping Sensor is a passive weather avoidance system that detects electrical discharges associated with thunderstorms within a 200 NM radius of the aircraft The StormScope measures relative bearing and distance of thunderstorm related electrical activity and reports the information to the display Interfaces are currently only available for the WX 500 StormScope System For lightning display interpretation study the examples in the WX 500 Pilot s Guide that are designed to help you relate the cell or strike patterns shown on the display to the size and location of thunderstorms that may be near your aircraft Symbol Time Since Strike Seconds BO P
308. otion ae Vector White Traffic Info Selected Vector Motion and TREA Duration Touch For Next Target Figure 9 13 Absolute Motion White Vectors 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 21 A GARMIN ADS B and TCAS Status and Altitude Filter yo tn Map Touch To View Orientation Traffic Menu Selected Traffic Motion Traffic Info Vector Green Traffic Motion Selected Vector Vector Motion and Duration Touch For Next Target Figure 9 14 Relative Motion Green Vectors Motion Vector Target Motion Vector Target Ownship Icon Ownship Icon Figure 9 15 Comparison of Absolute and Relative Motion Vectors With a Single Target Motion Vector Target Target Motion Vector Target Motion Ownship Icon Target Motion Ownship Icon Vector vector Figure 9 16 Comparison of Absolute and Relative Motion Vectors With a Two Targets 9 22 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 9 5 1 5 Vector Duration The Vector Duration selection sets the time that the vector will show the calculated distance and direction of the traffic target A longer duration will result in a longer vector Motion Vector Duration ih Selected Vector Duration Figure 9 17 Traffic Motion Vector Duration Selection 9 5 1 6 Altitude Filter wee 1 Touch the Altitude Filter key to change the altitude volume 2 Select the desired altitude volume by touching the BELOW B NORMAL ABOVE or UNRESTR
309. pace Sectors ii 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the Airspace key a A list of the nearest 25 Airspaces within 200 NM along the aircraft flight path will be listed depending on the airspace types and values set by the user ic pina Wearest Arar NORTH FERRY a sideg i Ba Proc Prey Airspace Airspace nec Bee Proximity Wt info Name Information Figure 12 16 Nearest Airspace List g 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list _ Up Down Terrain da 3 Touch the Airspace Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info page for the selected Airspace eath t AFTA Wks Airspace wig 34 3 Airspace Contact 22 80 OPA LOCKA TWA Airspace Name MAYAT 2500F MAAT Surtace i Services Information Music Utilities Touch To Touch To View Airspace View Airspace oe Frequency List Vicinity Map Figure 12 17 Nearest Airspace Waypoint Information Once you have been provided an airspace alert message detailed information concerning the specific airspace is provided on the Nearest Airspace Page The Nearest Airspace Page displays the airspace name status AIRSPACE ALERT inside Airspace AIRSPACE ALERT Airspace entry in less than 10 minutes etc and a time to entry if applicable By selecting any airspace name listed on the Nearest Airspace Page additional details are provided including controlling agency communication frequencies and floor ceiling limits 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Gui
310. paces selection filters airspaces to show the ones appropriate for your altitude Feature Selection Off On Off 1000 ft 1500 ft 2500 ft 0 5 NM 0 75 NM 1 NM 1 5 NM Class B TMA Range Off 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM Class C TCA Range i 0 rhein NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 a 0 75 NM 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM Off 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 NM 100 NM MOA Military Range off 0 75 NM 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM yang 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 NM 100 NM Other ADIZ Range None Least Less Normal More Most Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings Table 8 4 Map Setup Airspace Options Show Airspaces Class D Range Restricted Range 8 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Smart Airspaces Garmins Smart Airspace feature aids visual clarity on screen by de emphasizing airspace that s well above or below the aircrafts current altitude The vertical separation is 1 000 feet at sea level and the vertical separation will gradually increase to 2 000 feet until the aircraft reaches 10 000 feet Anything above 10 000 feet keeps the 2 000 feet vertical separation A NOTE Smart Airspace only changes the depiction of the airspace on the moving map display It does not alter the Airspace Alerts that can be set on the System Alerts portion of the system Smart Airspaces Off Smart
311. play the Departure list ko Proceduras Touch To Show E Departure List Figure 6 2 Select Departure 2 If necessary touch the Airport key and enter the departure airport Touch the key for the desired Departure 3 Touch the for the desired Transition a shot Tr Fis iti iwn ATF TARO i1 Touch To Select JACKS Desired Departure Transition MURTH Figure 6 3 Selecting a Departure Transition 4 Touch the a for the desired Runway if necessary Select F bn vay ATW 3 SHAR i Touch To Select Desired Departure Runway Figure 6 4 Selecting a Departure Runway 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 3 A GARMIN NOTE If the selected runway is depicted as RW10B for instance this means both runways 10L and 10R saris 5 After selecting the runway the Departure page will be odr Ctr displayed an Touch To Select iia DEPE NNN RERA ouch To Select l Airport i Departure m Touch To Select Touch To Select a Runway Transition Touch To Preview izi ay Load Touch To Load Direct To Departure aaj O Preview Oenarture Departure Figure 6 5 Result of Selecting a Departure 6 Touch the Preview key to view the Departure KTWr AYWW25 SAAR OT JACES Map Sequence List For The Selected Departure o Departure Diagram raTfTic Touch To Load Departure Figure 6 6 Previewing a Departure 7 Touch the Load Departure key The Active Flight Plan page eatne will be displayed Nearest
312. ponder Operation Altitude Reporting Mode Figure 2 10 Transponder Mode Altitude Reporting Indication 00 2 The transponder will be On and will transmit its squawk code and altitude when interrogated An ALT annunciation will appear when the squawk code is transmitted 2 4 VFR ca Touch the VFR key to set the VFR squawk code 1200 VFR 1200 Transponder Squawk Code Figure 2 11 Transponder VFR Squawk Code 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 2 5 A n GARMIN on 29 Selecting a Squawk Code The selected squawk code will always be in use As you change a squawk code the original code will be used until you are finished selecting the new code Xpdr Ctrl Squawk Code Description 1200 Default VFR code in the USA 7500 Hijacking 7600 7700 Table 2 1 XPDR Special Squawk Codes 1 Touch the transponder squawk code window at the right side of the display 2 The XPDR page will be displayed The Squawk Code value will be active for selection for use by the active Transponder 3 Touch the numeric keypad or use the rotary knobs to select the desired Squawk Code 4 Then touch Enter Squawk Code Squawk Code Window Backspace Key Active XPDR 118 00 ENT ID Enter Key Figure 2 12 XPDR Squawk Code Selection Display 5 The selected Squawk Code will be shown in the XPDR window on the right side of the display 2 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 010
313. port Restricted Private Airfield VORTAC VOR DME Locator Outer Marker Heliport Table 8 11 Map Symbols re KAG cz pena nc o 8 32 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 8 7 SafeTaxi SafeTaxi is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail when zooming in on airports The airport display on the map reveals runways with numbers taxiways with identifying letters numbers airport Hot Spots and airport landmarks including ramps buildings control towers and other prominent features Resolution is greater at lower map ranges zooming in When the aircraft location is within the screen boundary including within SafeTaxi ranges an airplane symbol is shown on any of the navigation map views for enhanced position awareness Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting taxiways and runways and or complex ramp areas Airport Hot Spots are outlined to caution pilots of areas on an airport surface where positional awareness contusion or runway incursions happen most often Hot Spots are defined with a magenta circle or outline around the region of possible confusion Taxiway Detail Taxiway Identification Aircraft Position Figure 8 42 SafeTaxi Depiction on the Navigation Map Page 8 7 1 Using SafeTaxi Any map page that displays the navigation view can also show the SafeTaxi airport layout within the maximum configured range During ground operations
314. ppendix Index 16 22 A GARMIN There are several reference datums that waypoints can be surveyed against TSO C146 normally requires that all waypoints be referenced to the WGS84 datum but allows for navigation to waypoints that are not referenced to the WGS84 datum so long as the pilot is notified Certain waypoints in the navigation database are not referenced to the WGS84 datum or their reference datum is unknown It this is the case this message is displayed Garmin cannot determine exactly how close the non WGS84 referenced waypoint will be to the WGS84 datum that the GTN uses Typically the distance is within two nautical miles The majority of non WGS84 waypoints are located outside of the United States Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 17 SYMBOLS The following tables describe the symbols that are found on the Map display 17 1 Map Page Symbols Description E Unknown Airport Non towered Non serviced Airport Towered Non serviced Airport Non towered Serviced Airport Towered Serviced Airport Soft Surface Serviced Airport Soft Surface Non serviced Airport LOM compass locator at outer marker NDB Non directional Radio Beacon VOR DME ILS DME or DME only VORTAC TACAN nm Table 17 1 Map Page Symbols 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 17 1 A GARMIN 17 2 SafeTaxi Symbols Symbol Description Helipad Under Construction Z
315. proach Touch To Select Touch To Select Transition Channel ID Touch To Preview Touch To Activate Approach Approach Touch To Load Approach Figure 6 18 Selected Approach Overview ce 5 Touch the Transition key and then touch the key for the desired transition The selected Transition will be shown in white on the Procedure page Approach diagram Unselected Transitions will be shown in grey Select Transition ATWF AWAY 25ers LPY Drag Finger On List To View List Or Touch Up Down Keys To Scroll List Selected Transition DRY AD HAZZL Figure 6 19 Select Approach Transition a c f desired touch the Channel ID key then use the numeric keypad to select the channel number and then touch the Enter key The Channel and ID are typically loaded automatically if they are present 6 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN A NOTE As an alternate means of loading an approach the spor Channel ID key allows you to select the channel ID for a SBAS approach for the current destination The channel ID for the Getting SBAS approach is available from an approved approach chart If duplicate numbers are available for a channel a list will be available a where you may select the desired approach eae 7 Touch the Load Approach key The Active Flight Plan page will be displayed The approach waypoints are placed at the end of the flight plan and the unit will automatically sequence to them after the en
316. r coverage extends to 55 N e Any precipitation displayed between 52 N and 55 N is displayed as mixed because it is unknown Precipitation Above 52 N F ae ei Figure 11 11 NEXRAD Data Canada 11 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 1 6 Echo Tops ee Echo Tops data shows the location elevation and direction of the highest radar echo The highest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or Getting clouds rather it indicates the highest altitude at which precipitation is detected This information is determined from NEXRAD data Xpdr Ctr NOTE Due to similarities in color schemes the display of Echo Tops cannot be shown with Cloud Tops and NEXRAD 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Echo Tops key as te i Product Age Present Position Echo Tops Figure 11 12 Echo Tops eb Tepe 2 Touch the Echo Tops key again to turn it off Echo Tops 70 000 F1 5 000 FA Vlusic Grounc No Coverage Figure 11 13 Echo Tops Legend System 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 13 A GARMIN 11 1 7 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl imagery Com Nav Direct To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic Terrain Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 11 14 Cloud Tops NOTE Due to similarities in color schemes it is not possible to d
317. r the SMS Text Message 3 Use either the keypad or select trom the Contacts 4 Touch the Message window to enter the text for the message Use the keypad to create the message 5 Touch Send to send the message Touch Save to save the message as a draft Touch Delete to delete this message 13 5 6 3 A Failed SMS Text Message gt 1 While viewing the Services page touch the SMS Text key and touch the Outbox tab A failed message is noted with an X Message With A Failed Mark s Home Outbox Group With J ey rome Failed Notation x Dow Figure 13 25 SMS Text Message List Showing a Failed Message aed 2 Touch the failed message Touch the Send Again key to resend Aes the message Failed Message Message Body Touch Resend Message Figure 13 26 Resend a Failed SMS Text Message To delete the message touch the Menu key and then the Delete key UJ 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 17 A GARMIN Touch To Delete Message Figure 13 27 Delete a Failed SMS Text Message 13 5 7 Position Reporting Position Reporting is a system which collects system variables and transmits them over the Iridium satellite at a given interval through the GSR 56 Ey 1 While viewing the Services page touch the Position Reports Gervices Position Reports Report Status Touch To Manually Touch To Enable Au ripheral ERLE Send A Report Automatic Reporting 5 a Touch To Set
318. r to avoid obstacles id Terrain Proximity uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by p government sources The displayed information should never be understood as being all inclusive NOTE The data contained in the Terrain Proximity databases comes from government agencies Garmin accurately processes and cross validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data raltlc Terrain 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 5 A GARMIN 10 3 Terrain Awareness and Warning System TAWS B Optional TAWS Terrain Awareness and Warning System is an optional feature to increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled flight into terrain CFIT TAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and obstacles are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft TAWS satisfies TSO C151b Class B requirements for certification Class B TAWS is required for all Part 91 turbine aircraft operations with six or more passenger seats and for Part 135 turbine aircraft operations with six to nine passenger seats FAR Parts 91 223 135 154 10 3 1 TAWS B Requirements TAWS requires the following to operate properly e A valid terrain obstacle database e A valid 3 D GPS position solution 10 3 2 TAWS B Limitations NOTE The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government agencies Garmin accurately processes and cross validates the data but cannot guara
319. r use after the expiration date When turning on the GIN 6XxX the Power up Page indicates whether the databases are current out of date or not available The Power up Page shows the SafeTaxi database is current when the SateTaxi Expires date is shown in white When the SafeTaxi cycle has expired the SateTaxi Expires date appears in yellow The message unknown appears in white if no SafeTaxi data is available on the database card The SateTaxi Region Version Cycle Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can also be found on the System System Status page SateTaxi information appears in white and yellow text The EFFECTIVE date appears in white when data is current and in yellow when the current date is before the effective date The EXPIRES date appears in white when data is current and in yellow when expired SateTaxi REGION NOT AVAILABLE appears in white if SafeTaxi data is not available on the database card 8 34 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 9 TRAFFIC The Traffic function displays available traffic information depending on your installed equipment to assist in situational awareness The features and operation depend on the capabilities and options of each type of traffic system NOTE The reference point for the ownship is the nose of the ownship aircraft symbol either miniature aircraft or triangle The reference point for all traffic icons is the cen
320. raffic on Traffic Advisory TA On Traffic Advisory Off Scale Table 9 1 TIS Traffic Symbols Traffic Advisories TA alert the crew to intruding aircraft When traffic meets the advisory criteria for the TA a solid yellow circle symbol is generated A Non threat Advisory shown as an open white diamond indicates that an intruding aircratt is at greater than 1200 feet relative altitude or the distance is beyond five NM A Tratfic Advisory that is beyond the selected display range is indicated by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of the intruder TIS also provides a vector line showing the direction in which the traffic is moving to the nearest 45 Traffic information for which TIS is unable to determine the bearing non bearing traffic is displayed in the center of the Traffic Page or in a banner on maps other than the Traffic Map Page on which traffic can be displayed The altitude difference between the requesting aircraft and other intruder aircraft is displayed above below the traffic symbol in hundreds of feet If the other aircraft is above the requesting aircraft the altitude separation appears above the traffic symbol with a sign if below the altitude separation appears below Altitude trend is displayed as an up down arrow for speeds greater than 500 fpm in either direction to the right of the target symbol Traffic symbols for aircraft without altitude reporting capability appear witho
321. range Traffic may not be displayed in the radar coverage area due to the following e Radar site TIS Mode S sensor is not operational or is out of service e Traffic or requesting aircraft is beyond the maximum range of the TIS capable Mode S radar site Traffic or requesting aircraft is above the radar site in the cone of silence and out of range of an adjacent site e Traffic or requesting aircraft is below radar coverage In flat terrain the coverage extends from about 3000 feet upward at 55 miles Terrain and obstacles around the radar site can further decrease radar coverage in all directions Traffic does not have an operating transponder System 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 9 A GARMIN 9 3 7 TIS System Status The GTN 6XX performs an automatic test of TIS during power up If TIS passes the test TIS enters Standby Mode on the ground or Operating Mode in the air If TIS fails the power up test an annunciation is shown in the center of the Traffic Map Page Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action for a failure message Traffic Page Annunciation Description Data is not being received trom the transponder The transponder has failed TIS is unavailable or out of range Table 9 3 TIS Failure Annunciations The Traffic mode is annunciated in the bottom left corner of the Traffic Page When the aircraft is on the ground TIS automatically enters Stand
322. re version 13 9 15 3 Special Use Airspace 12 1 Speed 10 16 Squawk code 2 6 Squelch 1 4 3 2 Standby 2 3 STAR 6 5 STARs 1 18 Start up 1 6 Status 13 19 15 7 15 12 Store flight plan 4 13 Stormscope 8 6 11 28 17 8 Stuck microphone 3 11 Sunny 11 8 Sunrise Sunset 14 12 Support vi Suppress Visuals 13 14 Surface analysis 11 22 Surface winds 11 47 Symbols 8 32 9 4 9 13 10 13 11 6 11 8 17 1 17 3 System ID 15 4 System power 1 6 System setup 15 16 System status 9 10 9 16 10 18 15 3 T TACAN 17 1 TAF 11 43 Target altitude 14 5 Target offset 14 6 Target waypoint 14 7 TAS 9 3 9 12 9 13 14 23 TAWS alerts 10 7 10 13 TAWS B 10 1 10 6 TAWS failure alert 10 18 TAWS system test 10 8 10 18 TCAD 9 24 TCAD 9900B 9 29 Index 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN TCAD 9900BX 9 24 9 33 TCAS 9 4 9 20 Temperature 11 8 15 26 Temporary 7 16 TERM 6 2 Terrain 1 3 8 4 8 16 9 9 10 1 10 6 17 5 Terrain alerts 10 1 10 17 Terrain data 8 5 10 5 10 6 15 5 Terrain limitations 10 5 Terrain obstacle symbols 10 9 17 5 Terrain proximity ti 10 1 10 9 17 6 Text 11 48 Text messaging 13 16 TFR 8 15 11 56 17 8 Thunderstorm 11 52 Thunderstorms 11 8 Time 11 7 11 39 11 50 15 8 15 10 15 18 Time format 1 11 Time until transmit 13 19 TIS 9 3 9 4 9 7 9 9 Topo data 8 4 Topo scale 8 12 Tornadoes 11 8 Tornados 11 52 Touchscreen 1 2 1 5 Track vector 9 8 Traffic 8 6 9
323. received or is out of date and has been removed from the display New data appears on the next update key 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Freezing Level key Freezing Level Line Product Age Present Position ling lt l al Figure 11 22 Freezing Level 2 Touch the Freezing Level key again to turn it off Freezing Levels FT 2000 12000 4000 14000 6000 16000 18000 20000 Figure 11 23 Freezing Level Legend 11 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 1 12 METARs METAR METeorological Aerodrome Report known as an Aviation Routine Weather Report is the standard format for current weather observations METARs are updated hourly and are considered current METARs typically contain information about the temperature dew point wind precipitation cloud cover cloud heights visibility and barometric pressure They can also contain information on precipitation amounts lightning and other critical data METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them METAR 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the METAR Product Age Present Position METAR Flags Touch For Detail Figure 11 24 METARs 2 Toucha METAR to show detailed information Touch the Back key to return to the Weather display sq METAR KML observation Bema Slider Shows More Detail kid Realy Tite aaa Available Touch And visibility 225M 7 Drag D
324. requency List 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 15 A GARMIN Foreword 4 Touch the Filter key to narrow the list by category such as Airport and VOR and then select a given frequency ele Serer LI Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl pes FPL Figure 3 26 Nearest Nav Frequency List Direct To Proc Wot Into Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 3 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 4 FLIGHT PLANS The GTN 6XX lets you create up to 99 different flight plans with up to 100 waypoints in each flight plan The Flight Plan function is accessed by touching the Flight Plan key on the Home page The Flight Plan function allows you to create store edit and copy flight plans Waypoint Activate Leg Catalog Select Waypoint Options Insert Before Store Find Insert After Delete Recent Load Procedures Preview Nearest Load Airway Parallel Track Flight Plan Waypoint Info Invert User Remove Edit Data Fields Search by Name Search by City Load Procedures is shown for airports Load Airway is shown for waypoints on a published airway Figure 4 1 Flight Plan Functional Diagram NOTE Navigation is provided for fixed wing aircraft above 30 kts and for rotorcraft above 10 kts 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 1 4 2 A GARM
325. right edge of the display bezel sil 2 To eject the card gently press on the SD card to release the ace spring latch 1 3 2 Pilot Controls The GIN 6XX controls have been designed to simplify operation of the system and minimize workload and the time required to access sophisticated functionality Controls are located on the bezel and on the touchscreen display Controls are comprised of dual concentric knobs volume squelch knob bezel keys and active touch areas on the display 1 3 2 1 Volume Squelch Knob The Volume knob located in the top left corner of the bezel controls audio volume for the selected Com radio or Nav receiver and other volume levels for external audio input devices that are controlled via the GTN interface if installed When the Com radio is active press the Volume knob momentarily to disable automatic squelch control for the Com radio When the Nav radio is active press the Volume knob momentarily to enable disable the ident tone for the Nav radio Figure 1 3 Volume Squelch Knob 1 3 2 2 Large Small Concentric Knobs The large right and small right knobs are used for data entry such as in the Waypoint or Direct To functions and to set the frequencies for the communications transceiver or the VOR Localizer receiver in units so equipped Figure 1 4 Large Small Concentric Knobs 1 3 2 3 HOME Key Pressing the HOME key displays the Home page the main screen for accessing the GTN features Pressing and hold
326. roduct Age IR Satellite Coverage Figure 11 61 Connext Infrared Satellite Data Map Display and Legend 11 3 10 METARs A NOTE Atmospheric pressure reported for METARSs is given in hectopascals hPa except in the United States where it is reported in inches of mercury in Hg Temperatures are reported in Celsius A NOTE METAR information is only displayed within the installed aviation database service area METAR METeorological Aerodrome Report known as an Aviation Routine Weather Report is the standard format for current weather observations METARs are generally updated hourly but some site are more frequent Special updates are done as conditions warrant METARs typically contain information about the temperature dew point wind precipitation cloud cover cloud heights visibility and barometric pressure They can also contain information on precipitation amounts lightning and other critical data METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 43 A GARMIN METAR _ Description VER ceiling greater than 3000 ft AGL and visibility greater than five miles Marginal VFR ceiling 1000 3000 ft AGL and or visibility three to tive miles IFR ceiling 500 to below 1000 ft AGL and or visibility one mile to less than three miles a Low IFR ceiling below 500 ft AGL or visibility less than one mile OF know Table 11 6 METAR S
327. roll through the list or move the location on the map In this pilots guide keys are noted by bold text An image of the key used seat Will be shown to the left of a procedure Keys are outlined areas on the display Figures in the guide will identity the available controls A key may have a name of a control such as Enter Terrain or Back A key may also be an information field such as a numeric value that can be changed ot Info Text Description ie Graphic Of Key Of Key ee While viewing the Map Menu touch the Terrain Map Overlay key to toggle the view of Terrain data i Graphic Of Key With Text Description Numeric Value Of Key When the Fuel on Board value is selected touch the Fuel on Board key to display the Fuel on Board values List Keys Touch To Select Select Field Type Scroll Bar Indicates More ESA Enroute Safe Altitude Selections Available Touch Finger To An Item In The List And Drag Your Finger To View More Selections ETA Estimated Time of Arrival FIG at Dest FLA at Destination Selected Field Type ETE Estimated Time Enroute ETE t Dest ETE te Destination Touching the Back key returns to the previous display The Cancel key cancels any information selected or entered and returns to the previous display Xxil Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 1 GETTING STARTED 1 1 Model Descriptions This guide covers the operation of the G
328. rossing altitude If another function glideslope source is not available for verification tly a GPS based approach Contact dealer for Service GLIDESLOPE The glideslope board Fly an approach that does not use Glideslope receiver isnot communicating the glideslope receiver VOR LOC has failed property with the GPS Contact dealer for service system Messages 16 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Message Description Action GNS CROSSFILL A user waypoint from Ensure that the waypoints on the GTN user the GNS replaced GNS have unique names before waypoint s One or more existing transferring to the GTN to avoid replaced with GNS waypoints on the GTN overwriting existing waypoints user waypoints GNS CROSSFILL A user waypoint from Remove some of the waypoints Catalog full not all the GNS could not be from the catalog to make room for GNS waypoint s created because the the waypoints from the GNS transferred user waypoint catalog is Tull GNS CROSSFILL Waypoint transter The data transfer should be Waypoint transfer failed incomplete reattempted failed GPS GPS position has been Wait for GPS satellite geometry NAVIGATION lost due to lack of to improve Ensure the aircraft LOST satellites has a clear view of the sky Use a Insufficient different GPS receiver or a non satellites Use other GPS based source of navigation navigation source Co
329. rotected The tab must be in the Up position to work correctly Card Programmer l l l l l If a card programmer is having trouble finding or writing data to the SD cards you may have to upgrade to a High Capacity SD card programmer SD cards with a capacity of 4GB are considered high capacity Most non high capacity card programmers will not work with a high capacity SD card High capacity card programmers can be easily purchased at a consumer electronics store Ensure that your card programmer is not plugged into a USB hub your computer screen or your keyboard Make sure it is plugged directly into your computer the back of the computer if using a desktop computer If you accidentally place a file onto the wrong card call Garmin Aviation Product Support team to look at the files and delete the proper files _ Do not format the cards Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Updating Garmin Databases 2 of Download the data to the data cards trom the appropriate web site Insert Navigation Database SD card in the slot of the GTN 6XX Apply power to the GTN 6XX System View the power up splash screen Check that the databases are initialized and displayed on the splash screen Some databases can take up to 15 minutes to update The database update page will prompt to either Update or Continue Touch the Update key to update the database s Touch the Conti
330. route waypoints A NOTE Ifyou build your flight plan with the destination airport at the end and then load an approach procedure you will navigate all the way to the destination airport before joining the procedure Be sure when LOADING and not ACTIVATING an approach procedure that the route to be flown is correct Wpt Info Map 8 Touch the Activate Approach key which makes the active leg Direct To the IAF or for Vector approaches to activate a Taffic leg that is an extended final approach course You can also activate the selected procedure on the Procedures page if Terrain the approach is not activated on this page AJ Lae Weatnel 9 Touch the Preview key Unselected Nearest Sequence List Transition a yervices Approach Touch To Load Cities Diagram ai Approach Figure 6 20 Selected Approach Preview System A NOTE When re activating an approach the decision as to whether a hold is inserted at the IAF or not is assumed to be the same as the first time the approach was activated regardless of current aircraft position If the pilot wishes to have the hold inserted or removed from the procedure the procedure must be re loaded or activated from the PROC Approach page Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 9 A nauau GARMIN 6 5 Approaches with Procedure Turns The procedure turn portion of an approach is stored as one of the legs of th
331. ructions are included with the GDL 69A also available at www garmin com P N 190 00355 04 It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service subscriptions with the GDL 69A Either or both services can be activated SiriusXM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an activation signal that when received by the GDL 69A allows it to play entertainment programming These IDs are located e On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver e On the Music Menu Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be located NOTE Refer to the GDL 69 69A SiriusXM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions 190 00355 04 for further information 1 Contact SiriusXM Weather through the e mail address listed on their web site www xmradio com or by the customer service yas phone number listed on the web site 1 800 985 9200 Music 2 Follow the instructions provided If SirtusXM weather services have not been activated all the weather product boxes are cleared on the XM Information Page and a yellow Activation Required message is displayed in the center of the Weather Data Link Page Map Page Group The Service Class refers to the groupings of weather products available for subscription 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 3 A GARMIN _ 13 3 Music Operation o The GTN 6XX provides control for enjoying SiriusxM Radio audio Seting entertainmen
332. ruding aircraft while monitoring transponder replies The TAS uses this information to derive the distance relative bearing and if reported the altitude and vertical trend for each aircraft within its surveillance range The TAS then calculates a closure rate to each intruder based on the projected Closest Point of Approach CPA If the closure rate meets the threat criteria for a Traffic Advisory TA visual and aural alerting is provided 9 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 9 4 1 TAS Symbology Traffic Advisory System TAS is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft TAS uses an on board interrogator processor to detect traffic Only aircraft with operating transponders will be detected Traffic is displayed according to TCAS symbology using four different symbols TAS Symbol Description Non Threat Traffic intruder is beyond 5 NM and greater than 1200 ft vertical separation Proximity Advisory PA intruder is within 5 NM and less than 1200 ft vertical separation Traffic Advisory TA closing rate distance and vertical separation meet TA criteria Traffic Advisory Off Scale Table 9 6 TAS Intruder Symbol Description 12 Relative Altitude 1200 ft Above Non Threat Traffic T Vertical Trend Arrow Climbing Figure 9 7 Intruder Type Altitude and Vertical Trend 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 13 A GARMIN 9 4 2 Displa
333. rway waypoints are shown below the Airway key on the display Touch the airway to make any changes S KSLE KOLM piws CoN k Entry Waypoint o Selected Airway Touch To Edit Selected Airway Waypoints Figure 4 24 Airway Waypoints in the Flight Plan 8 Touch the Airway key to display the Airway Options Make the desired choice or touch Back Touch To Collapse Airway Waypoint View earest Touch To Select New Or Change Current Airway way Touch To Remove EE Aiway From Flight Plan Utilities Figure 4 25 Airway Options ioa 9 Touch the Collapse All Airways key to collapse the list of points along the airway Touch the Collapse All Airways key again to toggle the display of airway detail back on 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 11 A GARMIN 4 3 Flight Plan Menu The Flight Plan Menu provides access to functions to manage your flight plans The functions included are View Catalog Store Flight Plan Delete Flight Plan Preview Flight Plan Parallel Track Invert Flight Plan and Edit Data Fields Touch the Menu key to access the Flight Plan Menu options View Catalog Store Flight Plan Delete Flight Plan Preview Flight Plan Parallel Track Invert Flight Plan and Edit Data Fields es To Store The Active Touch To Add Parallel Track Flight Plan Course Offsets Touch To Delete Touch To View The Active List Of Stored Flight Plan Fight Plans Touch To Invert Touch To View A The A
334. s Aloft Symbol SEKT or less ORT oF less SQ eT or bess Figure 11 64 Connext Weather Winds Aloft and Legend Winds Aloft Altitude The Winds Aloft Altitude option allows you to select the altitude for the Wess Winds Aloft weather product Altitude can be selected in 3000 foot increments from the surface up to 42 000 feet MSL Pressing the WX Aloft ALT or soft keys steps down or up in 3 000 foot increments In the figure shown above 6000 feet is selected and Winds Aloft data is shown for winds reported at an altitude of 6000 feet 11 46 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 3 13 SIGMETs and AIRMETs SIGMETs SIGnificant METeorological Information and AIRMETs AIRmen s METeorological Information are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather considered of importance to aircraft A Convective SIGMET is issued for hazardous convective weather A localized SIGMET is a significant weather condition occurring at a localized geographical position SIGMET AIRMET Detail CE P A E ee Figure 11 65 Connext Weather Page AIRMETs SIGMETs When enabled SIGMET AIRMETs advise the pilot of potentially hazardous weather SIGMETs are directed to all aircraft AIRMETs are intended for light aircraft SIGMET AIRMET data covers icing turbulence dust and volcanic ash as issued by the National Weather Service The update rate is selected in the Connext Settings Menu AIRMET icing Trbulang
335. s in a Terminal or Approach phase of flight when Dead Reckoning takes place No GPS Position will be displayed on the map pages and all navigation data will be dashed If you are operating in Dead Reckoning mode and a transition to Terminal or Approach phases of flight would occur from the projected Dead Reckoning position Dead Reckoning mode will be discontinued No GPS Position will be displayed on the map pages and all navigation data will be dashed 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 19 A GARMIN Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic This page intentionally left blank Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 1 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN __ ESS 2 TRANSPONDER CONTROLS OPTIONAL The GIN 6XX can integrate the control and display of transponder functions The GTN 6XX will operate as a control head for remotely connected optional compatible transponders Squawk Code Squawk Code Window Backspace Active Key VER Squawk Transponder Code 1200 Key Selection fm Reply Annunciation Active XPDR Code and Mode Numeric Keypad Display Enter Key Context Sensitive Mode Key Instructions For Rotary Knob Figure 2 1 XPDR Control Display XPDR 1 Standby 1200 XPDR 2 Ground On Altitude Reporting Figure
336. s not waypoint and is not informational only available due to supported in dead dead reckoning or reckoning mode no active waypoint PARALLEL TRACK Parallel track is No action is necessary message is Parallel track not not supported on informational only supported past IAF approaches PARALLEL TRACK Parallel track is not No action is necessary message is Parallel track not supported for turns informational only supported for turns greater than 120 greater than 120 degrees due to the degrees acute angle PARALLEL TRACK Parallel track is not No action is necessary message is Parallel track not supported on current informational only supported for leg leg type type REMOTE KEY The remote OBS OBS Verify the OBS MODE SEL key STUCK MODE SEL key switch switch is not stuck Contact dealer Remote OBS key is has been in pressed for service if this message persists stuck position for at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 15 A GARMIN Message Description Action REMOTE KEY The remote CDI CDI Verity the CDI SRC SEL key switch STUCK SRC SEL key switch has is not stuck Contact dealer for Remote CDI key is been in pressed position service if this message persists stuck for at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not a
337. s tasks that are required to qualify a glove Table 18 2 contains tasks that are not required to qualify a glove but may limit the manner in which some functions are accessed while a glove is worn 1 Sit in the pilot s seat 2 Start the GTN in Demo mode by pressing and holding the Direct To key during power up 3 Perform the tasks listed in Table 18 1 and Table 18 2 with an non gloved hand You do not need to record any results for this step 4 Perform the tasks listed in Table 18 1 and Table 18 2 with a gloved hand For each task determine whether the operation is the same or worse as it was without the glove Record the results in Table 18 1 and Table 18 2 Items that may cause the operation to be worse include but are not limited to a Multiple attempts to select a key b Unintentional selection of adjacent keys c Excessive force on the touchscreen to select a key Appendix 5 Ifall applicable tasks in Table 18 1 respond in the same way with and without a glove then the glove used to complete these tasks may be used by the pilot 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 17 A GARMIN who performed this evaluation on the unit 6XX or 7XX that was used during this procedure Pilot Glove Description GTN circle one 6XX or 7XX Operation With Glove one a to the Home Screen Navigate to the Home Screen Press HOME Touch the Flight Plan key Enter the following waypoints using the Ad
338. s the GTN to provide limited navi gt as tti gation using the last known position and speed after a loss of GPS navigation while on an active flight plan N CAUTION Navigation using dead reckoning is only an estimate and should not be used as the sole means of navigation Use other means of navigation if possible Dead reckoning becomes active after a loss of GPS position while navigating using an active flight plan and the flight phase is either En Route ENR or Oceanic OCN DR will be overlayed on the ownship icon The To From flag is removed from the CDI The Dead Reckoning annunciator DR appears on the lower left side of the map display and will replace ENR or OCN when a GPS position is unavailable and the unit is in Dead Reckoning mode All external outputs dependent on GPS position are flagged Terrain will be noted as not available and new terrain advisory pop ups will not occur Traffic and StormScope information will not be shown on the Map page but will continue to be available on their own dedicated pages XM weather will still be available on the Map page Dead Reckoning mode will continue until GPS position is restored when GPS navigation is restored Dead Reckoning mode is exited The DR annunciations will be removed and GPS information will be used to compute navigation related information for the current flight phase Dead Reckoning is only allowed in En Route and Oceanic phases of flight If the unit i
339. se Switching to VLOC late in the approach may not provide the autopilot enough time to respond and intercept the approach course prior to the FAF depending upon the performance characteristics of your autopilot and aircraft In such instances you should manually fly the approach or refer to the documentation provided with your autopilot When an ILS or VOR approach is first selected or executed the frequency is automatically checked If the frequency is incorrect you will receive a message and you must place the correct ILS or VLOC frequency in the active frequency field When flying a localizer based approach other than backcourse with automatic CDI switching enabled Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 1 GPS guidance may be used while flying outbound and on the initial portion of the procedure turn 2 VLOC guidance is used on the remainder of the approach from the time you turn inbound on the procedure turn 3 The localizer frequency must be active to use VLOC guidance K at the MAP e When flying a localizer based approach with automatic CDI switching disabled 1 You may select VLOC guidance at any point on the approach prior to reaching the FAF 2 The localizer frequency must be active to use VLOC guidance 6 14 Enabling Autopilot Outputs for the King KAP140 KFC225 Autopilot outputs for the King KAP140 KFC225 autopilots are activated manually by t
340. sed position for at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations REMOTE KEY The remote RP MODE Verify the RP MODE key switch STUCK key switch has been is not suck Contact dealer for RP Mode key is in pressed position for service if this message persists stuck at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations SELECT Correct NAV frequency Insert the correct frequency into FREQUENCY is not set in the active the active navigation frequency Select appropriate NAV frequency for the window NAV frequency for approach procedure approach SET COURSE The selected course Set the CDI HIS selected course to Set course on CDI on the CDI HS does the current desired track HSI to current not match the current DTK desired track Messages 16 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Message Description Action STEEP TURN Flight plan contains an No action is necessary message is Aircraft may acute course change informational only If desired slow overshoot course ahead which will the aircraft to shallow the turn during turn require a bank in excess of normal to follow the guidance If coupled to the autopilot the autopilot may not be able to execute the steep turn needed to follow the course guidance STORMSCOPE The GIN is configured C
341. ser Nav Utilities User u Angle Selected Touch To Set Manual Mag Var Figure 15 40 Magnetic Variation is Available for Editing Symbols 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 27 A GARMIN 4 Touch the keys on the numeric keypad to set the Magnetic Variation and then touch Enter Touch To Toggle E W Hemispheres Touch Key to Delete Values Use the Numeric Keypad to Select User manual Magnetic Variation Touch Enter Or Press Small Knob To Save Values Figure 15 41 Numeric Keypad for Setting Manual Magnetic Variation 5 The User Nav Angle value will be used for all angular values Remember to change the value when traveling to an area requiring another value 15 5 3 Position Format Selection There are three Position Formats available Lat Lon the Military Grid Reference System MGRS and the Universal Transverse Mercator UTM grid system The format selected will be shown in all locations where position information is shown NOTE The Position Format Selection function is available in SW Version 4 10 and later KBKE Information KBKE gt Public Baker City Mun Baker City OR NW USA svao 3373 44 7 Mk 36048 i Avgas Jet 65198 MGRS Position Format Time UTC 8 diii Figure 15 42 MGRS Position Format Shown On Waypoint Info Page 15 28 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 100 km Square Grid nel Easting Numeric Designator Loc
342. shed and the aircraft is within the database coverage area the aural message TAWS Available is generated when the aircraft is airborne 10 3 8 7 TAWS Failure Alert TAWS continually monitors several system critical items such as database validity hardware status and GPS status If the terrain obstacle database is not available the aural message TAWS System Failure is generated along with a TAWS FAIL annunciation 10 3 9 TAWS System Status During power up TAWS conducts a self test of its aural and visual annunciations The system test can also be manually initiated An aural alert is issued at test completion TAWS System Testing is disabled when ground speed exceeds 30 knots Alert Annunciation TAWS Available TAWS Available TAWS System Test in Progress TER TEST Alert Type Aural Message TAWS System Test Pass TAWS System Test OK TAWS N A TERNA TAWS Not Available TAWS Alerting is Disabled I TAWS System Test Fail TER FAIL TAWS System Failure Table 10 5 TAWS B System Test Status Annunciations 10 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 4 HTAWS Optional 10 4 1 Introduction A NOTE Either the TERRAIN TAWS HTAWS or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY functionality will be available via the Terrain page depending on the po Cr installed hardware and configuration HTAWS or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY are available in software version 4 00 or later Com Nav CArAU
343. shed with all selections touch the Create key to create the new waypoint A NOTE If an external Mark On Target MOT switch is installed pressing that switch will result in the creation of a User waypoint called MOTxxx at the point in space where the MOT switch was pushed The waypoints are created in increasing numeric order up to number 999 at which point they will start replacing existing waypoints at the beginning of the list Wot Info 7 7 1 Waypoint Location Based on Lat Lon Coordinates 1 From the Create User Waypoint page touch the Position key and then the Lat Lon key Then touch the Latitude Longitude value key ga Woe WPT 3n Touch to Select Lat Lon Waypoint Reference Type Touch to Select Lat Lon Values Figure 7 23 Waypoint Info Create User Waypoint Type Lat Lon Pesan 2 The Lat Lon coordinate values will be highlighted Touch the Lat or Lon key to toggle selection of the hemisphere values and highlight the selected value The Large knob may also be used for cursor movement and characters selected with the Small knob Use the Large knob to backspace or move the cursor to the left 7 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN When The Lat Key Is Touched The Latitude Hemisphere Value Is Active For Selection Touch To Toggle ee Lat Lon Selection Hemisphere Value 135 90 ron STY Touch to Select Ui Lat Lon Coordinates Figure 7 24 Waypoint I
344. sition MN 3a 30 23 WICT S2 31 Fal mi a Touch To View T Intersection Map Detail Figure 12 7 Nearest Intersection Waypoint Detail 12 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 12 4 Nearest VOR The Nearest VOR Page displays the identifier symbol bearing and distance to the 25 nearest VORs within 200 NM of your present position For each VOR listed the Nearest VOR Page also indicates the frequency and may be used to quickly tune the Nav radio to the nearby VOR GTN 650 only Touch the VOR Frequency key to place the trequency in the standby field of the Nav window Touch the Nav Active window to flip flop the Nav frequencies 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the VOR key A list k of the nearest 25 VORs within 200 NM will be listed Nearest VOR i Identifier as Distance l Fame 1102 Bap from Current Bearing ie ed Position to VOR from Current Al Zo 0 y Position to VOR Figure 12 8 Nearest VOR List and Information Aly 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list 3 Touch the VOR Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info page for the selected VOR VOR Information Referenced To Current Position Touch To Select New Waypoint Additional VOR Information Touch To Place Freq In Standby Touch To View VOR Map Detail Figure 12 9 Nearest VOR Waypoint Information 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 12 5
345. t wpt namel 190 01004 03 Rev E Description The transponder has insufficient data to support ADS B A procedure is loaded that is referenced to true north and the active leg has a published true north reference User has configured a vertical descent calculation and the aircraft is within 60 seconds of the calculated top of descent User has configured a vertical descent calculation and the aircraft is approaching the target altitude The nav radio is reporting that it needs service The nav radio may continue to function The nav radio is not communicating property with the system User has configured the arrival alarm and is within the specified distance Action Ensure the aircraft has a clear view of the sky Contact dealer for service Verify the Nav Angle is set to True North No action is necessary message is informational only No action is necessary message is informational only Use GPS based navigation Contact dealer for service Use GPS based navigation Contact dealer for service No action is necessary message is informational only Table 16 1 Messages Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 21 Foreword Note 1 Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Direct To Proc Aly Pe a VAIN NTA Wot Into Nfa Van Vid Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services NA bere VIUSIC Utilities System Messages Symbols A
346. t below the frequency name Departure Frequency Touch Frequency 126 70 Key To ar ie Additional Boorin ills Frequency None Information Narrative MON SUN 06 00 2 1 00 Figure 7 12 Waypoint Info Airport Frequency More Information 1 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 7 2 6 Weather WX Data 1 Touch the WX Data key on the Airport Waypoint Info page to view textual METARs City Forecast and TAF weather 6 information available for the selected airport l Foreword Airport Identifier Ee ae 122 Touch And Drag O Information mar Tonic Tor scroll FPL ci Y Pages i ck HOPET iiij hidis i ing Ps E Figure 7 13 Waypoint Info Airport Weather Page reo 10 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the Weather up oon page information 7 2 7 Helipads 1 Touch the Helipad tab next to the center window to view M any information available for the selected helipad Helipad information may not be complete or consistent due to the data available trom the 3rd party sources Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Helipad Information Services Music Utilities Figure 7 14 Helipad Waypoint Info system Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 7 9 A GARMIN 7 3 Intersection INT E The Intersection page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety das of detailed information about the in
347. t in the aircraft The Music function allows selecting music Ea categories and specific channels as well as saving category and channel selections as presets for quick recall The music volume level may also be managed Name Of Current Current Signal Channel Category Level Channel Number Touch to Selecta pen E Channel 22 Bienes ouch Step 7 eS l E Current Volume ouch Step To eri Mame ME ae PERE E y AL a i a voume Paes Touch to Change revious Or Nex he Volume Channel Me Touch To Select Proc Current Preset Touch To Step ee info Through Presets Touch to Change Channels Or Categories Figure 13 4 Music Menu Traffic Navigate through the channels in a category by touching the Previous and Next channel keys NOTE The Music Configuration function can be set so that when there is radio reception or intercom conversation the music level is dropped to a low or background level When the radio or intercom traffic ceases the level gradually returns to normal Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E 13 4 A GARMIN 13 3 1 Browsing Channels and Categories The Category window displays the currently selected category of audio o Categories of channels such as Jazz Rock or News can be selected to list the Getting available channels for a type of music or other contents ms Xpdr Ctrl E 1 While viewing the Music page touch the Browse key and then touch the desired channe
348. t leg in your flight plan and then touch Enter Touch the next Waypoint Identifier field Use the alphanumeric keypad to select the Waypoint Identitier for the first leg in your flight plan and then touch Enter Continue entering waypoints to complete the flight plan Touch the Menu key and then touch Store The screen will now display the Flight Plan Catalog and show the new flight plan Flight plan names are listed by the Departure and Destination waypoints Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 1 7 A GARMIN 1 9 IFR Procedures Departures SIDs arrivals STARs non precision and precision curi approaches are available using the PROC Procedures key Started Select an Approach 1 Touch the PROC key on the Home page Gey 2 Touch the Approach key and then touch the Airport key to select the desired airport if it is not present 3 Touch the Approach key if necessary Select the desired approach 4 Touch the Transition key and then touch the key for the desired transition 5 Touch the Load Approach key The Active Flight Plan page will be displayed 6 Activate or Load the approach Activate will go Direct To the IAF or provide guidance on the final approach course for vectored approaches Load places the approach at the end of the active flight plan 1 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 1 10 Dead Reckoning Dead reckoning is a feature that enable
349. t s Guide 4 23 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 4 24 This page intentionally left blank Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 5 DIRECT TO The GIN 6XX Direct To function can quickly set a course to a nearby facility If the pilot selects Direct To to a waypoint that is in the flight plan waypoint sequencing in the flight plan will resume upon reaching that waypoint If the pilot selects Direct To for a waypoint that is not in the flight plan the flight plan will no longer be active but remains available There are some fixes within procedures for which if a Direct To is selected then the approach will not be active For example if you activate a Direct To course to a waypoint between the FAF and the MAP and go Direct To to that waypoint then approach guidance will not become active 5 1 Direct To Navigation 1 Press the Direct To key on the right side of the unit On Locka Executive Miami FL SIF USA Figure 5 1 Direct To Wpt Page 2 Select Waypoint FPL or NRST APT trom the Direct To window by touching the desired tab 3 Ifa specific course is necessary touch the Course To key 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 5 1 A GARMIN 4 Use t
350. tandby trequency when activity ceases Frequency Com Standby Frequency Monitor Monitor Key Editing Window Annunciation Frequency Transfer Flip Flop Key Figure 3 21 Com Frequency Monitoring 2 The Monitor function is deactivated when you touch the MON Mon key again and the green bar is extinguished NOTE The Com radio Monitoring function is different than the Monitor function of the Audio Panel 3 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 3 5 Nav VOR Localizer Glideslope Receiver Operations The GTN 650 includes digitally tuned Nav localizer and glideslope receivers with the desired frequency selected on the Nav window along the top right hand side of the display Frequency selection is performed by pressing the small right knob to activate Nav Standby frequency editing and then turning the small and large right knobs or keypad to select the desired frequency Nav Control Text Active Nav Standby Nav Frequency Frequency Figure 3 22 Nav Frequency Window 3 5 1 Ident Audio and Volume Nav ident is enabled by pressing the Volume knob when the Nav window is active When Nav ident is enabled the ID annunciation will appear in the active Nav window When the Nav function is enabled the Nav Standby channel window will highlight briefly and then turn to blue text The Nav Standby frequency will be active for editing for about 30 seconds before the Com Standby frequency becomes active
351. tatus Reporting Status Reports in Queue Number Of Reports In The Queue o Services Figure 13 29 Position Reporting Status 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 19 A GARMIN 13 5 8 Contacts The Phone Book may hold up to 128 entries A phone number may be entered and dialed without saving it to the Phone Book Note that it is necessary to dial a 1 the area code and then the number 13 5 8 1 Creating a Contact Ey 1 While viewing the Services page touch the Contacts key Touch To Add Touch To Search Contact Contact List Existing Contacts Touch To Edit Contact Figure 13 30 Contact List na 2 Touch the Add key to add a new contact Touch To Add Contact Name Touch To Add Contact F Phone Number Touch To Add Contact Email Address Touch To Save Contact Figure 13 31 Add a New Contact p 3 Use the keypad to enter the information for each item and then touch the Save Contact key 13 5 8 2 Using a Contact 1 While viewing the Contacts page touch an existing contact Services USIC Touch To Send A Touch To Call The M To Th Contact Phone Number a aed San har Touch To Edit The Touch To Delete Contact The Contact Figure 13 32 Using the Contact List 2 Touch the desired function for the selected Contact 13 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 14 UTILITIES The Utilities page provides a group of features that w
352. te User Waypoint page To create a new user waypoint simply enter its name identifier and position or reference another waypoint by radial and distance 2 Create User Waypoint Touch To View Waypoint Name kar Area Map Waypoint S ae Temeorary Temporary Waypoint Touch to Finalize Touch To Setu Waypoint Creation Ref Wot Figure 7 20 Waypoint Info Create User Waypoint 1 From the Waypoint Info page touch the Create Wpt key pt Into 2 Touch the User Identifier key 3 Use the alphanumeric keypad to make the waypoint name up to six characters and then touch the Enter key User Waypoint nM Backspace Name Key Clears Ucer Waypoint identifier i oy Wot Name Alphanumeric at Keypad For Touch Enter Selected Range After Creating Name Selected Character Range Figure 7 21 Waypoint Info Create User Waypoint Name Mem 24 Touch the Comment key to add a short comment for the new waypoint B gt Touch the Position key and then Lat Lon Radial Radial or Radial Distance to assign the type See the following instructions for more detail 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 7 15 A GARMIN Touch to Select the Desired Waypoint Reference Type Figure 7 22 Waypoint Info Create User Waypoint Type inal 6 If desired touch the Temporary key to create the waypoint for only temporary use Temporary waypoints will be removed when the power is cycled p crene 7 When fini
353. ted Flight Plan from the Catalog 4 3 6 Delete Flight Plan There are two methods for deleting a flight plan Deleting the selected flight plan from the Catalog using the Route Options completely removes the flight plan Deleting the Active Flight Plan using the Delete Flight Plan key on the Flight Plan menu clears the waypoints from the Active Flight Plan but does not remove the flight plan from the Catalog 4 3 6 1 Delete Flight Plan from Catalog 1 While viewing the Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the View Catalog key The list of currently stored flight plans will be displayed 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 21 FPL A GARMIN 2 Touch one of the flight plans to select it icime Dptiens Touch Delete To Remove The Waypoint From The Catalog Selected Waypoint Figure 4 45 Select a Flight Plan from the Catalog 3 Touch the Delete and then the OK key The selected flight plan will be removed trom the Catalog Delete Flight Plan KSLE KTWF OK Figure 4 46 Delete a Flight Plan from the Catalog 4 3 6 2 Delete Active Flight Plan 1 While viewing the Active Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the Delete Flight Plan key Delete all waypoints in flight plan OK Figure 4 47 Delete a Flight Plan from the Active Flight Plan 2 Touch OK to clear the waypoints from the Active Flight Plan The flight plan will not be removed from the Catalog
354. tem is providing missed approach integrity and CDI full scale deflection 0 3 NM ENR En route CDI full scale deflection is 2 0 NM or current CDI scale selection whichever is smaller TERM Terminal CDI full scale deflection is 1 0 NM or current CDI scale selection whichever is smaller Departure indicates the system is using non precision approach integrity CDI full scale deflection is 0 3 NM Oceanic CDI full scale deflection is 2 0 NM LOW ALT For LNAV V LNAV VNAV or LPV approaches the LOW ALT annunciation indicates the aircraft s estimated height is lower than the Final Approach Waypoint height by approximately 50 meters This annunciation will not be active when TAWS is operational lower window Table 6 1 Phase of Flight Annunciations 6 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 6 2 Selecting a Departure A Departure Procedure DP is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan Only one departure can be loaded at a time in a flight plan If a departure is loaded when another departure is already in the active flight plan the new departure replaces the previous departure The route is defined by selection of a departure the transition waypoint and a runway NOTE Vector only departures are not available in the Procedures database as the GTN 6XX cannot provide navigational guidance on vectored legs 1 Touch the PROC key on the Home page and then touch the Pepanms ey to dis
355. ter of the depicted traffic 1 From the Home page touch the Traffic key 2 Use the active areas on the display and the Menu options to set up the Traffic display 9 1 Traffic Pop Up When the GTN 6XX is displaying any page other than the Traffic page and a traffic alert becomes active the Traffic Warning pop up will be displayed NOTE The traffic pop up will not appear when your aircraft is on the ground 1 The traffic pop up will appear on pages other than the Traffic page when a traffic alert occurs Touch To Go To Traffic Page Traffic Alert Annunciation Traffic Location Ownship Position Touch To Close Traffic Alert io es Annunciation Figure 9 1 Traffic Pop Up On the Map Page Ea 2 Touch the Go to Traffic key to view the Traffic page OR Towe 3 Touch the Close key to close the pop up The pop up will return if the traffic alert persists 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 1 A GARMIN 9 2 Traffic Test The Traffic Test function is only available on some traffic systems The aircraft must be on the ground and Tratfic Status must be in Standby coe 1 Touch the Test key to activate the test function in the Traffic equipment Touch For Traffic Test While In Standby Traffic Status Test Traffic Status Figure 9 2 Traffic Test Mode 2 The unit will return to normal operation mode after the test process is successfully completed 9 2 Garmin
356. tersection The top left area of the page displays the Intersection identifier and region The top center area shows the lat lon coordinates of the Intersection and the bearing with direction arrow and distance to the Intersection from your present position Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key entering p the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad and then touching the Enter key You may also search through the list by touching the Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching the desired waypoint from the list The center area of the page shows a map with the Intersection in the center A 1 While viewing the Waypoint Info page touch the Intersection key Distance amp Bearing To Intersection From Current Position Intersection PSAT ate EES Identifier mEn e 060 Touch amp Move Finger FERFE Intersection can While Pressing To Trae twe at Lon een Pan Map Touch To View Nearest VOR Nearest Intersection Area Information Map Services Figure 7 15 Waypoint Info Intersections 2 Touch Preview and then use the In and Out keys to zoom in and out on the map You may touch the map window and while lightly pressing the display drag your finger to move the map view 7 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 7 4 VOR The VOR page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed information about the VOR
357. th loss of integrity GPS based source of navigation other navigation Contact dealer for service if this equipment message persists MAGNETIC MagVar is flagged Verity that the geographical region VARIATION as unreliable in the supports navigation based on Aircraft in area MagVar database magnetic variation with large mag var This normally occurs Verify all course When operating at high angles latitudes that do not support a Nav Angle of Magnetic MARK ON Mark on target Wait for GPS satellite geometry to TARGET waypoint creation improve Ensure the aircraft has a Waypoint creation has failed because of clear view of the sky Reattempt has failed MOT missing GPS position waypoint creation Contact dealer requires GPS for service position NAV ANGLE Nav angle is set to True No action is necessary message is NAV Angles are informational only referenced to True North T NAV ANGLE Nav angle is set to User No action is necessary message is NAV Angles are informational only referenced to a User set value U 16 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Message Description Action NON WGS84 The active waypoint is not No action is necessary message is WAYPOINT referenced to the WGS84 informational only See CRG Location datum may be different than where surveyed tor WPT OBS OBS requires an active No action is necessary message is OBS i
358. thout adjusting the map scale The panning function is selected by simply touching the Map display The In and Out keys at the lower right corner of the page control the map range Touching the display momentarily n switches the display to Map Pan Mode While in Map Pan Mode touch the com Nav display gently and drag your finger to pan around the map FPL 1 Touch the Map page display Pan Mode Annunciation Direct To and Coordinates Of Map Center i Selected Selected Waypoint Or Airspace Or Wpt Wht Info Item Info Highlighted Touch To Aircraft Present Map Display Next Position Item Traffic Touch To Edit Terrain Flight Plan Figure 8 31 Map Panning With Airspace Highlighted Weather re 2 Ifyou touch an item on the display waypoint airspace obstacle there may be other items very close that are difficult to see at a given zoom level Touch the Next key to annunciate Services and highlight the next item Each touch of the Next key steps to another item near the Map Pointer Music Utiliti tities Next Nearest System Item Touch To Display Nearest Next Item Messages item mT Highlighted kerd Bt TE W gt E Symbols Figure 8 32 Map Panning With Next Airspace Shown Appendix Index 8 24 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 3 Touch the Airspace Info Item key for more information about the selected item Touch the Back key to return to the Map Panning display
359. to cancel the operation and return to the Waypoint Options window 4 2 1 4 Remove The Remove option allows you to remove the selected waypoint from the active flight plan 1 On the Active Flight Plan page touch the desired waypoint in the flight plan The Waypoint Options list will be displayed emeve 2 On the Waypoint Options menu touch the Remove key and then the OK key to delete the selected waypoint from the mom active flight plan 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav BEL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Services Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index A GARMIN 4 2 1 5 Load Procedures The Load Procedure selection trom the Waypoint Options will start the tng Procedures function See the Procedures section for complete information Started 1 On the Active Flight Plan page touch the desired waypoint in Aparici the flight plan The Waypoint Options list will be displayed ae Ea 2 Touch the Load Procedures key to go to the Procedure function for adding procedures to the selected flight plan Foreword FPL Procedures Touch to Select a Departure Direct To m Touch to Select an Arrival Wot nfo Touch to Select an Approach i Figure 4 15 Load Procedures Wpt Option A NOTE For some procedures due to very small position differences in the
360. to use The GTN and GNS units must have databases with the same cycle A NOTE When GPS navigation is lost in either unit crossfilling may not be available until GPS is restored in both units Crossfilling will resume one the flightplan is changed on one of the units or crossfill is re enabled GTN to GTN Crossfilling This data is always crossfilled e User waypoints Flight plan catalog e Alerts traffic popup acknowledgement missed approach waypoint popup acknowledgement altitude leg pop up acknowledgement e External sensors transponder status and commands synchro heading e System setup User defined NAV frequencies to store favorites Date Time convention Nearest airport criteria Units Nav angle Distance Speed etc User defined COM frequencies to store favorites Ownship icon CDI Scale setting 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 21 A GARMIN ILS CDI Capture setting This data is crossfilled only if crossfill is turned on by the pilot e Active navigation flight plan NOTE There is an installer option to turn on a system message that will be provided anytime crossfill is turned off to alert the pilot that flight plans are not being crossfilled a 1 While viewing the System Setup page touch the Crossfill key to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Crossfill _ i riter Setup ERE t Touch Key to Enable Crossfill With Dual Units Figure 15 2
361. ture point The original flight plan stored in the catalog is not affected 1 While viewing the Active Flight Plan page touch the Menu key The Flight Plan Menu will be displayed inet 2 Touch the Invert key to invert the current Active Flight Plan 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 13 A GARMIN 4 3 3 Parallel Track Parallel Track allows you to create a parallel course offset of 1 to 99 NM to the left or right of your current flight plan After setting a parallel track to your current flight plan a magenta parallel track line will be drawn offset from the Yodel Original by the selected distance The original course line will be drawn in grey The aircraft will navigate to the parallel track course line and external CDI HSI com Nav guidance will be driven from the parallel track When you reach the end of the flight plan a message will state Parallel offset terminating in X seconds The message will be given when the aircraft reaches the offset distance from the end of the parallel track This will give the pilot sufficient time to intercept the original course sa WPT Thy ogee i pene 2 o s Parallel Track Distance l Offset WPT Will Have p Added i e KOLE Becomes KSLE p System Figure 4 29 Parallel Track Description NOTE Parallel track will be cancelled when graphically editing a flight plan 4 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN
362. turn Eea EE oer b To Fuel On i 2227 r Capacity Board Display Figure 1 14 Fuel Capacity Setup Page 1 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN geg 6 On the Instrument Panel Self Test page touch the Fuel Flow key and then use the numeric keypad to set those values Touch eu the Enter key after selecting the Fuel Flow values Started Fuel Flow 7 Touch To Selected Fuel Delet Flow Value o Characters Touch Keys To Select Fuel Flow Values Touch To Cancel D Selection And Return To Previous Page Flow Values Figure 1 15 Fuel Flow Setup Page Cornas 7 After returning to the Instrument Panel Self Test page and the fuel values have been set touch the Continue key to advance to the Home page Figure 1 16 Home Page 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 9 A GARMIN 1 5 System Operation 1 5 1 Using the Touchscreen Key Controls Started Except for the knobs the HOME key and Direct To key on the bezel the controls for the GIN 6XX are located on the display and activated by your Foreword Getting Xpdr Ctrl touch Touchscreen Keys Com Nav Touch to Toggle Activation FPL Direct To Brae Back to Previous Page 7 Wot Info Touch to Zoom In and Out Map Figure 1 17 On Screen Keys and Active Display Areas rae 1 5 2 Setup Page GTN 6XX system settings are managed from the System page The Terrain following settings can be changed e System Status
363. type of surface that will appear in the eat r Nearest Airport list Started imei i 5 Touch the Minimum Runway Length key to select the minimum runway length allowed for the Nearest Airport Selecting 0 feet will show all airports regardless of runway length el 6 Touch the Crossfill key to enable or disable crosstill with a second GTN unit Touch the CDI key Then elect the CDI and ILS CDI Capture method with the Selected CDI and ILS CDI Capture keys 1 5 2 2 Units Settings Values 1 From the Home page touch System 2 Touch the Units key and then the desired item key Select the desired value 3 Continue to select the desired Units values and then touch the Back or HOME key to exit 1 5 2 3 Alerts Settings Values 1 From the Home page touch System and then Alerts 2 Set arrival alerting Touch the Arrival key Touch the Proximity key and select the desired value 3 Touch the Airspace Alert Options key and select the desired values for alerting 4 Continue to select the desired Alerts values and then touch the Back or HOME key to exit VlZ Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 1 5 3 Dual GTN Installations Dual GTN units when connected in the aircraft may be set up to communicate and share information by Crossfilling or synchronizing information between Getting Start the two units ii The following Crossfill information is always synchronized betwee
364. u will also receive a Com push to talk key stuck message as long as the stuck condition exists 3 3 5 Remote Frequency Selection Control On units configured for remote Com frequency Recall pressing the remote recall switch will load the next preset Com frequency into the units Standby frequency box The remote recall switch can be pressed multiple times to scroll the entire preset frequency list through the Standby frequency box the list will wrap from the bottom of the list back up to the top skipping any empty preset positions The standby frequency isn t activated until a Com flip flop switch either remote or bezel mounted is pressed Remote Frequency Selection only functions on units configured for a remote Com Frequency recall switch NOTE Frequencies must be stored in the User Frequency List prior to utilizing the remote channel select switch 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 11 A GARMIN coun 34 Com Frequency Monitoring The Frequency Monitoring function allows you to listen to the Standby frequency in the Com radio while monitoring the Active frequency for activity 1 Touch the MON key to listen to the standby trequency A small Mon MON annunciation is displayed to the right of the Standby frequency A green bar will show on the MON key When the Active trequency receives a signal the unit will switch automatically to the Active frequency and then switch back to the s
365. uch the Enter key 2 3 1 Standby 1 Touch the Mode key and select Standby and then touch the On Enter key to place the transponder into Standby mode Active XPDR and IDENT Disabled Mode Key Transponder Operation Standby Mode E Figure 2 7 Transponder Mode Standby Indication 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 2 3 A GARMIN 2 The transponder will still be powered but will not transmit information The active transponder indication and Ident annunciation will be grayed to show they are disabled 2 3 2 Ground Ka 1 Touch the Mode key and select Ground and then touch the Enter key to place the transponder into Ground mode vor 118 00 gtr Active XPDR and IDENT Enabled Transponder Operation Ground Mode Figure 2 8 Transponder Mode Ground Indication 2 Mode S replies will be allowed in Ground mode 2 3 3 On Ka 1 Touch the Mode key and select On and then touch the Enter key for Mode A operation j i re Active XPDR and IDENT Enabled Transponder Operation ON Mode Figure 2 9 Transponder Mode ON Indication 2 The transponder is On and will transmit its squawk code when interrogated 2 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 2 3 4 Altitude Reporting 1 Touch the Mode key and select Altitude Reporting and then touch the Enter key for Mode C operation Xpdr Ctrl Active XPDR and IDENT Enabled Trans
366. uch the Lock Activation key if this is for the initial subscription or a change in the subscription Touch the OK key to continue the operation LOOK ACTIVATION This should be done only for the nitia or a change of subscription Continue OK Figure 13 13 Lock Activation Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 13 5 Iridium Phone Operation Optional Optional satellite telephone operation is available through the Iridium satellite system that is interfaced through the Garmin GSR 56 Com Vo a Services Phone rei E ee Touch To Start Phone Status ae Phone Call Touch To Select Phone Number ae p To Call aa Touch To Select phone Volume o Option Figure 13 14 Services Phone Page 13 5 1 Status The Status section shows the Call Time Phone Status and Call Suppression selected The Call Time value shows the length of the call time for the current call using the Iridium phone Phone Status shows the current operating status of the Iridium phone Status Description The Iridium phone is not using the GSR 56 for communicating at this time The GSR 56 and its driver are currently initializing The GSR 56 is connected to the called number Connecting Call The GSR 56 is in the process of connecting to the called number Music Changing Volume The volume level on the GSR 56 is changing The phone is in use by another service and the call may not be made Table 13 1 Iri
367. ue System ELIA 2 Touch the BARO key and then the keypad to select the Barometric Pressure and then touch Enter Selected PA BARO Barometric ra Al Symbols Pressure Value Touch To Clear Values Touch To Select Barometric Touch To Cancel Pressure Value Selection Figure 14 42 Select Barometric Pressure Value 14 24 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 3 Touch the CAS key and then the keypad to select the Calibrated i Air Speed and then touch Enter Selected Touch To Clear Calculated Air Values Speed Val E Touch To Select Calculated Air Touch To Cancel Speed Value Selection Figure 14 43 Select Calculated Air Speed Value am 4 Touch the TAT key and then the keypad to select the Total Air Temperature and touch Enter Selected True Air Temperature Value Touch To E mee cow Touch To Clear Select Above i Ba i Values Or Below 0 Degrees Touch To Select Total Air Temperature Value Touch To Cancel Selection Cancel Figure 14 44 Select Total Air Temperature Value ae 5 Touch the TRK key and then the keypad to select the Track Angle and then touch Enter Touch To Clear Selected Track Pasa Values Angle Value Touch To Select Track Angle Value 6 Touch the HDG key and then the keypad to select the Heading n value and then touch Enter Touch To Cancel Selection Figure 14 45 Select Track Angle Value 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin G
368. ugh the nearby objects Pan Made i A gt iu fa Obstacle oe Pisa i K Detail ENI THLE 843 FT MSL fesse KPVE 21s Selected pay Wh Wy Obstacle Touch To Step To Next K e i Nearby Objects Pe iy braphically talt FPL pa Figure 8 22 Obstacle Detail 5 Touch the Back key to return to the normal map view Restore Defaults Returns values to the original factory settings 8 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 8 1 2 2 Aviation The Aviation group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you to customize the display of Active Flight Plan Active Flight Plan Waypoints Airport size range SafeTaxi information Runway Extensions Intersection NDB locations VOR locations Airspace Detail and TFR icons on the Map page The feature will be shown at map ranges of the selected value and lower The options for each feature are shown in the following table The default values are shown in bold type Feature Selection E Off 7 5 NM 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 NM P 9 100 NM 150 NM Heliports Optional Off On e Off 1000 ft 1500 ft 2500 ft 0 5 NM 0 75 NM 1 NM SafeTaxi Diagrams 1E NM Off 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM l Off 0 75 NM 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM Intersection Range 10 NM Off 0 75 NM 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM off 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 NM 100 NM off 0 75 NM 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4
369. uide 14 11 A GARMIN 14 4 Trip Planning The GIN 6XX allows the pilot to view desired track DTK distance DIS estimated time en route ETE en route safe altitude ESA and estimated time of arrival ETA information for a direct to point to point between two specified waypoints or for any programmed flight plan This item also displays the sunrise sunset times for your destination waypoint for the selected departure date All times are based on the time set in System Setup For trip planning inputs departure time and date are manually entered while ground speed can be provided by sensor data if selected The trip statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning inputs In Flight Plan mode with a stored flight plan selected and the entire flight plan CUM selected the waypoints are the starting and ending waypoints of the selected flight plan In Flight Plan mode with a stored flight plan selected and a specific leg selected the waypoints are the endpoints of the selected leg In Point To Point mode these are manually selected waypoints if there is an active flight plan these detault to the endpoints of the active leg Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has already been flown Desired Track DTK DTK is shown as nnn and is the desired track between the selected waypoints It is dashed unless only
370. up to 100 waypoints each Flight plans are named by the Departure and Destination waypoint Any iz time you activate a flight plan a copy of the flight plan is automatically transferred to Active Flight Plan page and overwrites any previously active flight plan 1 While viewing the Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the Catalog key The list of currently stored flight plans will be displayed Flight Plan Flight Plan Name Catalog Total Flight Plan Comment Touch Up Down Keys To Scroll List Touch To Create New Catalog Route Flight Plan Figure 4 35 Flight Plan Catalog 2 Touch a flight plan to display the Route Options 4tuie Opbanrs Flight Plan Selected Route Options Flight Plan DOP Dekle Figure 4 36 Flight Plan Catalog Route Options 3 Touch the Route Option key for the desired option to act on the selected flight plan 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 17 A GARMIN 4 3 5 1 Catalog Route Option Activate 1 While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page touch the desired flight plan to select it The Route Options menu will be displayed 2 Touch the Activate key and then touch OK The selected flight plan will be activated Replace current active route Figure 4 37 Touch OK to Replace the Existing Active Flight Plan 3 The Active Flight Plan page will now be displayed 4 3 5 2 Catalog Route Option Invert amp Activate 1 While viewing th
371. ur Jeppesen NavData card and are automatically updated when the card files have been updated Subscription information for NavData cards is included in your GTN 6XX package The Procedures Page is displayed by touching the PROC key on the Home page The Procedures Page provides direct access to approaches departures and arrivals Selections are also shown to Activate Approach Vectors to Final and Activate Missed Approach 6 1 Basic Approach Operations The GIN 6XX provides precision vertical guidance as well as lateral and advi sory vertical guidance using its built in GPS receiver for GPS or RNAV approaches The moving map pages can also be used as a supplemental aid to situational awareness for ILS VOR and NDB approaches and non precision localizer based approaches but the appropriate radio navigational aid MUST be used for primary approach course guidance for non GPS approaches Approaches designed specifically for GPS are often very simple and don t require overtlying a VOR or NDB Currently many non precision approaches have GPS overlays to let you fly an existing procedure VOR VOR DME NDB etc more accurately using GPS Many overlay approaches are more complex in comparison to GPS only approaches The GIN 6XX displays and guides you through each leg of the approach automatically sequencing through each of these legs up to the missed approach point MAP Approaches may be flown as published with
372. usic Services Compa Music A GARMIN 13 5 6 1 SMS Text Messaging Menu The SMS Text Messaging Menu allows you to sort mark or delete messages and select call suppression EMS Text Messaging Menu Touch To Delete Touch To Sort on Delete All All M Msgs By Time Messages age errr cr Touch To Select Touch To Sort unin Suppression Msgs By Address Option Figure 13 22 SMS Text Messaging Menu 1 Touch the Time key to sort messages by Time or the Address key to sort by Address 2 Touch the Suppression key and then touch the call suppression choice The current choice will be shown on the Suppression key 3 While viewing the Inbox Drafts or Outbox touch the Mark All As Read to tag the messages as having been read 4 Touch the Delete All Messages to delete the messages in the viewed category 13 5 6 2 Composing a SMS Text Message 1 While viewing the SMS Text page touch the Compose key Touch To Select Recipient Touch To Compose New Message Touch To Send Message Figure 13 23 Compose a New SMS Text Message 13 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 2 Touch the To window to select the recipient Select either a Phone Number or E mail Address Do you want to send this message tO a phone M mi bet eT an email address Touch To Select Touch To Select Phone Number aero Sar Email Address Num r Adaress Figure 13 24 Select Destination fo
373. ut altitude separation or climb descent information Always remember that TIS cannot alert you to the presence of aircraft that are not equipped with transponders nor can it alert you to aircraft that may be nearby but obscured from the ground surveillance radar by interfering terrain 9 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 9 3 2 Traffic Map Page The Traffic Map Page is configured to show surrounding TIS traffic data in relation to the aircrafts current position and altitude without clutter from the basemap Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page When the aircraft is on the ground TIS automatically enters Standby Mode Once the aircraft is airborne TIS switches from Standby to Operating Mode and the GTN 6XxX begins to display traffic information TE g ITRF Status Normal Operate Above Standby Below Unrestricted Figure 9 4 Traffic Page Functional Diagram Non Threat Traffic Proximity Traffic Advisory Heading Annunciation pad Range Rings Position Traffic Mode Key Operate Standby Altitude Filter Traffic Direction Proximity Advisory 1200 ft Of Travel Above and Climbing Figure 9 5 Traffic Page 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 5 A n GARMIN 9 3 3 Displaying Traffic on the Traffic Page CAyM AACA FOfe
374. vailable in all installations REMOTE KEY The Push To Talk key Verify the Push To Talk key switch STUCK switch has been in is not stuck Contact dealer for Com push to talk pressed position for service if this message persists key is stuck at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored and the com radio will no longer transmit REMOTE KEY The remote com transfer Verity the COM RMT XFR key STUCK COM RMT XFR key switch is not stuck Contact dealer Com remote switch has been in for service if this message persists transfer key is pressed position for stuck at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations REMOTE KEY The remote com Verity the COM CHAN UP key STUCK frequency increment switch is not stuck Contact dealer Com remote COM CHAN UP key for service if this message persists frequency switch has been in increment key is pressed position for stuck at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations Messages 16 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Message Description Action REMOTE KEY The remote com Verity the COM CHAN DN key STUCK frequency decrement switch is not stuck Contact dealer Com remote COM CHAN DN key for service if this message persists frequency switch has been in decrement key is pressed position for stuck
375. ved after 20 minutes and the area will revert back to the No Coverage color The Connext Weather Function is based on a ground to air data link and requires that the appropriate ground systems are broadcasting weather data and the aircraft is within reception range of the Ground Broadcast Transceiver GBT 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 41 Xpdr Ctrl Cnm IN Ai Com Nav Terrain Weather Nearact Nearest ee i Carvicac SETVICES A GARMIN 11 3 8 Lightning Lightning data shows the approximate location of cloud to ground lightning strikes A strike icon represents a strike that has occurred within a two kilometer 1 08 NM region The exact location of the lightning strike is not displayed Only cloud to ground strikes are reported in the US and extreme southern Canada cloud to cloud strikes are not reported m vol 4 a PETTITT fF Crna jis g l i iir i HOMT IP a r r F i E Lightning Symbol T T fi Figure 11 60 Connext Data Link Lightning and Legend Symbols j Appendix PERN index 11 42 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 3 9 Infrared Satellite Data Infrared Satellite data is available over North America and Europe and depicts cloud top temperatures from satellite imagery Brighter cloud top colors indicate cooler temperatures occurring at higher altitudes Information is updated every half hour IR Satellite P
376. vigation database is updated on a 28 day cycle Navigation database updates are provided by Garmin and may be downloaded from the Garmin web site http fly garmin com or from Jeppesen at http www jeppdirect com Garmin onto a Garmin provided Supplemental Datacard Contact Garmin at http ily garmin com for navigation database updates and update kits 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 5 A GARMIN A NOTE Limitation for SafeTaxi Do not use SafeTaxi or Chartview functions as the basis for ground maneuvering SafeTaxi and Chartview functions do not comply with the requirements of AC 20 159 and are not qualified to be used as an airport moving map display AMMD SafeTaxi and Chartview are to be used by the flight crew to orient themselves on the airport surface to improve pilot situational awareness during ground operations Database Function Where Update Provider Name Stored Cycle Aviation Airport NAVAID Internal 28 days fly garmin com Updates installed via Waypoint and memory SD card and copied Airspace information into internal memory For helicopter applications an Aviation database that includes additional heliports is available SafeTaxi Airport surface Internal 56 days fly garmin com Updates installed via diagrams memory SD card and copied into internal memory Terrain Topographic map SD card As required fly garmin com Systems using HTAWS Terrain TAWS require a 2 5 arc
377. ween 250 ft and 0 ft below the aircraft altitude Yellow Obstacle is 250 ft or more below the aircraft altitude Gray HTAWS Obstacle Altitude Colors and Symbology Threat Location Indicator Alert Level CAUTION Yellow Figure 10 7 HTAWS Alert Coloring and Symbology 10 4 6 General Database Information Garmin HTAWS uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of the content However the displayed information should never be understood as being all inclusive Pilots must familiarize themselves with the appropriate charts for safe flight Terrain A NOTE The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies Garmin accurately processes and cross validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data The terrain obstacle databases are contained on the datacard 10 28 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 4 7 Database Versions The version and area of coverage of each terrain obstacle database is shown on the Terrain Database Versions Page located on the System System Status page Databases are checked for integrity at power up If a database is found to be missing and or deficient the HTAWS system fails the self test and displays the HTAWS system failure message To function properly HTAWS requires the use of databases specif
378. within TAWS software algorithms When an alert is issued visual annunciations are displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued TAWS alert types are shown in the TAWS Alerts Summary with corresponding annunciations and aural messages When an alert is issued annunciations appear on the TAWS page If the TAWS page is not displayed at the time a pop up alert appears on the page being viewed Terrain Touch To Remove Pop Up And Remain On Current Page TAWS Annunciation TERRAN AHEAD PULL UP Blinking Message Touch To Display Terrain Page Figure 10 11 Terrain Alert Pop Up To acknowledge the pop up alert ee Touch the Go to Terrain key accesses the TAWS Page OR Ea Touch the Close key to remove the pop up alert If the pilot takes no action the pop up will be removed when the alert is no longer active 10 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 10 3 8 1 TAWS B Alerting Colors and Symbology Color and symbols are also associated with TAWS alerts The three TAWS alert levels and their associated text coloring as well as any associated symbology are shown in the following table Alert Level Annunciator Text Potential Impact Example Visual Annunciation Point Symbol Warning White text on red background PULL UP anma O xX mm y Black text on white Not Applicable TAWS INH background Table 10 2 TAWS Alert Colors and Symbology Terrain 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GT
379. x A GARMIN continue to orient to the current track if the map is selected for Track Up If the map is oriented to track up then below 5 kts groundspeed the map orientation will latch to the last valid track prior to the groudspeed going below 5 kts The map will reorient when the groundspeed again exceeds 5 kts The position of the ownship over the map is always correct Z Pan Mode Menu Graphically Edit FPL Map Overlays Topo Map Pointer Create Wpt Airways Terrain NEXRAD or PRECIP StormScope Traffic Map Setup Map Aviation Land Traffic Weedhar Optional Change Data Fields Map Detail Restore Defaults Figure 8 2 Map Page Functional Diagram 8 1 Map Menu The Map Menu provides the ability to modify and control the information displayed on the Map page e Map Overlays are selected to overlay various types of information over the base map e Map Setup modifies the display of other map features e Map Data Fields determines whether or not the fields in the corners of the 8 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN Map page are displayed and the data shown in each corner e Map Detail lets you control the amount of information displayed at different map ranges e Restore Defaults lets you start all over again with the default values for all Map page settings NOTE Changes made in the Map Menu take effect immediately on the map display 1 From th
380. ximity configuration e HTAWS HTAWS is an optional feature to increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled flight into terrain Garmin TAWS satisfies TSO C194 requirements for certification NOTE Obstacles are removed from the Terrain and TAWS pages at ranges greater than 10 NM 10 2 Terrain Proximity Garmin Terrain Proximity is a non TSO C151b certified terrain awareness system provided as a standard feature of GIN 6XX to increase situational awareness and help reduce controlled flight into terrain CFIT Terrain may be displayed on the Map and Terrain pages Terrain Proximity uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and altitude GPS altitude is derived trom satellite measurements GPS altitude is converted to a Mean Sea Level MSL based 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 1 Terrain A GARMIN altitude GSL altitude and is used to determine Terrain alerts GSL altitude accuracy is affected by factors such as satellite geometry but it is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude devices GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude Therefore GPS altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts Terrain Proximity utilizes terrain and obstacle databases that are referenced to mean sea level M
381. xt to load it as the Nav standby frequency 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 7 11 Wot Info A GARMIN 15 NDB The NDB page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed information about the NDB The top left area of the page displays the NDB identifier name city and state and region The top center area shows the lat lon coordinates of the NDB and the bearing with direction arrow and distance to the NDB from your present position The top right area shows the frequency ina key Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key entering the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad and then touching the Enter key You may also search through the list by touching the Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching the desired waypoint from the list The center area of the page shows a map with the NDB in the center kH 1 While viewing the Waypoint Info page touch the NDB key NDB Identifier Distance amp Bearing To NDB Symbol amp Name From Current Position AM Dig 7 2 A Pieny RG oa NDB Location amp u sa is Region cEUSA e a a NDB Lat Lon Marker Compass Locator gt Description Nearest Airport aay Il PPreviaw Information Touch To View NDB Area Map VOR Frequency Touch To Insert Into Nav Standby Figure 7 17 Waypoint Info for NDBs 2 Touch Preview and then use the In and Out keys to z
382. y Monitoring csnieczatenectcsuscceneseateeteseseecha ss iereet sicnee tert 3 12 3 5 Nav VOR Localizer Glideslope Receiver FST OIG E sed acters dear ices Gepresien iver E E seeder 3 13 3 5 1 Ident Audio and Volume ssensvesecestzetsesssusdexesictemneecseeesitenenass 3 13 35 2 Nav Tuning WINGOW eye ceac ata setomss irori rinira reri 3 14 3 5 3 Nav Frequency Finding cccscccscscscssecsecessessessssseseeseeeee 3 15 viii Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN A PONE PANS cen E 4 1 4 1 Creating a New Flight Plan oo ccc ccccecsecsecsssssecsecessessesssesseseseeeean 4 2 42 AQE Fon Pian COC sessirnar rra ear Oaa aeaa 4 4 4 2 1 Waypoint OO OMG cansan a E 4 4 1P E E e E E E ec 4 5 a E O aE T E sosgaesecenetotederes 4 6 IBF A oo TA eee eee E 4 7 Gree REMOVE eee enna na aen Eni i ETSEN 4 7 A OEO TU a TE 4 8 4216 Waypoint M sesin E ER 4 9 4 2 2 PAGS E E T 4 9 AS TONE PAE a EE 4 12 4 3 1 Store Font Ir Ai lcectscest ensteuste cacessenstespsecneeestacotaunteabsecsescoueunte 4 13 4 3 2 RE VGN EE EE E T 4 13 4 3 3 Petal CB e E EEE E 4 14 4 3 4 Edt Data FIEIS iison enn sirarni EES Ea EEDEN ERES aE 4 16 4 3 5 Flight Plan Catalog Route Options descsscedvors seaepastedoeesecaser 4 17 4 3 5 1 Catalog Route Option Activate cccccccscsesececseeseeeeeees 4 18 4 3 5 2 Catalog Route Option Invert amp Activate 4 18 4 3 5 3 Catalog Route Option PreVieW cccccscseseseeesseeteeseeees 4 19 4 3 5 4 Catal
383. y Press to Toggle Com tti and Nav Functions Numeric Keypad Enter Key Figure 3 1 Nav Com Controls Recent Nearest Filter Com Nav Airport Utilities VOR Flight Plan User Airport ARTCC Figure 3 2 Nav Com Functional Diagram 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 1 rOl Apd A GARMIN cog 3 1 Volume Com radio volume is adjusted using the Volume knob Turn the Volume knob clockwise to increase volume or counterclockwise to decrease volume The level will be maintained until changed or power is cycled Ir Ct 1 Turn the Volume knob to set the Com volume I CTT FPL Percent Of Maximum Volume Graphic Scale Showing Volume Direct To Figure 3 3 Com Volume Setting 2 Abar graph showing the relative volume level will indicate the selected level and will disappear a few seconds after releasing the Volume knob 3 2 Squelch The Com radio features an automatic squelch to reject many localized noise sources You may override the squelch function by pressing the Volume knob afic This facilitates listening to a distant station or setting the desired volume level To override the automatic squelch press the Volume knob momentarily Press the Volume knob again to return to automatic squelch operation A SQ indication appears above the active Com frequency window in the upper leit corner of the display when automatic squelch is overridden Com Volume and Receive Annunci
384. y has been selected Traffic may or may not be shown depending on the other aircraft s location and equipment See the Traffic section for more detail Lem While viewing the Map Menu touch the Traffic Map Overlay key to toggle the view of Traffic data Icon Shows Traffic Overlay Is Active Non Threat Traffic Indication Currently 1200 Ft Above And Rising Icon Shows Aircraft Is Receiving TIS Traffic From Ground Stations When A GDL 88 Is Connected Figure 8 9 Map Menu Traffic Map Overlay On Selection 8 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E syjnejaq ao sey Durub Sdo OYJ Sdo pno YvLIN JU WOJN 9D DINOS 1 9YZLIM Map Setup GARMIN 8 1 2 S Ne4 q aojsay buey 7IdY 410 abuey Hey YON abuey p ps y abuey q sse abuey V1 9 Sse syjnejaq aJO sey abuey WINL g sse dA savedsilly MOUS anedsully Heus syjnejaq aojsey le aq 3427 19 4 SOWEN IIUIAOId d1C1S iea AUD elaq peoy syinejaq aojsay S dl abuey Aewuly abuey yurod emM 1SN abuey YOA obuey gan abuey uo172 S13 U suolsualxy Aemuny swelbelq IXe aes abuey Woduly syjnejaq aosey JOJO HeY abuey pezsqo je 2 odoy Pury abuey ALN Xey WOOT ONY uij WOO7 ONY W007 O ny ahogy dN YON UOI E UIO Figure 8 10 Map Setup Functional Diagram 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E Foreword A GARMIN The Map page is customized by selecting groups from the Map Menu The
385. y older than the indicated weather product age 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 39 A GARMIN 11 3 6 TFRs Temporary Flight Restrictions TFRs provide detailed information for local short term restrictions Figure 11 56 Connext TFR Legend 1 Touch a TFR symbol on the Weather page to view details TFR Detail Touch TFR Symbol To View Details Figure 11 57 Connext TFR Detail 2 Touch the Back key to return to the Weather display 11 40 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 3 7 Precipitation PRECIP Data Graphical data is overlaid on the map indicating the rainfall detected by ground based radar for a specific area The colors indicating increasing levels of rainfall progresses from light green for light rainfall to red for heavy rainfall Review the Limitations section in the front of this guide for the limitations that apply to the Connext data Rainfall data is color coded as follows Precipitation DBZ Rain Mix Snow 255 250 245 240 230 220 210 No Coverage Coverage Boundary Product Age Precipitation Figure 11 59 Connext Precipitation Data The No Coverage color indicates that no data is available for that area and rainfall in that area is unknown When weather data is received the airborne system will display that data for 20 minutes If no new data has been received for a given area the rainfall will be remo
386. y purchased newly overhauled products six months for newly overhauled products exchanged through a Garmin Authorized Service Center and 90 days for factory repaired or newly overhauled products exchanged at Garmin in lieu of repair Within the applicable period Garmin will at its sole option repair or replace any components that fail in normal use Such repairs or replacement will be made at no charge to the customer for parts or labor provided that the customer shall be responsible for any transportation cost This warranty does not apply to i cosmetic damage such as scratches nicks and dents ii consumable parts such as batteries unless product damage has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship iii damage caused by accident abuse misuse water flood fire or other acts of nature or external causes iv damage caused by service performed by anyone who is not an authorized service provider of Garmin or v damage to a product that has been modified or altered without the written permission of Garmin In addition Garmin reserves the right to refuse warranty claims against products or services that are obtained and or used in contravention of the laws of any country THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER EXPRESS IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING UNDER ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE STATUTORY OR OTHER
387. ying and Operating Traffic TAS Systems The unit must be in operating mode for traffic to be displayed The ability to switch from standby to operating mode on the ground is especially useful for scanning the airspace around the airport before takeoff Non Threat Traffic Proximity Traffic Advisory Heading Annunciation Range Rings Traffic Status Key l Operate Standby Altitude Filter Ownship Position Figure 9 8 Traffic Page 9 4 2 1 Switching from Standby Mode to Operating Mode The Traffic Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft s current position and altitude without basemap clutter Aircraft orientation is always heading up unless no valid heading is received The Traffic Status is shown in the lower left corner and the Altitude Filter is shown in the lower right corner pe 1 While viewing the Traffic Page touch the Traffic Status key to select Operate 2 To switch to Standby Mode from the Traffic Page touch the Traffic Status key to select Standby ee 3 Touch the Altitude Filter key to change the altitude Eaa volume 4 Touch the Traffic Status key to place the system in the Standby mode Standby is displayed in the Traffic mode field A NOTE Not all TAS systems can be set to Standby mode while in the air 9 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 9 4 2 2 Range Ring Touching the In and Out keys will zoom in and out in preset steps depe
388. ymbols 1 While viewing the Connext Weather page touch the airport with a METAR flag METAR Detail Fre Dewpoint 15 Gra VPH pair IF FL LFR Link rcwri Figure 11 62 Connext Weather Graphic METARs and Legend 2 Touch the Back key to return to the Weather page 11 44 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 11 3 11 PIREPs Pilot Weather Reports PIREPs provide timely weather information for a particular route of flight When significant weather conditions are reported or forecast Air Traffic Control ATC facilities are required to solicit PIREPs A PIREP may contain non forecast adverse weather conditions such as low in flight visibility icing conditions wind shear and turbulence PIREPs are issued as either Routine UA or Urgent UUA 1 While viewing the Connext Weather page touch a PIREP symbol PIREP Detail PIREPS Urgent Routine Figure 11 63 Connext Weather PIREPs and Legend 2 Touch the Back key to return to the Weather page 190 01004 03 Rev E Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 45 A GARMIN 11 3 12 Winds Aloft Winds Aloft data shows the forecast wind speed and direction at the surface and at selected altitudes Altitudes can be selected in 3000 foot increments from the surface up to 42 000 feet MSL Pressing the WX Aloft ALT or soft keys steps down or up in 3 000 foot increments Product Age Winds Aloft Altitude Selection Wind
389. ystem Setup The System Setup function allows setting the time convention Com channel spacing crossfilling to a second GTN or GNS unit and Nearest Airport search filtering 1 While viewing the System page touch the Setup key Touch Key to Set Time Format And Offset System Touch Key to Set Sem Touch Key to Runway Surface Select CDI And ILS CDI Capture Ua AR p SRA BERIA Runway Length fl iiit Touch Key to Set 1200 Touch Key to Com Channel 5 0 kHa ks Enable Crossfill spacing With Dual Units Figure 15 21 System Setup Page 2 After making the desired selections touch the Back key to return to the Setup page Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev E A GARMIN 15 4 2 CDI Selection The CDI source and ILS CDI Capture type may be selected manually or _ automatically The selected CDI Scale will be reflected in the annunciation bar at the bottom of the display While viewing the System Setup page touch the CDI key a ELEL IL ETAT i Touch To Choose Auto or Manual CDI Scale Selection Touch To Select ILS CDI Capture Type Figure 15 22 CDI Selection Proc 2 Touch the CDI Scale key to toggle between automatic selection or to choose the CDI scale manually touch To Select CDI Scale Figure 15 23 CDI Scale Selection Weather ees 3 Touch the ILS CDI Capture key to select Auto Switch or Manual Nearest Selection This feature enables the unit to automatically switch from

on Garmin Web Site

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents